Copyright of this book is reserved by Gujarat Secondary and Higher Secondary Education Board, Gandhinagar. No reproduction of this book in whole or in part, or in any form is permitted without written permission of the Secretary, Gujarat Secondary and Higher Secondary Education Board, Gandhinagar.
Gujarat Secondary and Higher Secondary Education Board, Gandhinagar
QUESTION BANK CHEMISTRY
Price
: ` 60.00
Published by : Secretary Gujarat Secondary and Higher Secondary Education Board, Gandhinagar
I
Contribution 1
Dr. Hasmukh Adhiya (IAS)
Principal Secretary , Education Department Gandhinagar
2
Shri R. R. Varsani (IAS)
Chairman , G.S&H.S.E. Bord, Gandhinagar
3
Shri H. K. Patel (G.A.S)
Dy. Chairman, G.S&H.S.E. Bord, Gandhinagar
4
Shri M. I. Joshi (G.E.S)
Secretary , G.S&H.S.E. Bord, Gandhinagar
Coordination 1
Shri B. K. Patel
O.S.D., G.S&H.S.E. Bord, Gandhinagar
2
Shri D. A.Vankar
Assistant Secretary (Retd.), G.S&H.S.E. Bord, Gandhinagar
5
Shri M. P. Parmar
Assistant Secretary, G.S&H.S.E. Bord, Gandhinagar
Expert Teachers 1.
Shri C. I. Patel (Convenor)
Shri Vidyanagar High School, Ahmedabad
2.
Shri S. B. Gor (Co-Convenor) Ghyanda Girls High School, Ahmedabad
3.
Shri A. I. Patel
4.
Shri V. R. Patel
5.
Shri B. R. Patel
Muktjeevan Vidhyalaya, Ahmedabad
6.
Shri K. K. Purohit
M. K. Higher Sec. School, Ahmedabad
7.
Shri M. B. Patel
New Vidhyavihar for Girls, Ahmedabad
8.
Shri B. A. Nayak
Swaminarayan High School, Ahmedabad
9.
Shri H. M. Patel
Navchetan High School, Ahmedabad
10. Shri S. B. Suthar
R.P.T.P. Science School, Vallabh Vidhyanagar
11. Shri R. N. Patel
R.P.T.P. Science School, Vallabh Vidhyanagar
12. Shri N. N. Shah
Best High School, Ahmedabad
13. Shri J. Y. Mehta 14. Shri I. B. Amlani 15. Smt. M. N. Shethiya 16. Smt. H. N. Nayak 17. Smt. P. S. Thakar
R.P.T.P. Science School, Vallabh Vidhyanagar
18. Shri G. S. Patel 19. Shri M. L. Sharma 20. Shri H. K. Patel
II
P R E FA C E Uptil now , the Students had to appear in various entrance examinations for engineering and medical courses after std-12. The burden of examinations on the side of the students was increasing day-by-day. For alleviating this difficulty faced by the students, from the current year, the Ministry of Human Resource Development , Government of India, has Introduced a system of examination covering whole country. For entrance to engineering colleges, JEE(Main) and JEE(Advanced) examinations will be held by the CBSE. The Government of Gujarat has except the new system and has decided to follow the examinations to be held by the CBSE. Necessary information pertaining to the proposed JEE (Main) and JEE(Advanced) examination is available on CBSE website www.cbse.nic.in and it is requested that the parents and students may visit this website and obtain latest information – guidance and prepare for the proposed examination accordingly. The detailed information about the syllabus of the proposed examination, method of entrances in the examination /centers/ places/cities of the examinations etc. is available on the said website. You are requested to go through the same carefully. The information booklet in Gujarati for JEE( Main) examination booklet has been brought out by the Board for Students and the beneficieries and a copy of this has been already sent to all the schools of the state. You are requested to take full advantage of the same also However, it is very essential to visit the above CBSE website from time to time for the latest information – guidance . An humble effort has been made by the Gujarat secondary and Higher Secondary Education Boards, Gandhinagar for JEE and NEET examinations considering the demands of the students and parents , a question bank has been prepared by the expert teachers of the science stream in the state. The MCQ type Objective questions in this Question Bank will provide best guidance to the students and we hope that it will be helpful for the JEE and NEET examinations. It may please be noted that this “Question Bank” is only for the guidance of the Students and it is not a necessary to believe that questions given in it will be asked in the examinations. This Question Bank is only for the guidance and practice of the Students. We hope that this Question Bank will be useful and guiding for the Students appearing in JEE and NEET entrance examinations. We have taken all the care to make this Question Bank error free, however, if any error or omission is found, you are requested to refer to the text – books.
Date: 02/ 01/ 2013
M.I. Joshi Secretary
III
R.R. Varsani (IAS) Chairman
INDEX UNIT 15 P - BLOCK ELEMENTS
1
UNIT 16 D & F BLOCK ELEMENTS
48
UNIT 17 CO-ORDINATION COMPOUNDS
63
UNIT 18 ENVIROMENTAL CHEMISTRY
76
UNIT 19 PURIFICIATION AND CHARACTERISATION OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
82
UNIT 20 BASIC PRINCIPLES OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
94
UNIT 21 HYDROCARBONS
128
UNIT 22 ORGANIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING HALOGENS
154
UNIT 23 ORGANIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING OXYGEN
173
UNIT 24 ORGANIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING NITROGEN
190
UNIT 25 POLYMER
209
UNIT 26 BIOMOLECULES
220
UNIT 27 CHEMISTRY IN EVERY DAY LIFE
234
UNIT 28 CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL
241
IV
UNIT : 15 P - BLOCK ELEMENTS Important Points The elements (except He atom) having outermost valence shell electronic configuration ns2 np1 to ns2 np6 are called p-block elements. Since p-orbital can accommodate six maximum electrons, six groups 13 to 18 are there in p-block elements. We shall study group 13 and 14 i.e. Boron and carbon group elements in this unit. Generally in a row or period eletrongativity, ionisation enthalpy and oxidising power are increasing as the atomic number increases while in group it decreases as the atomic number increases. Generally, in group covalent radius, van der Waals radius and metallic character increases as the atomic number increases. It is a characteristic of the p-block elements that metal, non-metal and metalloid are included in the same group. The group 13 includes elements, Boron, Aluminium, Gallium, Indium and Thalium. Aluminium is the third most abundant element found in earth's crust. The important ores of aluminium are bauxite and cryolite. Variation in some properties of group 13 elements are like atomic radii and ionic radii, ionisation enthalphy, metallic character, electronegativity, melting point and boiling point, density, character as reducing and nature of compound are observed in elements of boron group i.e. Group 13 elements having electronic configuration ns2 np1. Hence, they possess +3 oxidation state and their stability goes on decreasing as the atomic number increases. These elements also possess +1 oxidation state and the stability goes on increasing as the atomic number increases. The chemical reactivity of group 13 elements are as given below. Group 13 elements do not combine directly with hydrogen but they combine indirectly to form hydride compounds. Boron forms a number of hydrides having molecular formula B n Hn+4 and Bn Hn+6 which are known as boranes. The other elements of this group form polymeric hydrides. Group 13 elements form MX3 type trihalides, where X = F, Cl, Br and I is unknown. AlCl3 exists in dimer form. The group 13 elements form oxides and hydroxides having fomula M2 O3 and M(OH)3 respectively. As the atomic number of elements goes on increasing, the acidic character of oxide and hydroxide goes on dcereasing. Elements of these group form octahedral complexes. Aluminium sulphate reacts and forms double salts with sulphate of NH +4 and alkali metal ions having fomula M2SO4 A2(SO4)3.24H2O or MAl(SO4)2.12H2O where M = Na+, K+, Rb+ and NH +4 . The first element (Boron) of group 13 shows anomalous behaviour. Boron is chemically less reactive and almost inert with normal chemical reagents at normal temperature but reacts with strong oxidising agents and with some typical reagents like non-metal, acid alkali and metals. Some important compounds of boron are borax powder, boric acid and boron hydride. The properties and uses of aluminium are as given in the text. Aluminium reacts with acid and base so it is amphoteric in nature. The group 14 includes elements carbon, silicon, germanium, tin and lead. The first element 1
of this group is carbon, so it is also known as carbon group elements. Carbon shows catenation property due to its small size, high electronegativity and very high carbon-carbon bond energy. Due to typical characteristic of catenation it forms number of compounds which are studied in organic chemistry. It also forms compounds with metals and nonmetals. Group 14 elements have variation in properties like atomic radii, ionisation enthalpy electropositive character, electronegativity, melting points and boiling points density, catenation and allotropy. The oxidation state of group 14 elements are +2 and +4. The trends in chemical reactivity are as given in the text. The carbon shows anomalous behaviour. The crystalline allotropes of carbon are diamond, graphite and fullerenes. The physical properties and chemical properties are as given in the text. Some important compounds of carbon are halides of carbon, carbon disulphide, carbide compounds, carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide, and the method of preparation and uses are as given in the text. The important compounds of silicon are silicon hydrides having general formula Si n H2n+2. The –1 value of bond enthalpy for silicon-silicon is 297 kJmol hence catenation character is observed in silicon and it forms limited hydride compounds, having formula Si n H2n+2 where n = 1 to 8, and these compounds are also known as silanes. The stability of silane compounds are less compared to hydrides of carbon and hence reducing power is more. Silicon also forms silicon dioxide known as silica and more than 22 allotropic structures are known in which some are crystalline and some are amorphous. Silica is acidic and hence it dissolves in liquid alkali or alkaline carbonate to form silicate compounds. Silicon reacts with only F2 and form SiF4 while reacts with Cl2 and form SiCl4. The hydrolysis of SiCl4 gives silicic acid and the mechanism for hydrolysis are in two steps. The silicones are synthetic materials containing Si O Si bond linkage. These compounds are polymeric substances containing R2SiO reapeating unit. The general formula is (R2 SiO)n, where R is methyl or phenyl group. The empirical formula is R2SiO which is similar to that of organic compound, ketone, so it is called silicone. The prepartion, properties and uses are as given in the text. Approximately 95% of earth's crust consists of silicates and silica compounds, containing independent SiO 44 having tetrahedral structure. The types of silicates depending upon the number of corners (0, 1, 2, 3 and 4) of the SiO 44 tetrahedron are shared with other tetrahedrons and based on that they are classified as given in the text. In a three dimensional structure of SiO2, its Si4+ partially substituted by Al3+ gives aluminosilicate are called feldspar and zeolites. In zeolites the SiO 44 and AlO54 . tetrahedron joined together in simple way to form three dimensional network. The uses of silicates are as a molecular sieves and shape selectives catalyst. One important catalyst of silicate is ZSM-5 used in petrochemical industry which converts alcohol directly into gasoline.
2
The elements of groups 13 to 18 in the periodic table are known as p-block elementes. The general electronic configuration of these elements is ns2np1–6. We have studied about the elements of groups 15, 16 ,17 and 18 in this unit. General introduction of elements of groups 15, 16, 17, 18 group 15
group 16
group 17
group 18
Nitrogen
Chalogens or
Halogen Group
Noble Gas
Identification
group
Oxygen group
Electronic configuration
ns2np3
ns2np4
ns2np5
ns2np6
N
O
F
Ne
–3, to +5
–2, –1, +1, +2
–1
–
P, As
S, Se, Te
Cl, Br, I
Xe
–3, +3, +5
–2, +2, +4, +6
–1, +1, +3, +5, +7
+2, +4, +6, +8
Sb, Bi +3, +5
Po +2, +4
– –
– –
Common name/
Group
of valence shell
Oxidation state
18 15
16
17
He
2p
N
O
F
Ne
3p
P
S
Cl
Ar
4p
As
Se
Br
Kr
5p
Sb
Te
I
Xe
6p
Bi
Po
At
Rn
Atomic radius, metallic character
Electronegativity, Ionisation enthalpy
Atomic radius, metallic character
The periodicity in properties of elements of groups 15,16,17,18. The first element of group 15, differs in many aspects from the other elements in the group. The reason for which is its smaller size, the capacity of formation of p–p triple bond between, nitrogen atoms and the nonavailability of d–orbitals. As we go down from above in the group, variations are found in properties. Dinitrogen (N2) can be prepared in the laboratory as well as on commercial level. The oxides of nitrogen element are N2O, NO, N2O3, N2O4 and N2O5 which possess resonance forms. Ammonia and nitric acid are compounds of nitrogen. Phosphorus element exists as P 4 molecule. It has many allotropes. It forms hydrides, halides and oxoacid compounds.
Polonium element of group 16 is radioactive. Oxygen forms metal oxides with metals. Ozone is a strong oxidising agent. Sulphur element possessess different allotropes. Out of these and allotropes are very important. Sulphur element combines with oxygen and forms oxide compounds like SO2 and SO3. Out of the different oxoacids of sulphur, sulphuric acid is very important. It is called 'King of Chemicals.' Astatine element of group 17 is radioactaive. As these elements require one electron to have stable electronic configuration, they are very reactive. As a result of this, the elements of this group are not available in free state, but are availalbe in the combined state as negative ions. The elements of this group form oxides, hydrogen halides, interhalogen compounds and oxoacid compounds. Radon element of group 18 is radioactive. As the octet structure is complete in all the elements of this group they are chemically inert. Xenon element of this group, under specific reaction conditions combine with fluorine and oxygen elements and form fluoride and oxide compounds.
3
M.C.Q. Boron Family (1)
(2)
Boron form covalent Compound due to (a) Higher ionisation enthalpy (c) Small size In diborane the Two H-B-H angles are nearly
(b) Lower ionisation enthalpy (d) Both (a) and (c)
(a) 60 , 120 (b) 95 ,120 (c) 95 ,150 (d) 120 ,180 (3) The stability of +1 oxidation state increases in the sequence (a) Al
(d) Hydrogen is evolved 4
(13) Aluminium is more reactive than iron. But Aluminium is less easily corroded than iron because (a) Aluminium is noble metal
(b) Oxygen forms a protective oxide layer
(c) Iron undergoes reaction easily with water
(d) Iron forms mono and divalent ions
(14) Aluminium vessels should not be washed with materials containing washing soda since (a) Washing soda is expensive (b) Washing soda is easily decomposed (c) Washing soda reacts with aluminium to form soluble aluminate (d) Washing soda reats with aluminium to form insoluble aluminium oxide (15) Which of the statements about anhydrous aluminium chloride is corret (a) It exists as AlCl3 molecule
(b) It is not easily hydrolysed
(c) It sublimes at 100 C under vaccum
(d) It is a strong lewis base
(16) Number of water molecules in Mohr’s salt is (a) 7
(b) 6
(c) 5
(d) 8
(c) Zn
(d) Ca
(17) The liquid field metal expanding on solidification is (a) Ga
(b) Al
(18) Aluminium chloride exists as dimer, Al2Cl6 in solid state as well as in solution of non-polar solvents such as benzene when dissolved in water gives
(a) [Al(OH)6)3- + 3HCl (b) [Al(H2O)6)3- + 3Cl
(c) Al3+ + 3Cl
(d) Al2O3+6HCl
(19) The hardest substance amongst the following is (a) Be2C
(b) Graphite
(c) Titanium
(d) SiC
(b) B3N3H6
(c) B3O3H6
(d) (BH3)3
(20) Inorganic Benzene is (a) B2H6
(21) Anhydrous AlCl3 cannot be obtained from which of the following reactions (a) Heating AlCl3 • 6H2O (b) By Passing dry HCl over hot aluminium powder (c) By Passing dry Cl2 over hot aluminium powder (d) By passing dry Cl2 over a hot mixture of alumina and coke (22) Diborane combines with ammonia at 120 C to give (a) B2H6 NH3 (b) B2H6. 2NH3 (c) B2H6.3NH3
(d) B2H6 . 4 NH3
(23) Which metal burn in air at high temperature with the evolution of much heat. (a) Cu
(b) Hg
(c) Pb
(d) Al
(24) Aluminium hydroxide is soluble in excess of sodium hydroxide forming the ion (a) AlO 23
(c) AlO 2
(b) AlO23 5
(d) AlO3–
(25) Moissan boron is ________ (a) Amorphous boron of ultra purity
(b) Crystaline boron of ultra purity
(c) Amorphous boron of low purity
(d) Crystalline boron of low purity
(26) Which of the following is only acidic in nature (a) Be(OH)2
(b) Mg(OH)2
(c) B(OH)3
(d) Al(OH)3
(b) BCl3
(c) BBr3
(d) BH3
(b) Basic
(c) Amphoteric
(d) None of these
(27) Which of the following does not exist in free form (a) BF3 (28) Alumina is ________ (a) Acidic
(29) Hydrogen gas will not produce (a) Heated cupric oxide
(b) Heated ferric oxide
(c) Heated stannic oxide
(d) Heated aluminium oxide
(30) Conc.HNO3 ________ (a) Reacts with aluminium vigrously (b) Reacts with aluminium to form aluminium nitrate. (c) Doesn’t react with aluminium (d) Reacts with platinum (31) Anhydrous AlCl3 is obtained from (a) Dilute HCl & aluminium metal
(b) Aluminium & chlorine gas.
(c) Hydrogen chloride gas & aluminium metal
(d) None of the above
(32) Which is true for an element & present in III group of the periodic table
(33)
(a) It is gas at room temperature
(b) It has oxidation state of +4
(c) It forms R2O3
(d) It forms RX2
An aqueous solution of borax is (a) neutral
(b) acidic
(c) basic
(d) none
(34) Crystalline metal can be transformed into metallic glass by (a) alloying
(b) Pressing into thin plates
(c) slow cooling of molten metal
(d) Very rapid cooling of the molten metal
(35) Which metal is protected by a layer of it own oxide (a) Al
(b) Ag
(c) Au
(d) Fe
(36) B(OH)3 + NaOH NaBO2+Na[B(OH)4] +H2O How can this reaction is made to proceed in forward direction. (a) Addition of cis Benzene - 1,2-diol
(b) Addition of Borax
(c) Addition of trans-Benzene 1,2-diol
(d) Addition of Na2HPO4 6
(37) An element A dissolves both in acid and alkali. It is an example of (a) Allotropie nature of A
(b) Dimorphic nature of A
(c) Amorphous nature of A
(d) Amphoteric nature of A
(38) Which among the following is not a borane. (a) B2H6
(b) B3H6
(c)B4H10
(d) None of these
(39) In Goldschmidt aluminothermic process, thermite contains (a) 3 parts of Al2O3 and 4 Parts of Al
(b) 3 parts of Fe2O3 and 2 parts of Al
(c) 3 Parts of Fe2O3 and 1 part of Al
(d) 1 Part of Fe2O3 and 1 Part of Al
(40) Aluminium oxide is not reduced by chemical reactions since (a) Aluminium oxide is reative
(b) Reducing agents contaminate
(c) Aluminium oxide is highly stable
(d) The process pollutes the environment
(41) Aluminium is not used (a) In silvery paints
(b) For making utensils
(c) As a reducing agent
(d) As oxidizer in metalurgy
(42) Bauxite containing impurities of iron oxide is purified by (a) Hoop’s Process
(b) Serpeck’s Process (c) Bayer’s Process (d) Electrolytic process
(43) In the purification of Bauxite by Hall’s process (a) Bauxite ore is heated with NaOH solution at 500C (b) Bauxite ore is heated with NaHCO3 (c) Bauxite ore is fused with coke and heated at 1800 C in a current of nitrogen (d) Bauxite ore is heated with NaHCO3 (44) The molecular formula of feldspar is (a) K2O. Al2O3. 6SiO2
(b) K2O. 3Al2O3. 6SiO2
(c) Na3AlF6
(d) CaSO4 . 2H2O
(45) Common alum is (a) K2SO4. Al2(SO4)3. 24H2O
(b) K2SO4. Cr2(SO4)3. 24H2O
(c) K2SO4. Fe2(SO4)3. 24H2O
(d) (NH4)2SO4. FeSO4. 6H2O
(46) Which of the following is not true about potash Alum (a) It’s empirical formula is KAl(SO4)2. 12H2O
(b) It’s aqeous solution is basic
(c) It is Used in dyeing industries (d) On heating it melts in it’s water of crystallization (47) Which of the following statements about H3BO3 is not correct. (a) It is a strong tribasic acid (b) It is prepared by acidifying an aqeous solution of Borax. (c) It has a layer structure in which planar BO33 Units are joined by hydrogen bonds. (d) It doesn’t act as proton donar but acts as a lewis acid by accepting hydroxyl ion. 7
(48) The type of hybridization of boron in diborane is. (a) Sp- hybridization (b) Sp2 - hybridization (c) Sp3 - hybridization (d) Sp3d2 - hybridization (49) Identify the statement that is not correct as far as structure of diborane is concerned. (a) There are two bridging hydrogen atoms in diborane (b) Each boron atom forms four bonds in diborane (c) The hydrogen atoms are not in the same plane in diborane (d) All B-H bonds in diborane are similar (50) Soft heavy metal melts at 30 C and is used in making heat sensitive thermometers, the metal is (a) Gallium (b) Sodium (c) Potassium (d) cesium (51) In the reaction B2 O3 + C + Cl 2 A + CO . The A is (a) BCl3
(b) BCl2
(c) B2Cl2
(d) CCl2
(c) B2O3
(d) As2O3
(52) The most acidic of the following compound is (a) P2O3
(b) Sb2O3
(53) Heating an aqeous solution of aluminium chloride to dryness will give (a) AlCl3
(b) Al2Cl6
(c) Al2O3
(d) Al(OH)Cl2
(54) Which of the following is the electron deficient molecule (a) B2H6
(b) C2H6
(c) PH3
(d) SiH4
(55) The structure of diborane Contains (a) four 2c - 2e bonds and two 3c - 2e bonds (b) Two 2c - 2e bonds and Four 3c - 2e bonds (c) Two 2c - 2e bonds and two 3c - 3e bonds (d) Four 2c - 2e bonds and four 3c - 2e bonds (56) In Hall Heroult's process, the main reagent is mixed with (a) B2 H6
(b) C2 H6
(c) Na3AlF6
(d) SiH4
(57) Which of the following statement in incorrect (a) Al react with excess NaOH to give Al (OH)3 (b) NaHCO3 on hating gives Na2CO3 (c) Pure sodium metal dissolves in liquid ammonia to give blue solution (d) NaOH reats with glass to give sodium silicate (58) Which of the following is nonmetal (a) Ga
(b) In
(c) Th
(59) Which one of the following statements about diborane is not true (a) The B atoms in it are SP3 hybridised (b) It contains two 3-centre-2-electron bonds (c) All B-H bond lengths in it are equal due to resonance (d) The molecule contains 12 valence electrons 8
(d) B
(60) Boron shows single oxidation state due to absence of (a) Inert pair effect
(b) Screening effect
(c) Isotope effect
(d) None
(61) Which of the following is non - existent (b) COF63
(a) AlF3-6
(c) BF62
(d) SiF62
(62) Which of the processes is used in thermite welding (a) TiO2 + 4Na Ti + 2Na2O (c) SnO2 + 2C Sn + 2CO
(b) 2Al + Fe2O3 Al2O3+ 2Fe (d) Cr2O3 + 2Al Al2O3+ 2Cr
(63) In which of the following molecules is hydrogen bond absent (a) Water
(b) Inorganic benzene
(c) Diborane
(d) Methanol
(64) The tendency of BF3 , BCl3 & BBr3 to behave as lewis acid decreases in the sequence (a) BF3 > BCl3 >BBr3
(b) BCl3 > BF3 > BBr3
(c) BBr3 > BCl3 > BF3
(d) BBr3 > BF3 > BCl3
(65) Which one of the following molecular hydrides acts a a lewis acid (a) CH4
(b) NH3
(c) H2O
(d) B2H6
ANSWER KEY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
d b a c a c c a a d b d b c c
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
b a b c b a b d c c c d c d c
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
c c c d a a d b c c d c b a a
9
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
d a c d a a c c a a c a d c a
61 62 63 64 65
c b c c d
HINTS (2)
H
122
0
B
97 H
H
(3)
H
H 0
B H
The Order is due to inert pair effect
(5) 2H3 BO3 B2O3 + 3H2O (7) B(OH)3 H3 BO3 (Boricacid), Al(OH)3 amphoteric (11) Al2O3 is an amphoteric Oxide (12) 2KOH + 2Al + 2H2O 2KAIO2 +3H2 (14) Na2CO3 + H2O 2NaOH + CO2 2NaOH+2Al + 6H2O 2Na [Al(OH)4] + 3H2 (16) FesO4 (NH4)2SO4.6H2O (17) Liquified Ga expand on solidification Ga is less electropositive in nature. It has the weak metallic bond. so it expand on solidification
(18) Al2Cl6 + 12H2O 2[Al(H2O)6]3+ + 6Cl– (19) B4C is the hardest substance along with diamond (20) AlCl3-6H2O Al(OH)3 + 3HCl + 3H2O
Thus AlCl3 cannot be obtained by this method (21) AlCl3 6H2O Al (OH)3 + 3HCl + 3H2O
(26) (27) (28) (31) (32) (36) (39) (40) (49)
Thus AlCl3 cannot be obtained by this method. Except B(OH)3 all other hydroxides are of metallic hydroxide having the basic nature B(OH)3 are the hydroxides of non metal showing the acidic nature. Boro form different hydrides of general formula BnHn + 4 and BnHn+6 but BH3 is unknown. Alumina is amphoteric oxide which reacts with acid as well as base 2Al + 6HCl 2AlCl3 + 3H2 Al III group form Al2O3 Due to formation of chelated complex, the reaction moves in forword direction. In aluminothermic process, Thermite contains 3 parts of Fe2O3 and one part of Al. Aluminium oxide is highly stable therefore it is not reduced by chemical reactions B2H6 has two types of B - H bonds. H
(55)
B H
H
H
B
H
H –
3C - 2e : B–H–B 2C – 2e– : H–B–H (57) 2Al(s) + 2NaOH(aq) + 6H2O(l) 2Na+ [Al(OH)4]-(aq) + 3H2(g) sodium tetra hydroxo aluminate (III) 10
CARBON FAMILY (1)
The compound which does not possess a peroxide linkage is (A) Na2O2
(B) CrO5
(C) H2SO5
(D) PbO2
(2) Soldiers of Napolean army while at Alps during freezing winter suffered a serious problem as regards To the tin buttons of their uniforms. white metallic tin buttons got converted to grey powder. This Transformation is related to (A) A change in the partial pressure of oxygen in the air (B) A change in the crystalline structure of tin (C) An interaction with nitrogen of air at very low to temperatures (D) An interaction with water vapour contained in the humid air. (3)
Which one of the following statements about the zeolites is false (A) Zeolites are aluminosilicates having 3D network (B) Some of the SiO44– units are replaced by AlO45– and AlO69– ions in zeolites (C) They are used as cation exchangers (D) They have open structure which enables them to take up small molecules.
(4)
Which of the following acts UV rays (A) Soda glass
(5)
(B) Crook's glass
(D) PbX2 SnX2 Gex2 SiX2
(B) CO2 Only
(C) CO and CO2
(D) SO2 and SO3
(C)H2SiO3
(D) Na3AlF6
Glass reacts with HF to produce (A) SiF4
(8)
(B) SiX2 Gex2 PbX2 SnX2
Sodium oxalate on heating with cone H2SO4 gives (A) CO Only
(7)
(D) None
The Stability of dihalides of Si, Ge, Sn and Pb increases steadily in the sequence (A) Gex2 SiX2 SnX2 PbX2 (C) SiX2 GeX2 SnX2 PbX2
(6)
(C) Pyrex
(B) H2SiF6
Extraction of lead by reduction methods done by (A) adding more galena into reverberatory furnace (B) Adding more lead sulphate in reverberatory furnace (C) Adding more galena and coke into the reverberatory furnace (D) Self reduction of oxide form sulphide present in the furnace.
(9)
Which is used to produce smoke screen (A) Calcium phosphide
(B) Zinc sulphide
(C) Sodium carbonate (D) Zinc phosphide
(10) When tin is treated with concentrated nitric acid (A) It is converted in to stannous nitrate
(B) It is converted in to stannic nitrate
(C) It is converted in to metastannic acid
(D) It becomes passive 11
(11) In lll A group Tl (thallium) shows +1 Oxidation state while other members show +3 oxidation state. Why? (A) Presence of lone pair of electron in Tl.
(B) Inert pair effect
(C) Large Ionic redius of Tl ion
(D) None
(12) Carbon suboxide C3O2 has (A) Linear structure
(B) Bent structure
(C) Trigonal planar structure
(D) Distorted tetrahedral structure.
(13) Which of the following is a mixed oxide (A) Fe2O3
(B) PbO2
(C) Pb3O4
(D) BaO2
(C) Conc, H2SO4
(D) Coconut
(14) Noble gases are absorbed in (A) Anhydrous CaCl2
(B) Charcoal
(15) Solid CO2 is known as dry ice because (A) it melts as 0oC
(B) it evaporates at 40oC
(C) it evaporates at - 78oC without melting
(D) its boiling point is more than 199oC
(16) Carborundum is (A) SiC
(B) AlCl3
(C)Al2(SO4)3
(D) Al2O3. 9H2O
(C) PbO2
(D) PbHSO4
(17) H2O2 on reaction with PbS gives (A) PbO
(B) PbSO4
(18) Which of the following statements is incorrect (A) Silicon is extensively used as a semiconductor (B) Carborandum is SiC (C) Silicon occurs in free state in nature
(D) Mica contains the element silicon
(19) SiF4 gets hydrolysed gives (A) SiO2
(B) Si(OH)2F2
(C) H2SiF6
(D)Si(OH)4
(C) Chlorophyll
(D) Haemoglobin
(C) 3
(D) 4
(20) Silicon is an important constituent of (A) Rocks
(B) Amalgams
(21) The number of unpaired electrons in carbon atom is (A) 1
(B) 2
(22) Colour is imparted to glass by mixing (A) Synthetic gas
(B) Metal oxide
(C) Oxide of non - metal
(D) Coloured Salt
(23) Which of the following glass is used in making wind screen of automobiles. (A) Crook's Glass
(B) Jena Glass
(C) Safety Glass
(D) Pyrex Glass
(C) ZnCO3
(D) Al2(CO3)3
(24) Which of the following is insoluble in water (A) Na2CO3
(B) CaCO3
(25) In which of the following the inert pair effect is most prominent (A) C
(B) Si
(C) Ge 12
(D) pb
(26) Plumbosoluancy implies dissolution of lead in (A) Bases
(B) Acids
(C) Ordinary Water
(D) CuSO4
(27) Which of the following glass is used to make lenses and prisms (A) Flint
(B) Jena
(C) Pyrex
(D) Quartz
(28) N2gas is absorbed by (A) Calcium hydroxide
(B) Ferrous sulphate
(C) Calcium Carbide
(D) Aluminium Carbide
(29) White lead is (A) PbCO3
(B) PbCO3. PbO
(C) 2PbCO3.Pb(OH)2 (D) 2PbSO4. PbO.
(B) PbO
(C) PbO2
(30) Red lead is (A) Pb3O4
(D) Pb4O3
(31) Name of the structure of silicates in which three oxygen atoms of [SiO4]4– are shared is (A) pyrosilicate
(B) Sheet Silicate
(C) Linear chain Silicates
(D) Three dimensional Silicate
(32) A metal used in storage battries is (A) Copper
(B) Lead
(C) Tin
(D) Nickel
(B) Pb+Zn
(C) Pb+Sn
(D) Sn+Zn
(33) Solder is an alloys of (A) Pb+Zn+Sn
(34) Which of the following statement is correct with respect ot the property of elements in the carbon Family with an increase in atomic number their. (A) Atomic size decreases
(B) Ionization energy increases
(C) Metallic character decreases
(D) Stability of +2 oxidation state increases
(35) Lapis lazuli is (A) Ferrous sulphate
(B) Copper Sulphate
(C) Sodium Alumino Silicate
(D) Zinc Sulphate
(36) 'Lead pencil' contains (A) PbS
(B) Graphite
(C) FeS
(D) Pb
(B) Mg2C3
(C)B4C
(D) La4C3
(B) TiC
(C)SiC
(D) CaC2
(37) Which of the following gives propyne on hydrolysis (A) Al4C3 (38) The ionic carbide is (A) ZnC
(39) Which of the following is not iso structural with SiCl4 (A) PO43-
(B) NH+4
(C) SCl4
(D) SO42
(40) For prevention of rusting of iron which is used in paints. (A) PbO
(B) PbO2
(C) Pb3O4 13
(D)PbSO4
(41) Diamond is harder than graphite because (A) Graphite is planar
(B) Diamond has free electron
(C) Graphite is sp3 hybridized
(D) None
(42) Supercritical CO2 is used as (A) Dry ice
(B) Fire fighting
(C) A Solvent for extraction of organic compound from natural sources (D) A highly inert medium for carrying out various reactions. (43) Products formed on heating Pb(NO3)2 are (A) PbO, N2, O2
(B) Pb(NO2)2, O2
(C) PbO, NO2, O2
(D) Pb, N2, O2
(C) Pb2O3
(D) Pb3O4
(C) 80
(D) 70
(C)N2O5
(d) NO2
(44) Which of the following lead oxide is 'Sindhur' (A) PbO
(B) PbO2
(45) Percentage of lead in lead pencil is (A) O
(B) 20
(46) Pb reacts with dilute HNO3 gives (A) NO
(B) NH4NO3
(47) In silicon dioxide (A) Each Si atom is surrounded by four oxygen atoms and each oxygen atom is bonded to two Si Atoms (B) Each Si atom is surrounded by four O2 atoms and each O2 by 2Si atom (C) Si atom is bonded to two oxygen atoms (D) None of above (48) Litharge is chemically (A) PbO
(B) PbO2
(C) Pb3O4
(D) Pb(CH3COO)2
(C) B
(D) Pb
(C) Mixed
(D) Amphoteric
(49) Which of the following has most density (A) Fe
(B) Ca
(50) Red lead is an example of an ______ Oxide (A) Basic
(B) Super
(51) Element showing the phenomenon of allotropy is ______ (A) Alluminium
(B) Lead
(C) Tin
(D) Copper
(C) Ge
(D) C
(C) C2H6
(D) CO2
(C) HI
(D) HBr
(52) Which of the following is a metalloid (A) Bi
(B) Sn
(53) Which gas is liberated when Al4C3 is hydrolysed (A) CH4
(B) C2H2
(54) Which of the following attacks glass (A) HCl
(B) HF 14
(55) Dry ice is (A) Solid CO2
(B) Solid NO2
(C) Solid SO2
(D) None
(56) SiCl4 on hydrolysis forms 'X' & HCl Compound 'X' loses water at 1000oC & gives 'Y'. Compound 'X' & 'Y' are respectively. (A) H2SiCl6, SiO2
(B) H2SiO4, Si
(C) SiO2, Si
(D) H4SiO4, SiO2
(B) PbNO3 + NO
(C) Pb(NO3)4 + NO3 (D) Pb(NO3)3 +
(57) Pb + Conc, HNO3 gives (A) Pb(NO3)2 + NO2 N 2O
(58) Which of the following has least tendency to undergo catenation (A) C
(B) Si
(C) Ge
(D) Sn
(59) The products of the following reaction are SiO2 + C
(A) SiC & CO2
(B) SiO & CO
(C) SiC & CO
(D) Si & CO2
(B) Acidic
(C) Neutral
(D) Amphoteric
(60) PbO2 is (A) Basic
(61) On controlled hydrolysis and condensation R3SiCl yields (A) R3Si–O–SiR3
(B) –[ R3Si - O - SiR3–]n (C) R3SiOH
(D) R3Si4O4
(62) Hydrolysis of which of the following does not occur? (A) VCl4
(B) TiCl4
(C) SiCl4
(D) CCl4
(63) Pure silicon doped with phosphorous is a (A) Metallic conductor
(B) Insulator
(C) n - type semiconductor
(D) P - type semiconductor
(64) Carbogen is a mixture of (A) CO + N2
(B) CO + O2
(C) CO2+ O2
(D) C + H2 + N2
(65) The element evolving two different gases on reaction with conc. H2SO4 is ______. (A) P
(B) C
(C) Hg
(D) S
(66) Carborundum is obtained when silica is heated at high temperature with (A) C
(B) CO
(C) CO2
(D) CaCo3
(C) Acetic Acid
(D) Water
(C)+3, +4
(D) +4
(67) Lead pipes are corroded quickly by (A) DiL H2SO4
(B) Conc.H2SO4
(68) Which is the correct oxidation state of lead (A) +2, +4
(B) +1, +2
(69) Quartz is an example of (A) Chain Silicate
(B) Sheet Silicate
(C) Cyclic Silicate
(D) 3D network Silicate
15
Answer Key
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
D B B B C C B A A C B A C B C
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
A B C D A B B c D D C A C C A
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
D B C D C B B D C C D C C D A
16
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
A A A D C C C A B A D A D C D
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69
A D C C B A C A D
HINTS (2)
Grey tin is very brittle & easily crumbles down to a powder in very cold climates Grey Tin
White Tin
(Cubic)
(Tetragonal)
The change of white tin to grey is accompanied by increase in volume. This is called disease or tin Plague. (3)
Zeolite have SiO4 & AlO4 tetrahadrones linked together in a three dimensional open structure in which four or six member ring predominate. Due to open chain structure they have cavities & can take up water & other small molecules.
(4)
Crook's glass is a special type of glass containain cerium oxide. It does not allow the passage of ultraviolate rays & is used for making lense.
(5)
Due to inert pair effect, stability of +2 oxidation state increases as we move down this groupSiX2 GeX2 SnX2 pbX2
(6)
Sodium oxalate react with conc. H2SO4 to form CO & CO2 gas
(10) tin is oxidized to meta stannic acid when it is treated with nitricacid Sn + 4 HNO3 H2SnO3 + 4NO2 + H2O (11) Inert pair effect become significant for 6th & 7th period of p- block element. (12) Carbon Suboxide has linear structure with C - C bond lenth equal to 130 Ao & C - O bond length equal to 120Ao O = C = C = C = O O– – C C – C O+ (13) Pb3O4 is mixed oxide. It can be represented as 2PbO – PbO2 (14) Noble gas are found in very minute amount in atmosphers. These are separated from each other by using coconut char coal. Which absorb different gas at different tempera tures. (15) SolidCO2 is known as dry ice because it evaporate at -18oC without changing in Liquid state. (17) When hydrogen peroxide reacts with PbS then they forms PbSO4 (18) Silicon occurs in combined state in nature as silica, SiO2
C
6
1s2
2s2
(21)
(19) It is hydrolysed with water to form a Si(OH)4 2p2
No of unpaired e- in p = 2. (22) Metal oxides or some salts are fused with glass to imparted colour of glass. (24) Al2(CO3)3 is less soluble in water than Na2CO3, ZnCO3 (25) inert pair effect is most prominent in Pb because from top to bottom due to increase in number of shells. 17
(29) White lead 2PbCO3. Pb(OH)2. (30) Pb3O4 Red Lead (Sindhur) (31) Three dimensional sheet structure are formed when three oxygen atom of each [SiO4]4- Tetrahedrdls are formed (33) Pb + Sn (34) In carbon family stability +2 oxidation state increases on moving down the group in the periodic table with an increase in atomic number due to screening effect. (37) Propyne can be prepared by hydrolysis of magnesium carbide. Mg2 C3 + 4H2O CH3C CH + 2Mg(OH)2. (41) In crystalline lattice of diamond, each crbon atom is linked to four other carbon atoms tetrahedrally by using sp3 - hydbrid orbitals giving rise to a rigid there dimensional network of carbon atom for this reason, diamond is very hard.Graphite, has hexagonal layer structure in which each carbon atom is linked to three other carbon atoms by using sp2 hybrid orbitals. The hexagonal layer in graphite are held together by weak Van-der waal's forces. So graphite is soft. (42) Supercritical CO2 is used as a solvent for the extraction of organic compound from their natural sources. (43) 2Pb(NO3)2 2PbO + 4NO2 + O2 (46) Pb reacts with dilute HNO3 to produce NO gas 3Pb + 8HNO3 3Pb(NO3)2 + 2NO + 4H2O
(47)
O O O Si O Si O O O
(49) Pb 11.34 g/ml heaviest. (50) Pb3O4 is a mixed oxide of 2PbO + PbO2 (52) Boron (B),Si,Ge,As,Sb & At are metalloid elements. Bismuth (Bi) & tin (Sn) are metal while carbon (C) is non - metal. (53) Al4C3 + 12H2O 3CH4 + 4 Al(OH)3 (54) Glass being a mixture of sodium & calcium silicates react with hydro fluoric acid forming sodium & calcium flurosillicates respectively. Na2SiO3 + 3H2F2 Na2SiF6 + 3H2O CaSiO3 + 3H2F2 CaSiF6 + 3H2O The etching of glass is based on these reactions
18
(55) Solid CO2 is called dry ice because it changes to vapour state directly without changing to liquid state. (57) HNO3 is best solvent for lead Pb + 4HNO3 Pb (NO3)2 + 2NO2 +2H2O
(59) SiO2 + 3C SiC + 2CO (60) It reacts with alkali as well as acid. (61) R3SiCl on hydrolysis form only a dimer R3SiOH + HOSiR3 R3Si - O - SiR3. (62) CCl4 + H2O No reaction d - orbital absent in carbon atom (63) excess of one valence electron in P atom over Si will form n type conductor. (64) Calbogen is mixture of 90% O2 & 10% CO2 (65) C + 2H2SO4 CO2 + 2H2O + 2SO2 Here carbon is oxidized to CO2 & H2SO4 is reduced to SO2 (66) Silica on heating with carbon at elevated temp gives carborandum (Silicon Carbide) SiO2 + 3C SiC + 2CO2
Carborandum is very hard substance (67) Organic acids dissolve lead in presence of oxygen Pb + 2CH3COOH +
1 O Pb (CH3 COO)2 + H2O. 2 2
19
NITROGEN FAMILY : 15 (1)
Which of the following elements does not form stable diatomic molecules (A) Iodine
(2)
(C) HNO3
(d) NO2
(B) NO
(C) N2O5
(D) NO2 and O2
(B) Zn
(C) Cu
(D) Ag
(B) NCl3
(C)NBr3
(D) NI3
(B) H4P2O7
(C)HPO3
(D) H3PO4
(C) As
(D) Bi
Which does not form complex (A) N
(9)
(B) N2O
P4O6 reacts with water to give (A) H3PO3
(8)
(D) H3PO3, N2O5
Which Nitrogen trihalides is least basic (A) NF3
(7)
(C) HPO3, N2O5
Which of the following metal produces nitrous oxide with dil HNO3 (A) Fe
(6)
(B) HPO3, N2O3
When concentrated nitric acid is heated it decomposes to give (A) O2 and N2
(5)
(D) Oxygen
When heated NH3 is passed over CuO gas evolved is (A) N2
(4)
(C)Nitrogen
HNO3 + P2O5 A + B, A is an Oxyacid of phosphorous and B is an oxide of N. A and B respectively are (A) H3PO4, N2O3
(3)
(B) Phosphorous
(B) P
Nitrogen is relatively inactive element because (A) it atom has a stable Electronic Configuration (B) it has low atomic radius (C) Its electro negativity is fairly high (D) Dissociation energy of 15 molecule is fairly high
(10) Nitrogen dioxide is released by heating (A) Pb(NO3)2
(B) KNO3
(C) NaNO2
(D) NaNO3
(11) Concentrated nitric acid oxidizes cane sugar to (A) CO2 and H2O
(B) CO and H2O
(C) CO, CO2 and H2O
(D) Oxalicacid and water
(12) Red P can be obtained from white P by (A) Heating it with a catalyst in an inest atmosphere (B) Distilling it in an inert atmosphere (C) Dissolving it in carbon disulphide and crystalising (D) Melting it an pouring the liquid into water 20
(13) When aluminium phosphide is reacted with dil H2SO4 (A) SO2 is liberated
(B) PH3 is evolved
(C) H2S is evolved
(D) H2 is evolved
(14) Cyanamide process is used in the formation of (A) N2
(B) HNO3
(C) NH3
(D) PH3
(15) Which statement is wrong for NO (A) It is anhydride of nitrous acid
(B) It dipole moment in 0.22D
(C) It forms dimer
(D) It is paramagnetic
(16) Solid PCl5 exists as (A) PCl5
(B) PCl4+
(C) PCl6-
(D) PCl4+ and PCl6-
(17) How can you synthesise nitric oxide in the lab (A) Zinc with cold and dilute HNO3
(B) Zinc with Conc. HNO3
(C) Cu with cold and dil HNO3
(D) Heating NH4 NO3
(18) Which of the following is a cyclic phosphate (A) H5P3O10
(B) H6P4O13
(C) H5P5O15
(D) H7P5O16
(19) Which catalyst is used in the haber process for the manufacture of NH3 (A) Pt
(B) Fe+Mo
(C) CuO
(D) Al2O3
(20) Which of the following has the highest dipole moment (A) NH3
(B) PH3
(C) SbH3
(D) ASH3
(C) Pb(OH)Cl
(D) Na2HPO4
(21) Which salt can be classified as an acid salt (A) Na2SO4
(B) BiOCl
(22) Which of the following is manufactured from the molecular nitrogen by bacteria (A) NO3
(B) NO2
(C) Amino acids
(D) Ammonia
(23) Which of the following Tendencies remains unchanged on going down in the nitrogen family (A) Highest Oxi. State
(B) Non - metallic character
(C) Stability of hydrides
(D) Physical state
(24) (NH4)2 Cr2O7 on heating liberates a gas. The same gas will be obtained by (A) heating NH4NO2
(B) Heating NH4NO3
(C) Treating H2O2 and NaNO2
(D) Treating MF3N2 with H2O
(25) When plants and animals decay, the organic N is converted in to inorganic N. The inorganic N is in the form is (A) NH3
(B) Elements of N 21
(C) Nitrates
(D) Nitrides
(26) In an organic compound , phosphorous in estimated as (A) Mg2P2O7
(B) Mg3(PO4)2
(C) H3PO4
(D) P2O5
(27) Producer gas is a mixture of (A) CO and N2
(B) CO2 amd H2
(C) CO and H2
(D) CO2 and N2
(28) Ammonium nitrate decomposes on heating in to (A) NH3 and HNO3
(B) Nitrous oxide and H2O
(C) N, H, O3
(D) Nitric Oxide, NO2, H2
(29) Non - Combustible hydride is (A) NH3
(B) PH3
(C) ASH3
(D) SbH3
(30) The element which catches fire in air at 30oC and is stored under water is (A) Calcium
(B) Sodium
(C) Phosphorous
(D) Zinc
(C) H3PO4
(D) None
(C) H3PO2
(D) NF3
(B) PF3
(C) SbCl3
(D) NF3
(B) PH3
(C) AsH3
(D) SbH3
(31) Which of the following acid exist in polymeric form (A) HPO3
(B) H4P2O7
(32) Dehydrated phosphorous trichloride in H2O gives (A) HPO3
(B) H3PO4
(33) Which of the following is not hydrolysed (A) AsCl3 (34) The strongest base is (A) NH3
(35) The cyaide ion, CN–, N2 are iso electronic. But in contrast to CN–, N2 is chemically inert because of (A) Low bond energy
(B) Absence of bond polarity
(C) Unsymmetrical electron distribution (D) Presence of more number of electron in bonding orbilats (36) When lighting flash is produced, which gas may form (A) Nitrous Oxide
(B) Nitric Oxide
(C) Dinitrogen in oxide
(D) Nitrogen pentoxide
(37) A mixture of ammonia and air at about 800oC in the presence of Pt gauze forms (A) N2O
(B) NO
(C) NH2OH
(D) N2O3
(C) Al2O3
(D) Sb2O3
(38) Which of the following is the most basic oxide (A) Bi2O2
(B) SeO2
(39) Ammonia gas can be collected by the displacemet of (A) Conc. H2SO4
(B) Brine
(C) Water 22
(D) Mercury
(40) The chemical used for cooling in refrigeration is (A) CO2
(B) NH4OH
(C) NH4Cl
(D) Liquid NH3
(41) Reaction of PCl3 and PhMgBr. Would give (A) Bromobanzene
(B) Chlorobenzene
(C) Triphenyl phosphine
(D) Dichlorobenzene
(42) Which of the following P is most stable (A) Red
(B) White
(C) Black
(D) All stable
(C) AsH3
(D) BiH3
(B) CO2
(C) Cl2
(D) CCl3NO2
(B) NH3
(C) P4O6
(D) P4O10
(B) NaH2PO2
(C) Na3HP2O6
(D) Na4P2O7
(43) The least stable hydride of 75th group elements in (A) NH3
(B) PH3
(44) The chemical formula of Tear gas is (A) COCl2 (45) PH4I + NaOH forms (A) PH3 (46) Which is not an acid salt (A) NaH2PO3
(47) The number of hydroxyl group in pyrophosphoric acid is (A) 3
(B) 4
(C) 5
(D) 7
(48) Which of the following has the highest proton affinity (A) Stilbine
(B) Arsine
(C) Phosphine
(D) Ammonia
(C) AsH3
(D) SbH3
(49) Which of the following has highest B.P (A) NH3
(B) PH3
(50) Which of the following exihibits highest solubility in H2O (A) NH3
(B) PH3
(C) AsH3
(D) SbH3
(51) HNO3 in aqueous solution yields (A) NO3 and H+
(B) NO3 and H3O+
(C) NO 2 and OH
(D) N2O5 and H2O
(52) The three important oxidation state of P are (A) -3, +3, +5
(B) -3, +3, -5
(C) -3, +4, -4
(D) -3,+3,+4
(C) Sb
(D) Bi
(53) Which show maximum valency (A) P
(B) Tin 23
(54) Which oxide of N is obtained on heating ammonium nitrate at 250oC (A) Nitric oxide
(B) Nitrous oxide
(C) Nitrogen dioxide
(D) Dinitrogen oxide
(55) The number of P-O-P bonds in cyclic metaphos phoric acid is (A) 0
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4
(56) The product oblained by heating (NH4)2SO4 and KCNO is (A) Hydrocyanic acid
(B) Ammonia
(C) Ammonium cyanide
(D) Urea
(57) Which compound is related to haber’s process (A) CO2
(B) H2
(C)NO2
(D) NH3
(58) The carbonate which does not leave a residue on heating is (A) Na2CO3
(B) PH3
(C) SbH3
(D) AsH3
(59) Aquaregia is (A) 1:3 conc. HNO3 and conc. HCl
(B) 1:2 conc. HNO3 and conc. HCl
(C) 3:1 conc. HNO3 and conc. HCl
(D) 2:1 conc. HNO3 and conc. HCl
(60) Which of the following hydrides is least stable (A) AsH3
(B) SbH3
(C) NH3
(D) PH3
(C) AsH3
(D) SbH3
(C) AsH3
(D) SbH3
(B) PCl3
(C) AsCl3
(D) All
(B) P2O3
(C) Sb2O3
(D) Bi2O3
(B) As2O3
(C) SbCl2
(D) As2H3
(C) N2O + Ca
(D) (NH4)2Cr2O7
(C) NH4NO2
(D) Ba(NO3)2
(C) NaNO2
(D) NaNO3
(61) The most stable hydride is (A) NH3
(B) PH3
(62) Which has the lowest boiling point (A) NH3
(B) PH3
(63) Which is the most explosive (A) NCl3 (64) The most acidic is (A) AS2O3 (65) Non-existing compound is (A) PH4I
(66) Pure N2 gas is obtained from (A) NH3 + NaNO2
(B) NH4Cl + NaNO2
(67) Pure nitrogen can be prepared from (A) NH4OH
(B) Ca3N2
(68) NO2 is released by heating (A) Pb(NO3)2
(B) KNO3 24
(69) Which of the following is neutral (A) N2O5
(B) N2O3
(C) N2O4
(D) N2O
(C)N2H2
(D) N3H
(70) Which of the following is acidic (A) NH3
(B) N2H4
(71) Laughing gas is prepared by heating (A) NH4Cl
(B) (NH4)2SO4
(C) NH4Cl + NaNO3 (D) NH4NO3
(72) P4O6 reacts with water to give (A) H3PO3
(B) H4P2O7
(C) HPO3
(D) H3PO4
(C) PH3
(D) SbH3
(C) SbCl3
(D)
(73) Electrolysis temperature is maximum (A) AsH3
(B) NH3
(74) Which of the following is not hydrolysed (A) AsCl3
(B) PF3
NF3
(75) On adding H2O to BiCl3 solution in HCl, the compound produced is (A) Bi2O3
(B) Bi(OH)3
(C) BiOCl
(D) BiOCl2
(C) VII A Group
(D) Hg(OH)2
(76) N, P , As, Sb , Bi elements belong to (A) VA Group
(B) IV A Group
(77) Which of the following elements occur free in nature (A) Nitrogen
(B) Phosphorus
(C) Arsenic
(D) Antimony
(78) Which of the following elements of group VA does not show allotropy (A) N
(B) Bi
(C) P
(D) As
ANSWER KEY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
B C A D B A A A D A D A B C A
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
D C C B A D A A A A A A B A C
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
A D D A D D B A D D C A D D A
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
25
D B D D A B A A B C D D D A B
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
A B A B C B C A D D D A B D C
76 77 78
A A B
HINTS (4) (5)
4HNO3 4NO2 + O2 + 2H2O 4Zn + 10HNO3 4Zn(NO3)2 + 5H2O + 3N2O
(6)
NF3 It is least basic bacause of high electronegativity of 3F atoms. The lone pair present on nitrogen atom is not easily available for donation.
(7) (8) (9)
P4O6 + 6H2O 4H3PO3 Nitrogen does not form complex because of the absence of d - orbitals. N N bond energy is very high 945KJ mole–1
(10) 2Pb(NO3)2 2PbO + 4NO2 + O2 CONC
COOH
| (11) C12 H22O11 HNO 3
COOH
+ H2O
(14) CaCN2 + 3H2O CaCO3 + 2NH3 (15) Anhydride of Nitrous acid is N2O3. (16) Solid PCl5, exists as PtCl 4 & PtCl6
(17) 3Ca + 8NHO3 3Ca(NO3)2 + 4H2O + 2NO (21) Na2HPO4 Na2PO4- + H+ it can give H+ ion in solution. (23) Highest oxidation state is +5 which remains unchanged. (24) (NH4)2Cr2O7 N2 + Cr2O3+4H2O NH4NO2 N2+2H2O (28) NH4NO3 2H2O + N2O
(30) because of its very low ignition temp (303K) it is always kept under water. (32) 3H2O + PCl3 H3PO3 + 3HCl (33) Due to absence of d - orbital in N - atom, it can't accept e– from H2O for hydrolysis of NF3 Pt 4NO + 6H O (37) 4NH3 + 5O2 2 800 C
(41) Reaction between PCl3 & Ph MgBr gives triphenyl phosphine. 3C6 H5 MgBr PCl3 (C6H5)3 P 3 Mg Cl Br (42) Due to less reactivity (46) Na4P2O7 salt of strong acid & strong base. (49)
NH3 BP 238.5
PH3 185.5
.
AsH3
SbH3
210.6
254.6
(53) P Shows + 5 valancy. (56) (NH4)2SO4 + KCNO NH4CNO + K2SO4 NH2CONH2 urea (57) Ammonia generally prepared by Haber's process (59) One part conc. HNO3 & 3parts conc. HCl forms aquaregia. 26
OXYGEN FAMILY (1)
Which is not easily soluble in water (A) H2
(2)
(9)
(B) Matalloids
(C) Radioactive
(D) Plymorphic
(B) Polyzone
(C) Trizone
(D) Ozone
(B) HCl
(C) H2SO4
(D) HNO2
(B) Na2SO4
(C) CaCl2
(D) P4O10
The catalyst used in manufacture of by contact process (A) Al2O3
(8)
(D) S8
Which of the following is no suitable for use in dasiccator to dry substance (A) conc H2SO4
(7)
(C)S4
Which of the following acts as pickling agent (A) HNO3
(6)
(B) S2
The triatomic species of element oxygen is known as (A) Azone
(5)
(D) CO2
All the elements of oxygen family are (A) Non - metal
(4)
(C) SO2
The molecular formula of sulphur is (A) S
(3)
(B) O2
(B) Cr2O3
(C) V2O3
(D) MnO2
Which of the following is the best scientific method to test presence of water in a liquid (A)Taste
(B) Smell
(C) use of litmus paper
(D) use of onhydrous CaSO4
Which of the following sulphate is insoluble in water (A) CaSO4
(B) CdSO4
(C) PbSO4
(D) Bi2(SO4)3
(10) When sulphur is boiled with Na2SO3 solution, the compound formed is (A) Sodium Sulphide
(B) Sodium Sulphate
(C) Sodium persulphate
(D) Sodium thiosulphate
(11) Number of unpaired electrons in sulphur is (A) 2
(B) 6
(C) 8
(D) 1
(12) H2S reacts with O2 in restricted supply of O2 to form (A) H2O + S
(B) H2O + SO2
(C) H2O + SO3
(D) H2SO4 + S
(13) Which of the following mixlure is chromic acid (A) K2Cr2O7 and Con. H2SO4
(B) K2Cr2O7 and HCl
(C) K2SO4 and Con. H2SO4
(D) H2SO4 and HCl
(14) Among KO2, NO 2 , BaO2 and NO 2 unpaired electron is present in (A) NO 2 and BaO2
(B) KO2 and BaO2
(C) KO2
(D) BaO2
(15) Which of the element of the oxygen family is most poisonous to human race (A) O
(B) S
(C) Se 27
(D) None
(16) Super phosphate is the mixture of (A) Calcium phosphate and H2SO4
(B) Sodium phosphate and H2SO4
(C) Potassium phosphate and H2SO4
(D) None +
(17) Which of the following dissociates to give H easily (A) H2O
(B) H2S
(C)H2Te
(D) H2Se
(18) H2SO4 reacts with PCl5 to give (A) Thoinyl chloride
(B) Sulphur monochloride
(C) Sulphur chloride
(D) Sulphur utrachloride
(19) Among H2O, H2S, H2Se and H2Te the one with highest boiling point (A) H2O
(B) H2Te
(C) H2S
(D)H2Se
(20) Which of the following is used in artificial respiration (A) O2 + CO2
(B) O2 + CO
(C) O2 + H2
(D) All of these
(21) Carbogen is (A) Pureform of C
(B) COCl2
(C) Mixture of CO and CO2
(D) O2 & CO2
(22) The products of the chemical reaction between Na2S2O3, Cl2 and H2O are (A) S+ HCl + Na2S
(B) S + HCl + Na2SO4
(C) S + HCl + Na2SO3
(D) S + NaCCO3 + H2O
(23) The incorrect statement among the following is (A) C60 is an allotropic form of carbon (B) O3 is an allotropic form of oxygen (C) S8 is only allotropic form of sulphur (D) Red phosphorous is more stable in air than while phosphorous (24) Hypo is used in photography because of its (A) Reducing behavior
(B) Oxidising behavior
(C)Complex forming behavior
(D) Reaction with light
(25) Aqueous solutions of H2S and SO2 when mixed together yield (A) Sulphur and water
(B) Sulphur trioxide and water
(C)Hydrogen peroxide and sulphur
(D) Hydrogen and sulphurous acid
(26) An example of a neutral oxide is (A) No
(B) CO2
(C)CaO
(D) ZnO
(27) Which of the following is used to absorb sulphur dioxide (A) conc H2SO4
(B) KOH Solution
(C)Water
(D) Anhydrous CaCl2
(28) When SO2 is passed through acidified K2Cr2O7 solution (A) Solution turns blue
(B) Solution decolourizes
(C) SO2 is reduced
(D) Green Cr2(SO4)3 is formed 28
(29) Which of the following is oxidized by SO2 (A) Mg
(B) K2Cr2O7
(C)KMnO4
(D) All
(C) Sulphite
(D) Sulphid
(30) A salt of sulphurous acid is called (A) Sulphate
(B) Sulphurate
(31) The final acid obtained during the manufacture of H2SO4 by contact process (A) H2SO4(conc.)
(B) H2SO4(dil)
(C) H2SO4
(D) H2S2O7
(32) Which compound acts as an oxidizing as well as reducing agent (A) SO2
(B) MnO2
(C) Al2O3
(D) CrO3
(C) Hydrolysis
(D) Acidic nature
(33) Bleaching action of SO2 is due to (A) Reduction
(B) Oxidisation(oxide)
(34) About H2SO4 which is incorrect (A) Reducing agent
(B) Dehydrating agent
(C) sulphonating agent (D) Highly Viscous
(35) In the reaction 2Ag + 2H2SO4 Ag2 SO4 + 2H2O + SO2, H2SO4 acts as (A) Reducing agent (B) Oxidising agent (C) Catalytic agent
(D) Dehydrating agent
(36) In the reaction H 2SO 4 HCOOH CO + H2O, H2SO4 acts as
(A) Dehydrating agent
(B) Oxidising agent
(C) Reducing agent
(D) All of these
(37) When conc.H2SO4 comes in contact with sugar it becomes black due to (A) Hydrolysis
(B) Hydration
(C) Decolourisation
(D) Dehydration
(C) H2S2O7
(D) H2S2O8
(38) Which one is known as oil of vitriol (A) H2SO3
(B) H2SO4
(39) Ozone deplete due to the formation of following compound in Antartica (A) Acrolien
(B) Peroxy Acetyl Nitrate
(C) SO2 & SO3
(D) chlorine nitrate
(40) The acid used in lead storage cells is (A) Phosphoric acid
(B) Nitric acid
(C) Sulphuric acid
(D) Hydrochloric acid
(41) Which one of the gas dissolves in H2SO4 to give oleum (A) SO2
(B) H2S
(C) S2O
(D) SO3
(B) Oil of Vitriol
(C) Fuming H2SO4
(D) None
(C) S2 O32
(D) S2 O 72
(C) Ur
(D) Ag
(42) Oleum is (A) Castor oil
(43) There is no S - S bond in (A) S2 O 42
(B) S2 O52
(44) Which element is found in free state (A) I
(B) S 29
(45) Which of the following hydrides ha s the lowest boiling point (A) H2O (B) H2S (C) H2Se (D) H2Te (46) In the preparation of sulphuric acid, V2O5 is used is the reaction, which is (A) S + O2 SO2 (B) 2SO2 + O2 2SO3 (C) SO2 + H2O H2SO4 (D) N2 + 3H2 2NH3 (47) Point out of in which of the following properties of oxygen differs from the rest of the members of its family (Group - VIA) (A) High value of ionization energy (B) Oxydation state (2,4,6) (C) Polymorphism (D) Formation of hydrides (48) Ozone turns trimethyl paper (A) Green (B) Violet (C) Red (D) Black (49) No of atoms in one molecules of sulphur is (A) 8 (B) 4 (C) 3 (D) None of these (50) Bond angle is minimum for (A) H2O (B) H2S (C) H2Se (D) H2Te (51) A solution of SO2 in water reacts with H2S precipating sulphur. Here SO2 acts as (A) Oxidising agent (B) Reducing agent (C) Acid (D) Catalyst (52) Whe SO2 is passed through cupric chloride solution (A) White precipitate is obtained (B) Solution becomes colouless (C) Solution becomes colourless & White ppt is obtained of Cu2Cl2 (D) No Change (53) Which of the following is acidic (A) SO3 (B) N2O (C) BeO (D) HgO (54) Which of the elements listed below occurs in allotropic forms (A) Iodine (B) Copper (C) Sulphur (D) Silver (55) Oxygen was discovered by (A) Priestly (B) Scheele (C) Boyle (D) Cavendish (56) Shape of O2F2 is similar to that of (A) C2F2 (B) H2O2 (C) H2F2 (D) C2H2 (57) Which of the following is not a chalcogen (A) O (B) S (C) Se (D) Na (58) Which of the following is a suboxide (A) Ba2O (B) Pb2O (C) C3O2 (D) ZnO (59) KO2 + CO2 ? (gas) (A) H2 (B) N2 (C) O2 (D) CO (60) H2SO4 acts as dehydrating agent in its reaction with (A) H2C2O4
(B) Ba(OH)2
(C) KOH 30
(D) Zn
(61) A gas that can not be collected over water is (A) N2 (B) O2 (C) SO2 (62) The molecular formula of dithionic acid is (A) H2S2O4 (B) H2S2O6 (C) H2S2O5 (63) Oxygen is not evolved on reaction of ozone with (A) H2O2 (B) SO2 (C) Hg (64) and form of sulphur both are stable at (A) 369oC (B) 369K (C) 4oC (65) SO2 + H2S X The final product is (A) H2O + S (B) H2SO4 (C) H2SO3 (66) Sulphur in +3 oxidation state is present in (A) Sulphurous acid (B) Pyrosulphuric acid (C) Dithionous acid (D) Thiosulphuric acid (67) H2S is not a/an (A) Reducing agent (B) Acidic (C) Oxidising agent (68) Which one of the following is non-reducing (A) H2S (B) H2Te (C) H2Se (69) When PbO2 reacts with conc. HNO3 the gas evolved is (A) NO2 (B) O2 (C) N2 (70) The most efficient agent (A) 80% H2SO4 (71) In presence of moisture (A) Act as oxidant
(D) PH3 (D) H2S2O7 (D) KI (D) 0oC (D) H2S2O3
(D) None (D) H2O (D) N2O
for the absorption of SO3 is (B) 98% H2SO4 (C) 50% H2SO4 (D)20% H2S2O7 , SO2 can (B) Lose electron (C) Gain electron (D) Not act as reductant ANSWER KEY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
C D D D C A C D C D A A A C C
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
A C C A A D B C C A A B D A C
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
D A A A B A D B D C D C D B B
31
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
B B B A D A C A C A B D C C A
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
C B B B A C C D B B B
Hints (7)
V2O5 catalyst are used for manufacture of H2SO4 by contanct process.
(10) Na2SO3 + S Na2S2O3 (11) The electronic configuration of sulphure is S(Z=16) = 1S2 2S2 2P6 3S2 3P4 3P
Hence it has two unpaired electrons (12) 2H2S + O2 2H2O + 2S If the O2 is not restricted 2H2S+ 3O2 2H2O+2SO2 (13) Mixture of K2Cr2O7 and conc. H2SO4 known as chromic acid (14) KO2 because in O 2 (superoxide ion) (17) (18) (19) (21) (22) (25) (28) (29) (31) (39) (41)
One unpaired electron is present in the antibonding orbital. The bond between (H2Te) is weakest hence it gives H+ ion easily. HO - SO2 - OH + PCl5 Cl - SO2 - OH + POCl3 + HCl HO - SO2 - OH + 2PCl5 Cl - SO2 - Cl + 2POCl3 + 2HCl H2O containing hydrogen bond, Mixture of O2 and CO2 Na2S2O3 + Cl2 + H2O Na2SO4 + 2HCl + S SO2 + 2H2S 3S + 2H2O K2Cr2O7 + H2SO4 + 3SO2 K2SO4 + Cr2(SO4)3 + 3H2O SO2 + 2Mg 2MgO + S H2SO4 + SO3 H2S2O7 Fromation of chlorine nitrate is the main cause of ozone depletion H2SO4 + SO3 H2S2O7 oleum.
O O || || (43) S2O 72- O S O S O || || O O (54) Sulphur -
(1) monoclinic
(2) Rhombic
(3) Plastic
(56) O2F2 is similar to that of H2O2
O F
97
F
o
o
1.48A
F O
O F 32
O
HALOGENS FAMILY (1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
The correct order of thermal stability of hydrogen halide. (A) HI > HBr > HCl > HI
(B) HF > HCl > HBr > HI
(C) HCI < HF < HBr < HI
(D) HI > HCl > HF > HBr
Phosgene is common name of (A) Carbonyl chloride
(B) Phosphine
(C) Phosphorus Oxychloride
(D) Phosphorus trichloried
The solubility of iodine in water increases in presence of (A) Alcohol
(B) Chloroform
(C) Sodium hydroxide
(D) Potassium trichloride
On boiling an aqueous solution of KClO3 with iodine the following is obtained (A) KClO3
(B) KClO4
(C) KClO2
(D) KIO3
(5) Colour of iodine is disappeared by shaking it with aqueous solution of (A) H2SO4 (6)
(7)
(D) Na2SO4
(A) IF3 > UF3 > BrF3
(B) BrF3 > IF3 > ClF3
(C) IF3 > BrF3 > ClF3
(D) ClF3 > IF3 > BrF3
Bromine is obtained on commercial scale from (B) Carnellite
(C) Common Salt
(D) Cryolite
(C) Ratherlford
(D) Sheele
Chlorine was discovered by (A) Davy
(9)
(C) Na2S
The stability of interhalogen compound is in order
(A) Caliche (8)
(B) Na2S2O3
(B) Priestley
Bromine is liberated when aqueous solution of potassium bromide is treated with (A) Cl
(B) I2
(C) Dilute H2SO4
(D) SO2
(10) Chlorine reacts under various conditions with sodium hydroxide to give (A) Sodium Chloride
(B) Sodium hypochlorite
(C) Sodium chlorate
(D) All of these
(11) Br2 gas turns starch iodide paper (A) Blue
(B) Red
(C) Colourless
(D) Yellow
(C) HBr
(D) HI
(C) Nitric acid
(D) Chlorine
(12) Which of following is weakest acid? (A) HF
(B) HCl
(13) Deacon’s process is used in manufacture of (A) Bleaching powder
(B) Sulphonic acid
(15) Which of following is correct? (A) Iodine is solid
(B) Chlorine is insoluble in water
(C) Iodine is more reactive than bromine
(D) Bromine is more reactive than chlorine 33
(16) Sea water is employed as a source of manufacture of (A) F
(B) I
(C) Br
(D) Cl
(C) I2
(D) F2
(17) Which is most reactive halogen (A) Cl2
(B) Br2
(18) Which of following represents clear electro positive properties (A) F
(B) Cl
(C) Br
(D) I
(19) Which of following represents outermost shell of halogens (A) S2P3
(B) S2P6
(C) S2P4
(D) S2P5
(20) Most activeness of fluorine is due to (A) F-F bond has less energy
(B) F2 is gas at normal temp
(C) Its e - affinity is max
(D) None of above
(21) Which of following after reacting with KI do not remove Iodine (A) CaSO4
(B) K2Cr2O7
(C) HNO3
(D) HCl
(22) Aqueous solution of which of following acid can not be kept in bottle of glass (A) HF
(B) HCl
(C) HBr
(D) HI
(23) Which of following pair is not correctly matched (A) Halogen which is liquid at room temp. - Bromine (B) Most electronegative element - Fluorine (C) Most reactive halogen - Flouorine (D) The Strorgest oxidizing halogen - Iodine (24) Mark element that shows oxidation state only one (A) F
(B) Cl
(C) Br
(D) I
(C) HBr
(D) HI
(25) Which of following has lowest boiling point (A) HF
(B) HCl
(26) Fluorine is stronger oxidizing agent than chlorine in aqueous solution. This is attributed to many factors except. (A) Heat of dissociation
(B) e-affinity
(C) Heat of Hydration
(D) Ionisation Potential
(27) Mark the element that displaces 3 halogens from their compound (A) F
(B) Cl
(C) Br
(D) I
(B) Cl
(C) Br
(D) I
(28) Mark smallest atom (A) F
(29) Which of following arrangement for 3 halogens Cl, Br, I when placed in order of increasing e-affinity (A) Cl, Br, I
(B) I, Br, Cl
(C) Br, Cl , I 34
(D) I , Cl , Br
(30) Fluorine is better oxidizing agent than Br2 , It is due to (A) small size of F.
(B) More e - repulsion in F.
(C) More e– neg. in F.
(D) Non - Metallic nature of F.
(31) Which statement is correct about halogens? (A) They are all diatomic(B) They are forming universal solvents (C) They can mutually displace each other from solution of their compound with metals. (D) None of above (32) Which of following is most basic? (A) I
(B) Br
(C) Cl
(D) F
(C) O3
(D) N2X
(33) Which of following is not a green house gas? (A) CO2
(B) CH4
(34) Inisolation of F., a number of difficulties were encounted. Which statement is correct? (A) Potential required for discharge of F. ions is the lowest. (B) F. reacts with most glass vessel (C) F has great affinity for H. (D) Electrolysis of aqueous HF gives ozonised O2 (35) Chlorin gas is dried over (A) CaO
(B) NaOH
(C) KOH
(D) Conc. H2SO4
(36) Chlorine is used in water for (A) Killing germs
(B) Prevention of pollution
(C) Cleansing
(D) Removing dirt.
(37) Chlorine can not be used (A) as bleaching agent
(B) Sterilisation
(C) Preparation of antiseptic
(D) Extraction of silver & copper
(38) Euchlorine is mixture of (A) Cl2 & SO2
(B) Cl2 & ClO2
(C) Cl2 & CO
(D) None of these
(C) KIO3 & HI
(D) HI & KI
(C) I2O5
(D) I4O9
(C) Highly Covalent
(D) H - bonding
(39) Which two salts are used in preparing iodised salt. (A) KIO3 & I2
(B) KI & I2
(40) Which of following halogen oxides is ionic? (A) ClO2
(B) BrO2
(41) Type of bonding in HCl is (A) Pure Covalent
(B) Polar Covalent
(42) Tincture of iodine is (A) Aq. Sol. of I2
(B) Solution of I2 in Aq. KI
(C) alc. Sol. in I2
(D) Aq. Sol. of KI 35
(43) HBr & HI reduce Sulphuric acid, HCl can reduce KMnO4 & HI can reduce (A) H2SO4
(B) KMnO4
(C) K2Cr2O7
(D) None
(C) HBr
(D) HI
(44) Hydrogen bonding is present in (A) HF
(B) HCl
(45) Which one of following orders is not proper (A) F2 > Cl2 > Br2 > I2 : Electronegativity (B) ) F2 > Cl2 > Br2 > I2 : Bond dissociation energy (C) F2 > Cl2 > Br2 > I2 : Oxidising power (D) HI > HBr > HCl > HF : Acidic property in water. (46) Which of following chemicals contains chlorine? (A) Fisc her salt
(B) Epsom salt
(C) Fremy's salt
(D) Spirit of salt
(47) The halide NaF has high melting point than NaCl , NaBr, & NaI because (A) Minimum ionic character
(B) Maximum ionic character
(C) Highest oxidizing power
(D) Lowest polarity
(48) Effective component of bleaching powder is (A) Cl
(B) Br
(C) Al
(D) Ca
(49) Which of following is prepared by electrolytic method? (A) Ca
(B) Sn
(C) S
(D) F2
(50) Chlorine dioxide is best prepared by passing dry (A) Cl . gas over hot HgO
(B) Cl & O2 gas overhot pt . catalyst
(C) Chlorine over hot silver chromate
(D) None of above
(51) Which one of following in aqueous solution gives a white precipitate with per chloric acid (A) NaCl
(B) KCl
(C) MgCl2
(D) FeCl3
(52) NOCl is used as a bleaching agent & storilisng agent It can be synthesized by action of (A) NaCl with H2O
(B) NH4 Cl with NaOH
(C) Cl2 with cold & dilute NaOH
(D) Cl2 with hot & Conc. NaOH
(53) A one litre flask is full of brown bromine vapour intensity of brown colour of vapour will not decrease a appriciable on adding to flask some of (A) Pieces of marble
(B) Carbon disulphide
(C) Carbon tetrachloride
(D) Animal Charcoal Powder
(54) Which of following statement is correct? (A) Only Cl & Br forms Oxyacids
(B) all halogen form oxyacid
(C) All halogen except F. form oxyacid
(D) Only iodine form oxyacid
(55) A mixture of ZnCl2 & PbCl2 can be separated by (A) Distillation
(B) Crystallization 36
(C) Sublimation
(D) adding aceticacid
(56) Hydrogen has a tendency to gain one e– to acquire helium configuration. In this respect it resembles. (A) Halogens
(B) Actinides
(C) Transition metals (D) Alkali metals
(57) The compound added to table salt for maintaining proper health is (A) KCl
(B) KBr
(C) NaI
(D) MgBr2
(58) Which of following halogen can be purified by sublimation? (A) F2
(B) Cl2
(C) Br2
(D) I2
(59) Which statement is not true ? (A) Ni(CO)4 is diamagnetic (B) BI3 is strong Lewis acid than BF3 (C) Graphite conducts electricity where as diamond does not (D) CCl4 is hydrolysed where as BCl3 is inert (60) Bleaching Powder loser its power On keeping for long time because (A) It changes to calcium hypochlorate (B) It changes to calcium chloride & calicium hydroxide (C) It absorbs moisture (D) It changes to CaCl2 & calcium chlorate. (61) Compound that forms dative bond with ammonia (A) CCl4
(B) BCl3
(C)MgCl2
(D) NaCl
(62) Concentrated H2SO4 can not be used to prepare HBr from NaBr because it (A) reduces HBr
(B) Oxidises HBr
(C) Reacts slowly
(D) None of above
(63) When Fluoride is heated with conc. H2SO4 & MnO2 the gas evolved is (A) F2
(B) SF
(C) HF
(D) None
(64) Unlike other halogens Fluorine does not show higher oxidation states because (A) It is highly electionegative
(B) It has no d - orbital
(C) atomic radius is very small
(D) None of Above
(65) Which of following molecule is theoratically not possible (A) OF4
(B) OF2
(C) SF4
(D) O2F2
(C) FeSO4
(D) NH4SO4
(66) I is released when potassium iodie reacts with (A) ZnSO4
(B) CaSO4
(67) Among Cl, Br, I correct order for being oxidized to dihalogen is (A) I Cl Br
(B) CI Br I
(C) I Br CI
(D) Br I CI
(68) Correct order of increasing bond angles in following species is (A) ClO Cl2 O ClO 2
(B) Cl2O ClO– ClO2
(C) ClO 2 Cl 2 O ClO
(D) None of above 37
(69) When thiosulphate ion is oxidized by iodine , which one of following ion is produced? (A) SO 32
(B) SO 24
(C) S4 O 62
(D) S2 O 62
(C) HBr
(D) HI
(70) Which one of halogen acids is liquid ? (A) HF
(B) HCl
(71) When Cl2 is passed through hot & Conc. Solution of KOH following compound is formed. (A) KCl
(B) KClO3
(C) KClO2
(D) KClO4
(72) Chlorine can remove (A) Br from NaBr Sol.
(B) F from NaF Sol.
(C) Cl from NaCl Sol.
(D) F from CaF2 Sol.
(73) Which one of following acid is weakest? (A) HClO
(B) HBr
(C) HClO3
(D) HCl
(74) Which of following will displace halogen from solution of halide? (A) Br2 added to NaCl
(B) Cl2 added to KCl
(C) KCl added to NaF
(D) Br2 added to KI
(75) Chlorine can be manufactured from (A) Electrolysis of NaCl
(B) Electrolysis of brine
(C) Electrolysis of bleaching powder
(D) All above
(76) Nitric acid converts iodine to (A) Iodic acid
(B) Hydro iodic acid
(C) Iodine Nitrate
(D) Iodine pentoxide
(77) In preparation of chlorine from HCl, MnO2 acts as (A) Oxidising agent
(B) Reducing agent
(C) Catalytic agent
(D) Dehydration agent
(78) In KI solution I2 readily dissolves & forms (A ) I
–
(C) KI2–
(B) KI2
(D) KI3
(79) When Cl is passed over dry slaked lime at room temperature, main reaction product is, (A) Ca(ClO2)2
(B) CaCl2
(C) CaOCl2
(D) Ca(OCl2)2
(C) HBr
(D) H2S
(80) Br– is converted to Br2by, (A) Cl2
(B) Conc. HCl
(81) Which reaction can't be used for production of halogen acid. (A) 2KBr + H2SO4 K2 SO4 + 2 HBr
(B) NaHSO4 + NaCl Na2SO4 + HCl
(C) NaCl + H2SO4 NaHSO4 + HCl
(D) CaF2 + H2SO4 CaSO4 + 2HF..
(82) When cold NaOH reacts with Cl2 it forms (A) NaClO
(B) NaClO2
(C) NaClO3 38
(D) None
(83) Which one is anhydride of HClO4 (A) Cl2O
(B) ClO2
(C) Cl2O6
(D) Cl2O7
(C) I2
(D) Cl2
(84) In dark, which of following reacts with Hydrogen? (A) Br2
(B) F2
(85) Electrolysis of a liquid resulted in formation of Hydrogen at cathode & Cl2 at anode. Liquid is (A) Pure water
(B) H2SO4 Solution
(C) NaCl Solution (D) CaCl2 Solution
(86) Concentrated HNO3 reacts with I2 to give (A) HI
(B) HOI
(C) HOIO2
(D) HOIO3
(87) Manufacture of Bromine from sea water, the mother liquor containing bromides is treated with (A) CO2
(B) Cl2
(C) I2
(D) SO2
(88) Formula of some fluorides are given. Which of them will combine with fluorine? (A) IF5
(B) NaF
(C) CaF2
(D) SF5
(C) Br
(D) I
(89) Which of following oxidizes H2O to oxygen. (A) Cl
(B) F
(90) A solution of HCl in water is good conductor while gaseous Hydrogen chloride is not . This is because (A) Water is good conductor of electricity
(B) HCl in water ionises
(C) Gas can not conduct electricity but water can (D) None of these (91) Bleaching action of bleaching powder is due to liberation of (A) Chlorine
(B) Molecular oxygen
(C) Nascent oxygen
(D) Calcium carbonate
(92) What products are expected from disproportion reaction of hypochlorous acid. (A) HClO3 & Cl2O
(B) HClO2 & HClO4
(C) HCl & Cl2O
(D) HCl & HClO3
(93) Mixture of conc. HCl & HNO3 made in 3:1 ratio contains (A) ClO2
(B) NOCl
(C) NCl3
(D) N2O4
(C) Brain tumours
(D) Kidney stones
(C) Br
(D) F
(C) Hydrolysis
(D) Its acidic nature
(C) P
(D) S.
(94) I–|3| is used for treatment of (A) Thyroid disorders
(B) Skin disorders
(95) Least reactive halogen with hydrogen is (A) Cl
(B) I
(96) Bleaching action of chlorine is due to (A) Oxidation
(B) Reduction
(97) Which among following non metals is liq at 25oC (A) Br
(B) C 39
(98) Element that librates oxygen gas from water is (A) P
(B) Na
(C) F
(D) I.
(C) Cl–
(D) All
(99) On exciting Cl2 molecule by UV Light , we get (A) Cl
(B) Cl+
(100) Which of following sequence is correct with refrence to oxidation number of iodine (A) I2 < ICl < HI < HIO4
(B) HIO4 < ICl < I2 < HI
(C) I2 < HI < ICl < HIO4.
(D) HI < I2 < IC < HIO4
(101) What is obtained on reacting HgCl2 & Hg(CN)2. (A) (CN)2.
(B) addition compound HgCl2. Hg(CN)2
(C) Hg(CN) Cl
(D) Hg [Hg(CN)2Cl2]
(102) Chlorine is liberated when we heat (A) KMnO4 + NaCl
(B) K2 Cr2O7 + MnO2
(C) ) Pb2 (NO3)4 + MnO2
(D) K2 Cr2O7 + HCl
(103) Metal halide, insoluble in water is (A) AgI
(B) KBr
(C) CaCl2
(D) AgF
(104) Which of following oxides is expected exhibit paramagnetic behaviour (A) CO2
(B) SO2
(C) ClO2
(D) SiO2
(B) Potassium iodide
(C) CCl4
(D) Alcohol
(B) CCl4
(C) C2H5Cl
(D) C2H6
(B) CaO
(C) CaO(Cl).
(D) CaCl(OCl)
(105) Iodine dissolver readily in (A) Water
(106) Cl2 reacts with CS2 in presence of I2 to form (A) CHCl3 (107) Bleaching powder is (A) CaOCl2
(108) Bleaching powder is obtained by treating chlorine with (A) CaO
(B) CaCO3
(C) CaSO4
(D) Ca(OH)2
(109) Which is formed when F reacts with hot & conc. Sodium Hydroxide. (A) O2
(B) O3
(C) NaO
(D) HF.
(C) HBr & S
(D) S & H2O
(110) Bromine water reacts with SO2 to form (A) H2O & HBr
(B) H2SO4 & HBr
(111) On heating NaCl + K2 Cr2O7 + Conc. H2SO4, we get (A) O2
(B) Cl2
(C) CrOCl2
(D) CrO2Cl2
(112) Amongst LiCl , RbCl , BeCl2 & MgCl2 , max. & min. ionic character will be shown by (A) LiCl , MgCl2. BeCl2
(B) RbCl , BeCl2
(C) RbCl , MgCl2
(D) MgCl2,
(113) Which of following chloride is water insoluble (A) HCl
(B) AgCl
(C) both 'a' & b 40
(D) None
(114) The alkali metal halide are soluble in water but LiF is insoluble because (A) It's Amphoteric
(B) Li -F is highly ionic
(C) It's Lattice energy is high
(D) Li+ ion is least hydrated.
(115) Which of following is present as an active ingredient in bleaching powder for bleaching action (A) CaCl2
(B) CaOCl2
(C) Ca(OCl)2
(D) CaO2Cl
(C) Cl2O6
(D) ClO4
(C) HBr
(D) HI
(116) ClO2 reacts with O3 to give (A) Cl2O4
(B) Cl2O
(117) Bad conductor Of electricity is (A) H2F2
(B) HCl
(118) When KBr is treated with concentrated H2SO4 redish brown gas evolved, gas is (A) Mixture of Br & HBr
(B) Bromine & HNO3
(C) Bromine
(D) None of these.
Answer Key 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
B A D A C B B A A D A A D C A B D D D A
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
D A D A B B A A B C C A D A D A D B B D
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
B C D A B D B A D C B C A C B A C D D D
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
41
B B C B A B C A C A B A A D B A A D C A
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
A A D B C C B A B B C D B A B A A C A D
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118
B D A C B B D D A B D B B C C C A C
HINTS (1)
HF > HCl > HBr > HI thermal stability
(2)
CHCl3 + ½ O2 COCl2 + HCl Phosgene or carbonyl chloride
(3)
Iodine has the least affinity for water and is only slightly soluble in it . However it is dissolved
in 10% aq. Solution of KI due to formation of complex ion ie . I3 I2 + KI KI3 or
I2 + I
I3 (Complex)
(4)
2KClO3 + I2 2KIO3
+ Cl2
(5)
2Na2S2O3 + I2 2NaI + Na2S4O6
(6)
The acidic strength of oxy acids decreases down wards in a group. The correct order of acidic C strength of oxy - acids of Halogens is HClO4 > HBrO4 > HIO4
(7)
Carnellite is KCl. Mg Cl2.6H2O. The mother liquor remain after crystallisation of KCl from carnellite contains about 0.25% of Bromine as MgBr2 or KBr.
(9)
Cl2 + 2KBr 2KCl + Br2 A more electronegative halogen can displace less acid because of lowest bond dissociation Energy.
Cold (10) 2NaOH(dil) + Cl2 NaCl + NaClO + H2O. Sod. Hypochlorite. heat 6NaOH(conc) + 3Cl2 5NaCl + NaClO3 + 3H2O Sodium chlorate.
(12) HF is weakest acid. Since it is on able to give H + ions which are trapped in H - Bonding. (69) 2Na2S2O3 + I2 2NaI + Na2S4O6 (70) HF is liq. Because of int . molec. H - Bond (71) 6KOH + 3Cl2 5KCl + KClO3 + 3H2O (72) Cl2 + 2NaBr 2NaCl + Br2 (73) HClO H+ + ClO(74) Br2 + 2KI I2 + 2KBr (75) 2NaCl + 2H2O 2 NaOH(aq) + Cl2(g) + H2(g) (76) I2 + 10HNO3 2HIO3 + 10NO2 + 4H2O (77) MnO 2 + 4HCl MnCl2 + 2H 2 O + Cl2 (4 )
(2 )
| _____ Reduction ___|
42
(78) KI + I2 KI3 (79) Ca(OH)2 + Cl2 CaOCl2 + H2O (80) Cl2 + 2Br 2Cl + Br2. (81) 2KBr + H2SO4 K2SO4 + 2HBr (82) 2NaOH + Cl2 NaClO + NaCl + H2O (83) 2HClO4 H2O + Cl2O7 (84) H2 + F2 2HF (anode) (85) 2NaCl + 2H2O 2NaOH + Cl2 + H2 (cathode) (86) I2 + 10HNO3 2HIO3 + 10NO2 + 4H2O (87) Mg Br2 + Cl2 MgCl2 + Br2 (88) IF5 + F2 IF7 (89) 2F2 + 2H2O 4HF + O2 H2O (90) HCl H (ag ) Cl
(91) CaOCl2 CaCl2 + [O] (92) 3HOCl(+1) 2HCl(-1) + HCl(+5)O3 (93) 3HCl + HNO3 NOCl + 2H2O + Cl2 (94) I - 131 is used for treatment of thyroid disorders. (95) As electronegativity decreases reactivity also decreases (96) Cl2 + H2O 2HCl + [O] (97) Br. Is a liquid at room temp. (98) 2H2O + 2F2 4HF + O2 UV (99) Cl-Cl Cl + Cl (Free fadical)
< I 2 < ICl < HIO 4 (100) HI ( 1) ( 1) (0) ( 7) (101) HgCl2 + Hg(CN)2 HgCl2.Hg(CN)2. (102) K2Cr2O7 + 14HCl 2KCl + 2 CrCl3 + 7H2O + 3Cl2. (103) AgI is covalent compound. (104) Due to unpaired e– - ClO2 is paramagnetic. (105) KI +I2 KI3 (106) CS2 + 3Cl2 CCl4 + S2Cl2
43
Cl (107) CaCl(OCl)
Ca O
Cl
(108) Ca(OH)2 + Cl2 CaOCl2 + H2O (109) 2F2 + 4NaOH 4NaF + 2H2O + O2
(110) Br2 + 2H2O + SO2 H2SO4 + 2HBr (111) CrO2Cl2 is a orange red gas (112) Acc to Fajan's rule , largest cation & smallest an ion (113) AgCl is water insoluble chloride. (114) Small atomic size of Li & F , lattice energy highest (115) Fact. (116) Cl2O6 is formed by reaction of ClO2 & O3. (117) due to H - bonding free ions are not present in aq sol. Hence bad condc. (118) 2KBr + 3H2SO4 + MnO2
2KHSO4 + MnSO4 + 2H2O + Br2
44
NOBLE GASES FAMILY (1)
Which of following outter electronic configuration represents Ar? (A) ns2
(2)
(4)
(C) Rectile
(D) Haematite
(B) Chemically inert
(C) Complete filled shells
(D) Is diatomic
Argon was discovered by (B) Frankland & Lockyer (C) Jansen
(D) Ramsay
The colour discharge tubes for advertisement mainly contain (B) Neon
(C) Helium
(D) Xenon
(C) Methane
(D) Xenon
Least chemical activity is shown by (A) Nitrogen.
(7)
(B) Pitch blende
(A) Monoatomic
(A) Argon. (6)
(D) ns2 np4
Molecules of noble gas do not posses vibrational energy bec. Noble gas is
(A) Rayleigh (5)
(C) ns2 np5
Which mineral was used in isolation of radium? (A) Lime stone
(3)
(B) ns2 np6
(B) Argon
Noble gases do not react with other elements because (A) They have completely paired up & stable e - configuration (B) Their size is very small (C) Are monoatomic (D) None of these
(8)
Monazite is source of (A) He
(9)
(B) Kr
(C) Ar
(D) Ne.
He is added to oxygen supply used by deep sea divers because (A) It's less soluble in blood than Nitrogen at high pressure (B) It is Lighter than Nitrogen (C) It is readily miscible in oxygen (D) It is less poisionous than Nitrogen
(10) Which of following is not correct for noblegas? (A) Ar is used in electric bulbs (B) Kr is obtained during radioactive disintegration (C) Half life of Rn is 3.8 days (D) He is used to produce Low temp. (11) Which of following represents noble gas configuration. (A) 1S2, 2S2 2P6, 3S2 3P5
(B) 1S2, 2S2 2P6, 3S2 3P6
(C) 1S2, 2S2 2P6
(D) 1S2 , 2S2
(12) Which of following has zero valency (A) Sodium
(B) Beryllium
(C) Aluminium . 45
(D) Krypton.
(13) The forces acting between noble gas atoms are (A) Vander waals forces
(B) Ion - dipole forces
(C) London - dispersion forces
(D) Magnatic forces
(14) Which of following is correct sequence of noble gas in their group ? (A) Ar, He, Kr , Ne , Xe, Rn
(B) He, Ar, Ne, Kr, Xe, Rn
(C) He, Ne, Ar, Kr, Xe, Rn
(D) He, Ne, Kr, Ar, Xe, Rn
(15) Which of following is noble gas configuration? (A) 1s2
(B) 1S2, 2S2
(C) 1S2, 2S2 2P6, 3S1
(D) 1S2, 2S2 2P6, 3S2, 3P6, 4S2
(16) Which of following noble gas does not have octate of e - in outer most shell. (A) Ne
(B) Rn
(C) Ar
(D) He
(17) Low chemical reactivity of rate gases can be attributed to their (A) Being nonmetal
(B) Having High ioni cation energies
(C) Being gases
(D) Found in nature in small quantities.
(18) % of Ar in air is; (A) 1%
(B) 2%
(C) 3%
(D) 4%
(19) F. forms chemical compound with (A) He
(B) Ne
(C) Ar
.
(D) Xe.
(20) Per Xenate ion is 4
(A) XeO6
(B) H XeO 4
(C)
2
XeO 4
(D) Xe.
(21) Last member of inert gas element is (A) Ne
(B) He
(C) Ar.
(D) Rn
(C) N2.
(D) Argon.
(22) Which of following is inert gas (A) H2
(B) O2
(23) Which inert gas show abnormal behavior on liquefaction (A) Xe
(B) He
(C) Ar
(D) Kr
(C) Kr & Ne
(D) Ar & Xe
(24) Inert gas producing max. number of compounds (A) He & Ne
(B) Ar & Ne
(25) Helium was discovered by (A) Crooks
(B) Rutherford
(C) Frankland & Lockyer
(D) Dorn
(26) XeF4 & XeF6 are expected to be (A) Oxidising
(B) Reducing
(C) Un reactive
(D) Strongly basic
(C) Xe
(D) Ne
(27) Noble gas forms max. No. of compounds is (A) Ar
(B) He 46
(28) Nuclear Fusion Produces (A) Ar
(B) Duterium .
(C) He
(D) Krypton
(C) SF4
(D) CF4
(C) 18
(D) 8
(C) 1S2, 2S2
(D) 1S2
(B) Ar
(C) Ne
(D) He
(B) XeO
(C) XeO2
(D) Xe
(29) Among fluorides, one that does not exists is (A) XeF4.
(B) HeF4
(30) Last orbit of argon would have ___ e(A) 6
(B) 2
(31) Electronic configuration of neon is (A) 1S2, 2S2 2P2
(B) 1S2, 2S2 2P6
(32) Which of following noble gas s is least polarizable (A) Xe (33) XeF6 on hydrolysis gives (A) XeO3
Answer Key 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
B B A D C B A A A B
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
B D A C A A B A D A
Hints (26) all the xenon fluorides are strongly oxidizing (27) XeF2, XeOF2, XeF4, XeOF4, XeF6, XeO3 2
2
(28) 1H 1H 2He
4
(29) HeF4 does not exists (30) Ar18 2, 8, 8 (31) Ne10 1S2, 2S2 2P6 (32) He is least polarizable bec. Of small size. (33) XeF6 + 3H2O XeO3 + 6HF.. 47
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
D D B D C A C C B D
31 32 33
B D A
UNIT-16 d & f BLOCK ELEMENTS Important Points Position in
Blo ck
periodic table Groups 1 to 2
s-Block
Groups 13 to 18
p-Block
Groups 3 to 12
d-Block
Two horizontal rows at the
f-Block
bottom of the periodic table
ˆ
d-block elements are in periods 4 to 7.
ˆ
f-block elements are in periods 6 and 7. Elements of d-block (Transition metal elements)
ˆ
The elements which in their ground state or any one of their oxidation states, d-orbital is incompletely filled are called transition elements.
ˆ
Amongst the d-block elements Zn, Cd and Hg do not act as transition elements.
ˆ
All the transition elements are metallic elements.
ˆ
In the first transition series, atomic radii decrease from Sc to V, while atomic radius remains same in elements Cr to Cu and the atomic radius of Zn is found increasing instead of decreasing.
ˆ
Not much difference is observed in first and second ionization enthalpies of two neighbouring transition elements but the value of second ionization enthalpy of Cr and Cu are more than those of their neighbouring elements.
ˆ
Most of the ionic and covalent compounds of transition elements are coloured.
ˆ
Compounds of transition elements act as catalysts in certain chemical reactions.
ˆ
The magnetic moment of transition element compounds, m=
n (n+2) where m = magnetic moment. n = number of unpaired element
The unit of magnetic moment is BM (Bohr Magneton)
ˆ
The capacity to form complex compounds is much more than other elements because of definite characteristics of transition elements.
ˆ
In the formation of crystals of transition metals, the voids are there in which non-metal elements (H, C, N, B) arrange and form interstitial compounds.
ˆ
Scientists Hume and Rothery suggested the rules for the alloys and accordingly alloys having useful properties are obtained from transition metal elements.
48
ˆ
The compounds of transition element- KMnO4 and K2Cr2 O7 are very useful in laboratory and in synthesis of organic compounds. f-Block elements (Innertransition elements)
ˆ
f-Block elements are divided in to (1) Lanthanide series and (2) Actinide series. Lanthanide series
ˆ
Lanthanide series : In period-6 Ce (Z = 58) to Lu (Z = 71)
ˆ
Elements of lanthanide series are called lanthanoids which are shown by symbol Ln.
ˆ
All the lanthanoids possess stable oxidation state (+3).
ˆ
The general electronic configuration of lanthanoids : [Xe]4f1–145d0–16s 2
ˆ
Amongst lanthanoids, promethium (Pm) is radioactive. Actinide series
ˆ
Actinide series : In perod-7 Th (Z = 90) to Lr (Z = 103).
ˆ
Elements of actinide series are called actinoids.
ˆ
The stable oxidation state in actioids is found to be from (+2) to (+6).
ˆ
The general electronic configuration of actinoids is : [Rn]5f0–146d0–27s 2
ˆ
All the actinoids are radioactive.
49
MCQ 1.
Whieh groups of elements are called d-block elements in modern periodic table ? (A)
2.
6.
7.
8.
9.
11.
12.
3 to 12
(D)
13 to 18
s
(B)
p
(C)
d
(D)
f
s
(B)
p
(C)
d
(D)
f
s
(B)
p
(C)
d
(D)
f
In modern periodic table, by which name d-block elements are known ? (A)
More electropositive elements
(C)
Transition elements
(B)
Less electropositive elements
(D)
Inner transition elements
Which of the following is an electronic configuration at Th ? (A)
[ Rn ] 5f o 6d 2 7s2
(C)
[ Rn ] 5f 2 6d 2 7so
(B)
[ Rn ] 5f 2 6d 2
(D)
[ Rn ]
7s2
5f ¢ 6d 2 7so
By which reason, element -Th is introduce in f-block ? (A)
According to electronic configuration
(B)
According to physical properties
(C)
According to chemical properties
(D)
According to practical properties
When d-block elements are consider as d-block elements ? (A)
d-orbital is fully filled in ground state.
(B)
d-orbital is half filled in ground state.
(C)
d-orbital is fully filled in all oxidation states.
(D)
d-orbital is fully filled in only anyone oxidation state.
Which of the following elements are first transition element ? (A)
10.
(C)
Which elements transist between more electropositive and less electropositive elements ? (A)
5.
3 to 10
Which block elements are less electropositive in modern periodic table ? (A)
4.
(B)
Which block elements are more electropositive in modern periodic table ? (A)
3.
1 to 2
Ac, Rt
(B)
Ac, Re
(C)
Rf, La
(D)
Which of the following is general electron configuration of transition elements ? (A)
( n - 1) d 1-9
(C)
(n – 1)d1-10 ns1
ns1- 2
(B)
(n – 1)d 1-10 ns1-2
(D)
(n-1)d1-9 ns2
Which of the following is an electron configuration of Cr ? (A)
[Ar] 3d 4
4s 2
(B)
[Ar] 3d 5
(C)
[Ar] 3d 5
4s1
(D)
[Ar] 3d 5 3s1
4s 2
Which of the following is an electron configuration of Cu ? (A)
[Ar] 3d 9
4s 2
(C)
[Ar] 3d10 3s1
(B)
[Ar] 3d 9 3s 2
(D)
[Ar] 3d10
50
4s1
Y, Rf
13. 14. 15.
16.
17.
18.
Which of the following does not considered as transition element ? (A) Cd (B) Pd (C) Ag (D) Which of the following does not considered as transition element ? (A) Au (B) Hg (C) La (D) Which of the following does not relevant with transition elements ? (A) Melting points of transition elements are high. (B) Some ions of transition elements possesses paramagetic properties. (C) All transition elements dissolves in acid. (D) Transition elements processes various oxidation state. Mention correct order of atomic radii.
Ru Pt
(A)
Ti > M n > C0 > Cu > Zn
(C)
Ti > Mn > Co = Cu < Zn
(B)
Ti < Mn < Co < Ca < Zn
(D)
Ti > Mn = Ca > Co < Zn
Which of the following elements have some atomic radii ? (A) Mn, Fe, Co, Cu (B) Cr, Mn, Fe, Cu (C) Cr, Mn, Fe, Co (D) Mn, Fe, Cu, Ni Atomic radii of Zn increases in 3d transition series because (A) Positive charge of nucleus increases (B) 3d orbital is fully filled (C) Shielding effect Due to repulsion between e - e of 3 φ -otbital and attraeti on between e - e deueases In 3d series of transition element atomic radii remains same from Cr to Cu because (A) Positive charge of nucleus increases. (B) Sheilding effect increase for electron of 4s orbital. (C) 3d orbital is fully filled (D) Expansion of orbit does not occur. Which elements have low ionisation enthalpy as compare to their neighbour element in first transition element ? (A) Cr, Cu (B) Cr, Zn (C) Cr, Mn (D) Cu, Zu Thermal stability of transition metal elements depends upon which of the following ? (A) Atomic radii (B) Magnitude of ionisation enthalpy (C) On electrode potential (D) Shielding effect (D)
19.
20.
21.
2t
22.
What is colour of aqueous solution of éë Ni ( H 2 o )6 ùû
23.
(A) yellow (B) violet (C) What is colour of aqueous solution of – [Co(NH3)6]3+ (A) violet (B) yellowish orange (C)
51
pink
(D)
green
red
(D)
green
24.
25.
Which of the following metal ions have pink colour ? (A)
Cr 3+ , Mn 2+
(B)
Co 2+ , Mn 3+
(C)
Co 2+ , Mn 2+
(D)
Co 3+ , Mn 2+
(C)
Fe3+
Which of the following metal ion is purple ? (A)
26.
(B)
Ti3+
Which of the following metal ions is colourless ? (A) Ti 4+ Cu2 – + (B) (C)
27.
V4+
Cr 2+ , Cu +
a. b. c. d. e.
Column-B colourless pink purple blue vilot
1. 2. 3. 4.
V Ti3+ Ti4+ Mn2+
(A)
1® d
2®c
3®a
4®e
(B)
1® d
2®c
3®a
4®b
(C)
1® d
2®e
3®a
4®b
1® e 2®c Match column-A and B. Column-A 1. NiCl2 . 6H2O 2. Co (NO3)2 . 6H2O 3. FeCl3 4. CuSO4 . 5H2O
3®b
4®a
4+
Column-B a. b. c. d. e.
pink colourless blue green yellow
(A)
1® e
2®c
3®b
4®a
(B)
1® d
2®c
3®b
4®e
(C)
1® d
2®a
3®c
4®b
(D)
30.
Ti +4, Mn +3
Match column-A and B
(D)
29.
Cu +
Ti4+ Cu+1
(D)
Column-A
28.
(D)
1® d 2®a 3®e 4®c Which catalyst is used to prepare SO3 from SO2 in contact process of production of H2SO4 ? (A) NO (B) V2O 5 (C) Fe (D) Ni Which of the following trantion metal ion has magnetic moment 3.87 BM ? (A) Co2+ (B) Co3+ (C) Fe2+ (D) Fe3+ 52
31. 32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
In which of the following compound of trantion metal ion has 4.90 BM magnetic momentum? (A) KMnO 4 (B) NiCl2 (C) CoCl2 (D) FeSO 4 Which of the following sentence is not suitable for the capacity of transition metal to form complex compounds ? (A) Transition metal ions are small in size. (B) Nuclear charge of trantion metal ion in comparatively more. (C) Co-ordination covalent bond is not directional. (D) Transition metal ions possesses different oxidation states. Which of the following rules to prepare alloys should be obey ? (A) Difference in atomic radii should be less than 15%. (B) Valence electron configuration should not be equal. (C) Atomic volume should not same. (D) Crystal lattice structure are different. What is the difference in atomic radii of two metallic elements to prepare alloys ? (A) 15% (B) more than 15% (C) less than 15% (D) 24.5 % What is the difference of atomic radii of Au and Cu in 22 carate gold ? (A) 15% (B) more than 15% (C) less than 15% (D) 24.5% Mn, Co, Cu metals are generally useful to prepare alloys because (A) the difference in their atomic volume is more than 15%. (B) the difference in their atomic volume is less than 2%. (C) the difference in their atomic volume is 15%. (D) the difference in their atomic volume is 2%. Which alloy is used in preparation of coins ? (A) Brass (B) Bronze (C) German-Silver (D) Nichrome Which alloy is used in preparation of antic - piece ? (A) Nitinol (B) Bronze (C) Cupronickle (D) German-Silver Which alloy possesses facinating property of memory ? (A) Brass (B) Nitinol (C) Nichrom (D) Cupronicle Match column-A and column-B properly. Column-A Column-B 1. Brass a. Ni (60%) Cr (40%) 2. Bronze b. Cu (80%) Sn (20%) 3. Cupronicle c. Cu (90%) Sn (10%) 4. Nicnrom d. Cu (70%) Zn (30%) e. Cu (75-85%) NI (25-15%) 53
(A)
1® d
2®c
3®e
4®a
(B)
1® d
2®c
3®e
4®b
(C)
1® d
2®e
3®a
4®b
1® e 2®c 3®a Where amalgum alloy is used ? (A) In electric heater (C) To make surgical appliaces Match Column-A and Column-B properly.
4®d
(D) 41.
42.
(B) (D)
In space reaserch In filling tooth cavity
1. 2. 3. 4.
Column-A Stainless steel Bronze Nitinol German silver
Column-B
(A)
1® e
2®d
3®b
4®c
(B)
1® e
2®c
3®b
4®d
(C)
1® e
2®c
3®a
4®b
a. b. c. d. e.
In reveting In antic piece To make coins To make surgical appliances Cu (75-85%) NI (25-15%)
(D) 43.
44.
45.
1® e 2®c 3®a 4®d Which of the following proportion of constituent is present in amalgam alloys ? (A) Hg (50%) Ag (35%) Sn (12%) Cu (3%) (B) Hg (50%) Ag (35%) Sn (12%) Cu (3%) Zn (0.2%) (C) Hg (50%) Ag (12%) Sn (35%) Cu (3%) Zn (0.2%) (D) Hg (50%) Ag (35%) Sn (3%) Cu (12%) Fe Cr2 O 4 + Na 2 CO 3 + O 2 ® mention which product is obtained ts ?
(A)
Na 2 CrO 4 + Fe3O 4 + CO 2
(B)
Na 2CrO 4 + Fe2O3 + CO 2
(C)
Na 2 Cr2 O 7 + Fe 2 O 3 + CO 2
(D)
Na 2 Cr2 O 7 + Fe 2 O 3 + CO
What will be the mole ratio of reactants in the given reation ? Fe Cr2 O 4 + Na 2 CO 3 + O 2 ® Na 2 CrO 4 + Fe 2 O 3 + CO 2
46.
(A) 2:4:7 (B) 4:6:6 (C) 4:8:7 What will be mole ratio of product in the following equation ?
(D)
4:8:4
(D)
8:2:6
Fe Cr2 O 4 + Na 2 CO 3 + O 2 ® Na 2 CrO 4 + Fe 2 O 3 + CO 2 (A)
8:2:8
(B)
8:4:8
(C)
54
4:4:8
47.
X + H + ® Y + Na + + H 2 O
Y + KCl ® K 2 Cr2 O 7 + NaCl Mention X and Y
48.
49.
50.
51.
(A)
X = Na 2 Cr2 O 7
Y = Na 2 Cr O 4
(B)
X = Na 2 Cr2 O 7
Y = Na 2 Cr2 O 7
(C)
X = Na 2 Cr2 O 4
Y = Na 2 Cr2 O 7
(D)
X = Na 2 Cr2 O 4
Y = Na 2 Cr O 4
Fe Cr2 O 4 + Na 2 CO 3 + O 2 ® X + Y + CO 2 Mention X and Y
(A)
X = Na 2 Cr2 O 7
Y = Fe3 O 4
(B)
X = Na 2 Cr O 4
Y = Fe3 O 4
(C)
X = Na 2 Cr O 4
Y = Fe 2 O 3
(D)
X = Na 2 Cr2 O 7
Y = Fe 2 O 3
Where potasium dicromate is used ? (A) In leather industry (B) In textile industry (C) As germiside (D) As bleaching agent in cotton cloths. What is atomic volume of Au and Cu in 22 carrate gold ornaments ? (A) 134 pm 118 pm (B) 133 pm 118 pm (C) 134 pm 117 pm (D) 135 pm 117 pm
X + KOH + O 2 ® Y + H 2 O Y + H 2SO 4 + Z + K 2SO 4 + MnO 2 + H 2 O What are X, Y and Z in above reactions ?
52.
(A)
X = K 2 MnO 4 , Y = MnO 2 , Z = KMnO 4
(B)
X = K 2 MnO 4 , Y = MnO 4 , Z = KMnO 4
(C)
X = MnO 2 , Y = K 2 MnO4 , Z = KMnO4
(D)
X = MnO 2 , Y = KMnO 4 MnO 4 , Z = K 2 MnO 4
K 2 MnO 4 + H 2 SO 4 ® KMnO 4 + K 2 SO 4 + MnO 2 + H 2 O What will be mole ratio of products in above reaction ? (A) 1:1 (B) 2:1 (C) 1:2
53.
(D)
2:2
(D)
2:2:1:1
K 2 MnO 4 + H 2SO 4 ® KMnO 4 + K 2SO 4 + MnO 2 + H 2 O What will be mole ratio of products in above reaction ? (A) 1:1:1:1 (B) 1:2:2:1 (C) 1:1:2:2 55
54.
55. 56.
57. 58. 59. 60.
61.
62. 63.
64.
65.
Potassium permangnate is used as ............... (A) As reducing agent (C) As decolouring agent in textile industry Which of following is used in dry cell ?
(B) (D)
(A)
K 2 Cr2 O 7
(B)
KMnO 4
MnO 2
(C)
As corrosion inhibitors In preparation of azo compound (D)
Which of alloy is used to fill dental cavities ? (A) Sodium amalgam (C) Mercury Which of following is used as gernlicide
(B) (D)
Zinc chloride Mercury Amalgam
(A)
(C)
FeSO 4
(B)
K 2Cr2O7
KMnO 4
(D)
K 2 MnO 2
K 2 MnO 4
Which of following elements are include in Lanthanoide series ? (A) La to Lu (B) Ce to Lu (C) La to yb (D) Ce to yb Which of general symbol is used to represent Lanthanoides ? (A) Ln (B) La (C) Le (D) Li Which of following elements are include in actinide ? (A) Th to Lr (B) Ac to Lr (C) Ac to No (D) Th to No What is general electronic configuration of outer shell of f-block elements ? (A)
( n - 2 ) f 0-14 ( n - 1) d 0-1 ns2
(B)
( n - 2 ) f 0-14 ( n - 1) d1-2 ns 2
(C)
( n - 1) f 0-14 ( n - 1) d1-2 ns 2
(D)
( n - 1) f 1-14 ( n - 1) d 0-1 ns1
Which of following element has very close similarity with Lanthanoides ? (A) Lr (B) Ce (C) Lu
(D)
What is electronic configuration of Ce ( Z = 58 ) (A)
[ Xe ] 4f 2 5d o
(C)
[ Xe]
6s2
5d 2 6s 2
(B)
[ Xe]
4f 1 5d1 6s 2
(D)
[ Xe]
4f 2 5d1 6s1
Which of following is general electronic configuration of Lanthanoides ? (A)
[ Xe ] 4f 0-14 5d 0-1 6s 2
(B)
[Xe] 4f 1-14 5d1-2 6s 2
(C)
[Xe] 4f 1-14 5d 0-1 6s 2
(D)
[ Xe ] 4f 1-14 5d 0-1 6s 1-2
Which of following is general electronic configuration of actinides ? (A)
[Ra ] 5f 0-14
6d 0-1 7s 2
(B)
[Rn ] 5f 1-14
(C)
[Rn ] 5f 0-14 6d1-2 7s 2
(D)
[Rn ] 5f 0-14 6d 0-2 7s 2
56
6d 0 - 2 7s 2
La
66.
67.
68.
Basic properties of hydroxides of lanthanoides is (A) greater than Al(OH)3 but less than Ca(OH)2. (B) greater than Ca(OH)2 but less than Al (OH)3. (C) greater than Ca(OH)2 and Al(OH)3 (D) less than Ca(OH)2 and Al(OH)3 Lanthanoides elements are separated on the basis of their (A) chemical properties (B) difference in basicity (C) physical properties (D) difference in acidity Ln
(A) 69.
70.
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
76.
C om busting in O
What is x
Ln O 3
(B)
¾¾ ¾ ¾ ¾ ¾ ¾¾ X2®
(C)
Ln 2 O
Ln 2 O 3
(D)
Ln 2 O 3
Which of following radioactive elements in Lanthanodies. (A) Promethium (Pm) (B) Lutetium (Lu) (C) Yetterbium (Yb (D) Samarium (Sm) Which of following is used in gas lighters ? (A) CeO 2 (B) Pyrophoric Misch metal (C) Gadolinium sulphate (D) Ceric compounds Which of following is used as oxidizing agent in volumetric analysis ? (A) Ceric compounds (B) CeO 2 (C) Oxides of lanthanoids (D) Gadolinium sulphate Which of following is used in preparation of optical glass of camera having high refractive index ? (A) ceric compounds (B) CeO 2 (C) Oxides of lanthanoids (D) Gadolinium sulphate Which of following is used to produce very low temperature by magnetic field ? (A) Pyrophoric misch metal (B) Uranium (C) Thorium (D) Gadolinium sulphate What is the constitution of metals in pyrophoric misch metal ? (A) ce-50%, ca-40%, Fe-10% (B) Ce-50%, La-40%, Fe-7%, other-5% (C) Ce-40%, La-50%, Fe-5%, other-5% (D) Ce-40%, La-50%, Fe-10% What would be emergy order of d-orbitals of tetra hedral complexes when they undergo splitting ? (A)
d xy @ d y 2 @ d xz < d x 2 - y 2 @ d z 2
(B)
d x 2 - y 2 @ d z 2 < d xy @ d yz @ d xy
(C)
d xy @ d z 2 < d yz @ d xz @ d x 2 - y 2
(D)
d x 2 - y 2 @ d xz < d xy @ d yz @ d z 2
Which of following statement is wrong ? (A) Atoms of all transition elements are paramagnetic. (B) All transition elements are metals. (C) All elements of d-block are transition elements. (D) d-block elements are present in between s & p block elements in periodic table. 57
77.
78.
79.
Why do theoritical value of magnetic moment differ from their practical value ? (A) Due to decrease in volume of metal ion. (B) Due to unsymmetrical arrangement of dipoles in orbital. (C) Due to rotation-orbital combination. (D) Both are different methods to calculate magnetic moment. What is the value of magnetic moment of central metal ion in K2MnO4 ? (A) 0.0 BM (B) 1.73 BM (C) 2.83 BB (D) 3.87 BM Which of group of ions has coloured ions ? [PMT-2001] (1)
80.
81.
Cu 2 +
(2)
(3)
Ti 4+
(4)
Co 2+
Fe 2+
(A) 1, 2, 3, 4 (B) 3, 4 (C) 2, 3 (D) 1, 2 Which of following pair of elements has (n-1)d10 ns2 electronic configuration ? [Pb CET-1996] (A) Fe, Co, Ni (B) Cu, Ag, Au (C) Zn, Cd, Hg (D) Sc, Y, La Which is correct increasing order of ionic radii of Ce3+, La3+, Pm3+, Yb3+ ? [AIEEE-2002] (A)
La 3+ < Ce 3+ < Pm 3+ < Yb 3+
(B)
Yb 3+ < PM 3+ < Ce 3+ < La 3+
(C)
La 3+ = Ce 3+ < Pm 3+ < Yb 3+
(D)
Yb 3+ < PM 3+ < La 3+ < Ce 3+
82.
The atomic no. of V, Cr, Mn and Fe are 23, 24, 25 & 26 respectively. Which of following has highest value of their second ionization enthalpy ? [AIEEE-2003] (A) V (B) Cr (C) Mn (D) Fe
83.
If the radius of La3+ is 1.06 A , than what will be the approximate value of radius of Lu3+ from the following ? [AIEEE-2003]
o
o
(A) 1.40A 84. 85.
86.
(B)
o
(C)
1.40A
o
0.85 A
(D)
o
1.60 A
How many d-electrons are their in Fe2+ (Z = 26) [AIEEE-2003] (A) 4 (B) 5 (C) 6 (D) 3 What will be obtained when managanese dioxide is fused with KOH in presence of oxidizing agent like KNO3 ? What will be the colour of product ? (AIEEE-2003) (A) K2 MnO4 Dark green (B) KMnO4, Violet (C) Mn2O3, Grey (D) Mn2O4, Black Which of following group of transition metal is used to prepare currency coins ? (A) Cu, Ag, Au (B) Ru, Rh, Pd (C) Fe, Co, Ni (D) Os, Ir, Pt
58
87.
88.
89.
90.
Ce is an important member of Lanthenoid series which of following is wrong statement for Ce ? [AIEEE-2004] (A)
The general oxidation state of Ce is +3 and +4.
(B)
+3 oxidation state of Ce is more stable than +4.
(C)
+4 oxidation state of Ce is not available in its aqueous solution.
(D)
Ce (IV) behave as oxidizing agent.
Correct order of theoritical value of magnetic moment [AIEEE-2004] 4-
(A)
[ MnCl 4 ]2- > [CoCl4 ]2-
(B)
[ MnCl4 ]2- > éëFe ( CN )6 ùû
(C)
[Fe (CN )6 ]4- > [Mn Cl 4 ]2- > [Co Cl 4 ]2-
(D)
[Fe (CN )6 ]4- > [Co Cl 4 ]2- > [Mn Cl 4 ]2-
ù > é ëFe (CN )6 û 4-
>
[CoCl4 ]2-
The canthanide contraction is responsible for the fact that ................. [AIEEE-2005] (A)
Zn and Zr have the same oxidation state.
(B)
Zr and Hf have same covalent and ionic radius.
(C)
Zr and Nb have same oxidation state.
(D)
Zr and Yb have same covalent and ionic radius.
In which of following group, all ions have 3d2 configuration ? [PMT-2004] [Atomic No. Ti = 22,V = 23, Cr = 24, Mn = 25]
91.
92.
(A)
Ti 3+ , V 2+ , Cr 3+ Mn 4+
(B)
Ti + , V 4+ , Cr 6+ Mn 7 +
(C)
Ti 4+ , V 3+ , Cr 2+ Mn 3+
(D)
Ti 2+ , V 3+ , Cr 4+ Mn 5+
Lanthanide contraction is caused due to............ [AIEEE-2006] (A)
The appreciable shilding on outer electrons by 4f electrons from the nuclear charge.
(B)
The appreciable shilding on outer electrons by 5d electrons from the nuclear charge.
(C)
The same effective nuclear charge from Ce to Lu.
(D)
The poor shilding on outer electrons by 4f electrons from the nucluear charge.
The actinides exhibit more number of oxidation states in general than the lanthanide, because.......... [AIEEE-2007, 2008, PMT-2005, 2006] (A)
The 5f-orbitals are more spread in place than the 4f orbitals.
(B)
Energy differnce between 5f and 6d orbitals is less than that of 4f and 5d orbitals.
(C)
Energy difference between 5f and 6d orbital is more than that of 4f and 5d orbitals.
(D)
Actinides are more reactive than that of lanthanides.
59
93.
94.
95.
96.
The general oxidation state of Lanthanide elements is +3. Which of following is incorrect statement for them ? [AIEEE-2009] (A)
Ln (III) hydroxides are mainly basic in character.
(B)
Because of the large size of the Ln (III) ions, the bonding in its compounds is ionic in character.
(C)
Ln (III) Compounds are generally colourless.
(D)
The ionic sizes of Ln (III) decreases with increase in atomic number.
Which of following statement is wrong for transition element ? [AIEEE-2009] (A)
Once the d5 configuration nis exceeded the tendency to involve all the 3d electrons in bonding decreases.
(B)
In addition to the normal oxidation states, the zero oxidation state is also shown by these elements in complexes.
(C)
In the highest oxidation states, the transition metals show basic.
(D)
In the highest oxidation states of the first five (transition elements (Sc to Mn) all the 4s & 3d electrons are used for bonding ?
Which of following is wrong statement ? (A)
La (OH)3 is less basic than Lu(OH)3.
(B)
In lanthanide series, ionic radius decreases while moving Ce3+ to Lu3+ ion.
(C)
La is actually tranusition element.
(D)
Due to Lanthanide contraction atomic radius of Zn and Hf are same.
In which of the following pairs are both the ions coloured in aqueous solution ? [PMT-2006] [Atomic No. SC=21, Ti=22, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu=29]
97.
(A)
Ni2+, Cu+
(B)
Ni2+, Ti3+
(C)
SC3+, Ti3+
(D)
SC3+, CO2+
Which of the following ion is most stable in aqueous solution ? [PMT-2007] (A)
98.
22
V 3+
(B)
22
Ti 3+
(C)
25
Mn 3+
(D)
24
Cr 3+
In which of the following outer most orbit will show maximum number of oxidation states ? [PMT-2009]
99.
(A)
3d5 4s2
(B)
3d2 4s2
(C)
3d3 4s2
(D)
3d5 4s1
Mention the colourless pair from [ Ti F6 ]2- , [Co F6 ]3- , Cu2 Cl2 & [NiCl4 2-]
[PMT-2009]
(A)
[Ti F6 ]2- , and Ca2
Cl2
(B)
[Co F6 ]3-, and [Ni Cl4 2-]
(C)
[Ti Fe ]2- , and [Co F6 3-]
(D)
Ca 2Cl2 and [Ni Cl4
100. German silver is alloy of [AIIMS-2000] (A)
Fe, Cr, Ni
(B)
Aq, Cu, Au
(C)
Cu, Zn, Ni
(D)
Cu, Zn, Sn
60
]2-
101. What is oxidation no. of Cr in K2 Cr2 O7 [AIIMS-2001] (A) +2 (B) +4 (C) +6 (D) +7 102. Which of following Lanthanide element has +2 and +3 general oxidation state. [AIIMS-2003] (A) La (B) Nd (C) Ce (D) Eu 103. Which of following compound is coloured ? [AIIMS-2008] (A) TiCl3 (B) FeCl3 (C) CoCl2 (D) All above 104. Which of following statement is correct for transition elements ? [AFMC - 2002] (A) They are very active. (B) They show variable valencies. (C) They show lower melting point. (D) They are stong electropositive elements. 105. A element having atomic no. 56 is included in [AFMC-2003] (A) Lanthanides (B) Actindies (C) Alkaline earth metals (D) None of above 106. What is percentage proportion of silver in german silver ? [AFMC-2004] (A) 0% (B) 1% (C) 5% (D) None of above 107. Which of similarity is seen in Lanthanoids & actinides ? (A) Electronic configuration (B) Oxidation states (C) Ionisation energy (D) Formation of complexes 108. Which of following is correct order of magnetic moment (In BM) for Mn2+, Cr2+ & V2+ (A)
Mn 2+ > V 2+ > Cr 2+
(B)
V 2+ > Cr 2+ > Mn 2+
(C)
Mn 2+ > Cr 2+ > V 2+
(D)
Cr 2+ > V 2+ > Mn 2+
109. Which of following is proper reason for stability of Gd3+ ion. (Tamilnadu-CET-2002) (A) 4f orbital is completely filled (B) 4f orbital is half filled (C) show electronic configuration similar to inert gas. (D) 4f orbital is completely vacant 110. Which of ion can not show d-d transition ? (Gujarat-2007) (A) Ti4+ (B) Cr3+ (C) Mn2+ (D) Cu2+ 111. Which of following electronic configuration can show highest oxidation state ? (Gujarat-2007) (A)
(n - 1) d 5
ns 2
(B)
(n - 1) d 8
ns 2
(C)
(n - 1) d 5
ns1
(D)
(n - 1) d 3
ns 2
112. Which of following is use of potassium dichromate ? [Gujarat-2008] (A) To oxidise ferrous ions into ferric ions in acidic medium as an oxidizing agent. (B) As an insecticide (C) In electroplating (D) As a reducing agent 61
113. Which of Lanthanide compound is used in pigment ? (Gujarat-2009) (A) Tb (OH) (B) Lu (OH)3 (C) Ce (OH)3 (D) CeO 2 3 114. On which factor, does the stability of an oxidation state in lanthanide elements depend ? [Gujarat-2008] (A) Combined effect of hyadration energy and ionization energy. (B) Electronic configuration (C) Enthalpy (D) Internal energy 2+ 115. What is the atomic number of the element with M ion having electronic configuration [Ar] 3d8 [Gujarat-2009] (A) 26 (B) 27 (C) 28 (D) 25 116. Which of canthanide element show +2 and +3 oxidation state ? [AIIMS-2003] (A) La (B) Nd (C) Ce (D) Eu 117. Which of following is correct order of ionic radii of Y+3, La3+, Eu3+, Lu3+ ? [CBSE-PMT-2003] (A)
Y 3+ , < La 3+ , < Eu 3+ , > Lu 3+
(B)
Y 3+ , < Lu 3+ , < Eu 3+ , < La 3+
(C)
Lu 3+ , < Eu 3+ , < La 3+ , < Y 3+
(D)
La 3+ , < Eu 3+ , < Lu +3 , < Y 3+
118. Lanthanide contraction is observed due to increase in.............. [Kerala MEE 2003] (A) Atomic radii (B) Volume of 4f orbital (C) Effective nuclear charge (D) Atomic number 119. In................. elements, atomic volume decrease with increase in atomic number. [AIEEE-2003] (A) p-Block (B) f-Block (C) Radioactive series (D) Super heavy elements 120. Which of aqueous solution is coloured ? [IIT-1990] (A) Zn (NO3)2 (B) LiNO3 (C) Co (NO3)2 (D) Potash Alum
KEY NOTE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
C A B C C A D B A B C D A B C D B D C A
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
B D B C B B B D B A D C A A D B B D B A
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
D A B B C A C C A C C A D C B D B B A A
62
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
A D B C D A B C A B A C D B D A C B B C
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
D B C C A A A A B D D B B C A B D A A C
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120
C D D B C A B C B A A A D A C D C C B C
UNIT-17 CO-ORDINATION COMPOUNDS Important Points ˆ
The salt that is obtained when two or more salts having independent existence combine according to the laws of combination and which maintain the properties of original salts is called double salt e.g. Alum is a double salt.
ˆ
Similarly, the compound that is obtained when two or more salts having independent existence combine according to laws of chemical combination and compound having new properties, formed is called complex compound. e.g. K3[Fe(CN)6] is a complex salt.
ˆ
Most of the complex compounds are formed by elements of d-block (transition elements). In the electronic configuration of these elements, there is successive arrangement of electrons in d-orbitals. when the atom or ion of transition elements has vacant (n–1)d, ns and np or ns, np and nd orbitals, these transition elements accept negative ions or neutral molecules and they form the compounds which are called complex compounds. In this type of compounds, the bond that is formed between metal ions of elements and the negative ion or neutral molecules is called co-ordinate covalent bond. Around the centre of the metal ions of the molecules of these compounds, the negative ions or neutral molecules are combined with co-ordinate covalent bond.
ˆ
Alfred Werner, first of all gave the theory for complex compounds which is known as Werner's coordination theory. Some metals have the secondary valency in addition to their primary valence. By this the ions of that metal combine strongly with the negative ion or neutral molecules in first attraction sphere [ ].
ˆ
According to Werner's theory, the metal ion possesses two types of valencies : Primary valency and secondary valency.
ˆ
The primary valency of the metal is equal to its oxidation number or equal to the positive electric charge of the positive ion, which forms ionic bond, so that it gets ionized. The negative ion combines with primary valency.
ˆ
The secondary valency depends on the vacant orbitals in metal ion. The secondary valency is satisfied by negative ions or neutral molecules. It does not get ionized. The secondary valency mentions its coordination number. The secondary valency is fixed for the metal ion but now, it has been proved that the transition metal ions possess more than one co-ordination number. As the secondary valence being directional determines the geometrical shape of complex compound. From the magnetic properties also the shape of complex can be determined. e.g. In [Cr(NH3)6]Cl3, Cr is metal ion and six molecules of neutral molecule ammonia (NH3) are combined with it by secondary valency which do not get ionized. Hence, the co-ordination number is six. Three Cl– are combined by primary valency which gets ionized. Hence the primary valency of Cr is three.
63
ˆ
Ligand is an ion having negative electric charge or neutral molecule. The classification of ligand is made on the basis of the number of electron pair donating atoms.
ˆ
If the negative ion or neutral molecule in the ligand forms one co-ordinate covalent bond by giving one electron pair to metal ion, then it is called unidentate ligand. Neutral molecules like H2O, NH3, CO, NO and negative ions like Cl–, Br–, CN– act as unidentate ligands.
ˆ
The ligand which donates two electron pairs to metal ion, and form two co-ordinate covalent bonds is called didentate ligand. e.g. ethane 1,2-diamine (en), neutral and SO 24 - , CO32 - negative ions act as didentate ligands.
ˆ
The ligand in which three co-ordinate sites are indicated then it is called tridentate. In this type of ligand the atoms donate three pairs of electrons to metal ion and form three co-ordinate covalent bonds. e.g. Propane-1, 2, 3-triamine (ptn) neutral and PO34- , AsO34- act as negative tridentate ligand.
ˆ
Six atoms in EDTA, (ethylene diaminetetracetate) ion, the six atoms donate six electron pairs and form six co-ordinate covalent bonds, which act as hexadentate ligand.
ˆ
Generally, the ligand in which two or more than two co-ordination sites are indicated, or the ligand in which two or more than two atoms form co-ordinate covalent bonds by donating electron pairs to metal ion is called polydenate ligand, which combines with metal ion and form complex compounds. They are called chelate compounds which are cyclic and possess higher stablity.
ˆ
The basic requirements for formation of complex compounds are ligand which can easily donate electron pairs, there must be vacant d-orbitals in the metal ion to accept electron pairs and the metal ion should have the symmetry same as that of the ligand. The ion satisfying these basic requirements can easily form complex compounds.
ˆ
The strength of formation of co-ordinate covalent bonds of different ligands being different, the stronger ligand possesses more attraction towards metal ion and form strong coordinate covalent bond. As a result, the stability of complex having strong ligand is more and the weak ligand containing complex compounds have less stability e.g. The strength of [Ni(CN)4]2– is more than that of [NiCl4]2 .
ˆ
A complex compound, in which different types of ligands combine with metal ion and form complex compound, is called mixed ligand complex. If in any of the complex compounds only one metal ion is present, then it is called unicentred complex compound. If in any complex compound, more than one metal ions are present then it is called polycentred complex compound. In such unicentred or polycentred complex compounds, the three dimensional arrangement of ligand, the different geometrical structures are produced in co-ordination compounds, it is called polyhedra. Mostly the geometrical structures are of shapes-tetrahedral square planar, octahedral square pyramidal, trigonal bipyramidal. To understand these geometrical structures, the hybridization of orbitals of metal ion and magnetic properties are very useful. sp3 hybridisation, dsp2 hybridisation, d3s hybridization in metal ions of co-ordination number four is seen. In sp3d2 hybridization and d2sp3 hybridization, the metal ions of transition elements is seen in
64
metal ions having co-ordination number six. The metal ions of transition elements, magnetic moments of complex compounds of ions, their geometrical structures, types of ligands etc. are described.
ˆ
The nomenclature of complex compounds keeping in mind the rules of IUPAC is carried out. In complex compounds the rules are applicable.
ˆ
In nomenclature in co-ordination sphere, the name of the ligand according to English alphabets are first mentioned. Then the name of metal is written. The suffix "O" is attached after the name of negatively charged ligand. The name of the neutral ligand is mentioned as its original name. If the number of same ligand is more than the one the prefixes di, tri, tetra…etc. are applied. In the prefix of organic ligand, the prefix is a mumber then the ligand is placed in bracket and the prefix bis, tris, are attached. If the complex is negative ion then the name of ligand is written first and, in the end the suffix 'ate' is applied to the metal ion. Its oxidation state is shown in Roman number in bracket. If the complex is positive ion or neutral molecule, then successively writing the name of ligand, the name of metal is added at the end and oxidation state is shown in the Roman number.
ˆ
The geometry of complex compounds and magnetic properties of the complex depends on the hybridization in it. In complexes having co-ordination number 6 if strong ligand is attached with metal ion in complex, the oxidation state is shown in Roman numbers.
ˆ
In complex compounds, the geometrical structures are dependent on hybridization in it. In complex having co-ordination number 4, if the strong ligand is combined with metal ion then dsp2 hybridization takes place in the complex and the structure is square planar. The example of this are [Ni(CN)4]2 –
, [Ni(NH3 )4]2+ etc. If the co-ordination number is 4 in the complex, and the weak ligand combines with the metal ion then sp3 hybridization takes place e.g. [NiF4]2–, [Ni(H2O)4 ]2+, etc. If the coordination number in complex ion is six, and the strong ligand is combined with metal ion, then d2sp 3 hybridization and if weak ligand is combined with metal ion, then sp3d2 hybridization takes place, e.g. In [Cr(NH3)6]3+, [Fe(CN)6]4–, [Co(NH3)6]3+ d2sp3 hybridization is there, while in [FeF6]4–, [Fe(H2O)6]2+
sp3d2 hybridization is there. In MnO 4- and CrO 24 - there is d3s hybridization, there are no unpaired electrons in d-orbital due to Mn7+ and Cr6+ oxidation states; but d-d transition takes place by electrons of ligand, and so it becomes coloured.
ˆ
Three types of isomerism are observed in complex compounds-geometrical isomerism, optical isomerism and structural isomerism.
ˆ
In geometrical isomerism, complex compounds having co-ordination number four- ML2A2 type, cis and trans isomerism is observed. In complex compounds having co-ordination
number six - ML4A2
type, cis and trans while in ML3A3 facial and meridional isomerism are observed. In optical isomerism, leavo and dextro isomers are observed.
ˆ
In structural isomerism, ionic isomerism, hydration isomerism, co-ordination number isomerism and linkage isomerism are observed.
65
ˆ
In formation of co-ordination compounds the magnetic nature and structural formation with the help of valence bond theory; it has limitations. It does not produce more hindrance in magnetic property and can not explain about the colour in co-ordination compounds. It can not give the magnitude of hindrance in thermodynamical stability of co-ordination compounds, also it is not able to detect the difference between weak and strong ligand. To overcome these limitations the crystal field theory (CFT) was presented.
ˆ
Crystal field theory is known as electrostatic model in which it is believed that there is ionic bond between metal ion and ligand. According to this theory negatively charged ligand or neutral molecule forms ionic bond. In free metal atom in gaseous state, all the five types of d-orbitals are of equal energy (degenerate) but when ligands are arranged around the metal atom or ion in the complex, the d-orbitals do not remain of equal energy but get splitted. The splitting of orbitals depends on the nature of the crystal field.
ˆ
The crystal field splitting (D0) depends on the field produced by electric charge of metal ion and the ligand. Some ligands produce strong field and so splitting is in more proportion. Some ligands produce weak field, so that the splitting is in less proportion. The series of ligands on the basis of the strength of the field produced by ligand can be shown as below : I– < Br– < SCN– < Cl– < S2– < F– < OH– < C 2 O 24- < H2O < NCS– < EDTA A < NH3 < en < NO 2 < CN– < CO : Spectrochemical series.
ˆ
Metal complexes have large magnitude of colours. When the white light passes through the sample, then it forms a specific visible spectrum and the remaining colours of white light are removed. The absorption of colour by complex compounds is dependent on wavelength. If green colour is absorbed then it appears of red colour.
ˆ
The colour of co-ordination compounds can be explained on the basis of crystal field theory e.g. [Ti(H2O)6] 3+ violet colour, [Ni(H2O)6] 2+ green colour, and [Ni(en)3]2+ violet colour,
ˆ
Co-ordination compounds have great importance. They have immense utility value in nutrition of minerals in plants and animals, analytical chemistry, metallurgy, biological systems and industries. They are also used in various drugs.
66
M.C.Q. 1. 2.
3. 4.
5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
10.
11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.
The complex [Co(NH3)5Br]SO4 will give white ppt with : (A) PbCl2 (B) AgNO3 (C) KI (D) None. Exchange of co-ordination group by a water molecule in complex molecule results in : (A) Ionization isomerism (B) Ligand isomerism (C) Hydration isomerism (D) Geometrical isomerism. [Co(NH3)6]3+ ion is : (A) Paramagentic (B) Diamagnetic (C) Square planar (D) None. Which of the following is most likely structure of CrCl3,6H2O if 1/3 of total chlorine of the com pound is precipitated by adding AgNO3 to its aqueous solution : (A) CrCl3.6H2O (B) [Cr(H 2O)3Cl3](H 2O)3 (C) [CrCl2(H 2O)4]Cl.2H 2O (D) [CrCl2(H 2O)5]Cl2.H2O. Which one of the following will be able to show cis-trans isomerism: (A) MA3B (B) M(AA’)2 (C) MAB3 (D) MA4 K3CoF6 is high spin complex.What is the hybrid state of Co atom in this complex: (A) sp3d (B) sp3d 2 (C) d2sp 3 (D) dsp2. The type of isomerism shown by [Co(en)2(NCS)2]Cl and [Co(en)2(NCS)Cl]NCS is: (A) Coordination (B) Ionization (C) Linkage (D) all above. The co-ordination number and oxidation number of X in [X(SO4)(NH3)4]Cl is : (A) 10 and 3 (B) 2 and 6 (C) 6 and 3 (D) 6 and 4 The IUPAC name of the compound [Cu (NH3)4](NO3)2 is : (A) Cuprammonium nitrate (B) Tetraammine copper (II) dinitrate (C) Tetraammine copper (II) nitrate (D) Tetraammine copper (III) dinitrate Hexafluoroferrate (III) ion is an outer orbital complex.The number of unpaired electrons present in it is : (A) 1 (B) 5 (C) 4 (D) Unpredictable. 2 3 Which of the following complex species involves d sp hybridisation : (A) [CoF6]3(B) [Co(H2O)6]3+ (C) [Fe(CN)6]3(D) [Fe(H2O)6]3+. How many ions are produced from [Co(NH3)6]Cl2 insolution : (A) 6 (B) 4 (C) 3 (D) 2. In the complex Fe(CO)X, the value of x is : (A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6. 2+ Which is the central ion in [Cu(H2O)4] ion : (A) Cu2+ (B) H3O + (C) Cu+ (D) None. In K4[Fe(CN)6] the number of unpaired electrons in iron are : (A) 0 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 5. All ligands are : (A) Lewis acid (B) Lewis base (C) Neutral (D) None.
67
17. 18.
19. 20. 21.
22.
23. 24. 25. 26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
The hybridization in Ni(CO)4 is : (A) sp (B) sp2 (C) sp 3 (D) dsp2. A group of atoms can function as a ligand only when (A) It is a small molecule (B) It has an unshared electon pair (C) It is a negatively chrged ion (D) It is a positively chrged ion. A complex compound in which the oxidation number of a metal is zero,is (A) K4[Fe(CN)6] (B) K3[Fe(CN)6] (C) [Ni(CO)4] (D) [Pt(NH3)4]Cl2. A ligand can also be regarded as (A) Lewis acid (B) Bronsted base (C) Lewis base (D) Bronsted acid. The primary and secondary valencies of chromium in the complex ion,dichlorodioxalatochromium (III), are (A) 4,4 (B) 4,3 (C) 3,6 (D) 6,3 The number of unidentate ligands in the complex ion is called (A) Oxidation number (C) Primary valency (C) Coordination number (D) EAN. The tetrahedral complexes have coordination number (A) 3 (B) 6 (C) 4 (D) 8 The number of moles of ions gives on complete ionization of one mole of [Co(NH3)6]Cl3 is/are (A) 4 (B) 3 (C) 2 (D) 1 The compound having lowest oxdation state of iron is. (A) K4Fe(CN)6 (B) K2FeO 4 (C) [FeCO)5] (D) K3[Fe(CN)6]. Ethylene diamine is an example of (A) Monodentate ligand (C) Bidentate ligand (C) Tridentate ligand (D) Hexadentate ligand.dinitrate. Which of the following does not have optical isomer ? (A) [Co(NH3)3Cl]+ (B) [Co(en)(NH3)2Cl2]+ (C) [Co(en)2(NH3)2Cl]3+ (D) [Co(H2O)4(en)]3+ The IUPAC name of [Ni(NH3)4] [NiCl4] is (A) Tetrachlorido nickel (II) - Tetrraammine nickel (II) (B) Tetrraammine nickel (II) - Tetrachlorido nickel (II) (C) Tetrraammine nickel (II) - Tetrachlorido nickelate (II) (D) Tetrachlorido nickel (II) - Tetrraammine nickelate (II) According to IUPAC nomenclature sodium nitroprusside is named as (A) Sodium pentacyanonitrosonium ferrate (II) (B) Sodium pentacyanonitrosyl ferrate (III) (C) Sodium nitroferricyanide (D) Sodium nitroferrocyanide IUPAC name of Na3 [Co(NO2)6] is (A) Sodium hexanitrito cobaltate (II) (B) Sodium hexanitro cobaltate (III) (C) Sodium hexanitrito cobaltate (III) (D) Sodium cobaltinitrite (II).
68
31.
Which of the following compound shows optical isomerism ? (A) [Co(CN)6]3-
32.
33.
(C) [ZnCl4]2-
(D) [Cu(NH3)4]2+
The coordination compounds,[Co(NH3)6]3+, [Cr(CN)6]3- and [Cr(NH3)6]3+[Co(CN)6]3- are amples of... (A) Linkage isomerism
(B) coordination isomerism
(C) ionization isomerism
(D) geometrical isomerism
ex-
Number of possible optical isomers in [Co(en)2Cl2]+ is (A) 2
34.
(B) [Cr(C2O 4)3]3-
(B) 3
(C) 4
(D) 6
According to postulates of Werner’s theory for coordination compouds,which of the following is true ? (A) Primary valencies are ionizable
(B) Secondary valencies ionizable
(C) Only primary valencies are non-ionizable (D) Primary and secondary valencies are non-ionizable 35.
36.
Geometrical shapes of the complexes formed by the reaction of Ni2+ with CI-,CN - and H2O respectively are (A) Octahedral, tetrahedral and square planer
(B) Tetrahedral, square planer and octahedral
(C) Square planer, tetrahedral and Octahedral
(D) Octahedral, square planer and tetrahedral
Which of the followin facts about the complex [Cr(NH3)6]CI is wrong ? (A) The complex involves d2sp3 hybrdization and is octahedral in shape ? (B) The complex is paramagnetic (C) The complex is an outer orbital complex (D) The complex gives white precipitate with silver nitrate solution
37.
The magnetic moment (spin only) of [NiCI4]2- is (A) 1.82 BM
38.
39.
(A) CO< NH3
(B) NH3< en< CN –< CO
(C) CN– < NH 3< CO< en
(D) en< CN–
The complex showing a spin-only magnetic moment of 2.82 BM is (C) [Ni(NH3)4]2+
(D) [Ni(CN)4]2-
(B) 2.84
(C) 4.90
(D) 5.92
(C) Square Planar
(D) Linear
Potassium ferrocyanide is an example of (B) Octahedral
In an octahedral,structure, the pair of d-orbitals involved in d2sp3 hybridisation is (A) dx2 - y2,d z 2
43.
(B) [NiCI4]2-
The spin only magnetic moment value (in Bohr magneton units) of Cr(CO)6 is
(A) Tetrahedral 42.
(D) 1.41 BM
Among the ligands NH3,en,CN and CO the correct order of their increasing field strength, is
(A) 0 41.
(C) 2.82 BM
-
(A) Ni(CO)4 40.
(B) 5.46 BM
(B) dxz, dx2-y2
(C) dz2,dxz
(D) dyz, dxy
Which of the following species will be diamagnetic ? (A) [Fe(CN)6]4-
(B) [FeF6]3+
(C) [Co(C2O4)3]369
(D) [CoF6]3-
44.
45. 46. 47.
48.
49. 50.
51.
52.
53.
54. 55. 56.
In which of the following octahedral complexes of Co (at. no.27) will be magnitude of D 0 be the highest ? (A) [Co(CN)6]3(B) [Co(C2O 4)3]3(C) [Co(H2O)6]3+ (D) [Co(NH3)6]3+ The number of unpaired electrons calculated in [Co(NH3)6]3+ and [Co(F6)]3- are (A) 4 and 4 (B) 0 and 2 (C) 2 and 4 (D) 0 and 4 In the grignard reaction, which metal forms an organometallic bond ? (A) Sodium (B) Titanium (C) Magnesium (D) Palladium The p - bonded organometallic compound which has ethane as one of its component is (A) Zeise’s salt (B) Ferrocene (C) Dibenzene chromium (D) Tetraethyl tin Which one of the following complex is an outer orbital complex ? (At. no. Mn=25, Fe=24, Co=27, Ni=28) (A) [Fe(CN)6]4(B) [Mn(CN)6]4(C) [Co(NH3)6]3+ (D) [Ni(NH3)6]2+ The magnetic moment of [Co(NH3)6]CI3 is (A) 1.73 (B) 2.83 (C) 6.6 (D) Zero In Fe(CO)5 the Fe - C bond possesses (A) p - character only (B)both s and p - character (C) ionic character (D) s - character only According to werner’s theory : (A) Primary Valeccy can be ionized (B) Secondary valency can be ionized (C) Primary and secondary valencies cannot be ionized (D) Only primary valency cannot be ionized Ligand in a complex salt are : (A) Anions linked by coordinate bonds to a central metal atom or ion (B) Cation linked by coordinate bonds to a central metal atom or ion (C) Moleculer linked by coordinate bonds to a central metal atom or ion (D) Ions or molecules linked by coordinate bonds to a central metal atom or ion According to Lewis the ligand are : (A) Acidic in nature (B) Basic in nature (C) Neither acidic nore basic (D) some are acidic and other are basic Which of the following acts as a bidentate ligand in complex formation ? (A) Acetate (B) oxalate (C) Thiocyanate (D) EDTA The coordination number of cobalt in the complex [Co(en)2Br2]cl2 ? (A) 2 (B) 6 (C) 5 (D) 4 Which is the example of hexadentate ligand ? (A) 2,2-dipyridyl (B) Dimethyl glyoxime (C) Aminodiacetate ion (D) Ethylene diammine tetra actate ion
70
57. 58. 59. 60. 61.
62. 63.
64.
65. 66. 67. 68.
69.
70. 71. 72.
Which of the following is tridentate neutral Ligand ? (A) Pn (B) Ptn (C) PO 43 – (D) A and B both The primary valency of the metal ion in the coordinateion compound K2[Ni(CN)4] is.. (A) Four (B) Zero (C) Two (D) Six The metal which forms polynuclear carbonyl is ? (A) Mn (B) Co (C) Cr (D) Fe Potasssium ferrocyanide is a.... . (A) Normal salt (B) Mixed salt (C) Double salt (D) Complex salt Given the molecular formula of the hexa coordinated complexes. (A) Co Cl3 6NH 3 (B) Co Cl3 5NH 3 (C) Co Cl3 4NH 3 If the number of coordinated NH3 molecudes in A,B and C respectively are 6,5 and 4 the primary valency (A), (B) and (C) are: (A) 6,5,4 (B) 3,2,1 (C) 0,1,2 (D) 3,3,3 In the compound lithium tetrahydroaluminate the ligand is: (A) H+ (B) H– (C) H (D) None of these Which of the folloiwing is the odd one out. (A) Potassium ferrocyanide (B) Ferrous ammonium sulphate (C) Potassium ferricyanide (D) Tetrammine copper (II) sulphate Ligand in complex compounds (A) Accept e– - pair (B) Donate e– - pair (C) Neither accept e– - pair nor donate (D) All of these. Which of the following is a common donor atom in ligands ? (A) Arsenic (B) Nitrogen (C) Oxygen (D) Both B and C Finely divided iron combines with CO to give (A) Fe(CO)5 (B) Fe 2(CO)9 (C) Fe 2CO 12 (D) Fe(CO)6 Zeigler-Natta catalyst is used for which type of reaction. (A) Hydrogenation (B) Polymerisation (C) Oxidation (D) Reduction An aqueous solution of potash Alum gives. (A) Two types of ions (B) Only one type of ion (C) Four type of ions (D) Three types of ions. Carnalite in solution in H2O shows the properties of. (A) K+,Mg+2,Cl(B) K+,Cl-,SO 42– Br(C) K+,Mg+2,CO 3–2 (D) K+,Mg+2,Cl– , Br– In a complex, the highest possible coordination number is : (A) 6 (B) 12 (C) 4 (D) 8 Number of ions present in aqueous solution of Fe4 [Fe(CN)6]3 is (A) 5 (B) 2 (C) 7 (D) 6 How many ions are produced in aqueous solution of [CoH2O)6] Cl2 ? (A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 6 71
73.
Oxidation state of nitrogen is incorrectly given for ? Compound Oxidation state (A) [Co(NH3)5Cl]Cl2 0 (B) NH2OH -1 (C) (N 2H 5)2SO 4 +2 (D) Mg3N 2 -3
74.
The formula of dichlorido bis (urea) copper (II) is ?
75.
(A) [Cu (O=C(NH2)2)Cl2]
(B) [CuCl2(O=C(NH2)2)2]
(C) [Cu (O=C(NH2)2)Cl ]Cl
(D) [CuCl2(O=C(NH2)2H2]
Correct formula of diammine silver (I) chloride is ? (A) Ag(NH3)Cl
76.
77.
78.
80.
(A) Na 4[Fe(CN)5NOS]
(B) Na 2[Fe(CN)5NO]
(C) NaFe[Fe(CN)6]
(D) Na 2[Fe(CN)6NO 2]
(A) Trinitrotriammine cobalt (III)
(B) Trinitrotriammine cobalt (II)
(C) Trinitrotriammine cobalt (III) ion
(D) Trinitrotriammine cobaltate (III)
The oxidation numbers of chromium in Na2[CrF4O] complex is ?
83.
85.
(C) VI
(D) III
(A) Ferroso - Ferric cyanide
(B) Ferric - Ferrous hexacyanide
(C) Iron (III) hexacyano ferrate (II)
(D) Hexacyano ferrate (III-II)
In which of the following complex the oxidation number of method is zero ? (B) [ Cr (CO)6 ]
(C) [Cr(NH3)2Cl3
(D) [ Cr(en)2Cl2]
In the complex compound K4[Ni(CN)4] oxidation state of nickel is ? (B) 0
(C) +1
(D) +2
The pair of the compounds in which both the metals are in the highest possible oxidation state is ? (A) [Fe(CN)6]3-, [Co(CN)6]3-
(B) CrO2Cl2 , MnO4–
(C) TiO3, MnO2
(D) [Co(CN)6]3-, MnO3
The number of unpaired electrons in the complex ion [CoF6]-3 is (Atomic no of Co=27) (A) zero
84.
(B) IV
The correct IUPAC name of Fe4[Fe(CN)6]3 is ?
(A) -1 82.
(D) [Ag(NH2)2]Cl
The IUPAC name of [Co (NH3)3(NO2)3] is ?
(A) [ Pt(NH3)2Cl2] 81.
(C) [Ag(NH3)2]Cl
The formula of sodium nitroprusside ?
(A) II 79.
(B) Ag(NH2)Cl
(B) 2
(C) 3
Which one of the following will not show geometrical isomerism ? (A) [ Cr(NH3)4 Cl2]Cl
(B) [Co(en)2Cl2]Cl
(C) [Co(NH 3)5 NO 2]Cl2
(D) [Pt(NH3)2Cl2]
Which would exhibit co-ordination isomerism. (A) [ Cr(NH3)6][Co(CN)6] ]
(B) [Co(en)2Cl2]
(C) [Cr (NH3)6]Cl3
(D) [Cr(en)2Cl2] 72
(D) 4
86.
87.
[Co(NH3)5 NO2]Cl2 and [Co(NH3)5 (ONO)]Cl2 are releted to each other as ? (A) Geometrical isomer
(B) Optical isomer
(C) Linkage isomer
(D) Co-ordination isomer
[Co(NH3)5Br] SO4 and [Co(NH3)5SO4]Br ase examples of which type of isomerism ? (A) Linkage
88.
89.
90.
92.
(A) [ Cr (NH3)6]Cl3
(B) [Co(NH3)5 Br]SO4
(C) [Cr(en)2Cl2]
(D) [Cr(en)3Cl3]
(A) [ Cr (H2O)6]+3
(B) [Fe(H2O)6]+2
(C) [ Cu (H2O)6]2+
(D) [Zn (H2O)6]2+
The type of isomerism present in nitro pentamine chromium (III) Chloride is ?
96.
97.
(B) [Co(NH3)3 (NO2)3]
(C) K4[Fe(CN)6]
(D) [Cu(NH3)4] SO 4
99.
(D) Polymerisation
The oritical Magnetic moment of [Cu(NH3)4]2+ ion is ? (B) 1.73
(C) 2.23
(D) 2.38
(C) [Ni (CN)4]2-
(D) [NiCl4]2–
(C) Three
(D) Five
Which of the following is paramagnetic ? (B) [Co(NH3)6]3+
The numbers of unpair electrone in Ni(CO)4 is ? (B) One
Which of the following has highest paramagnetism ? (A) Ni(CO)4
(B) [Ni (NH3)4]Cl2
(C) [Ni (NH3)6]Cl2
(D) [Cu (NH3)4]Cl2
Which of the following does not have optical isomer ? (A) [Co(NH3)3 Cl3]
(B) [Co (en)3]Cl3
(C) [Co (en)2Cl2]Cl
(D) [Co (en)(NH3)2Cl2]Cl
The colour of tetrammine copper (II) sulphate is ? (A) Blue
98.
(C) Ionisation
(A) K2[PtCl6]
(A) zero 95.
(B) Linkage
Pick out from the following complex compounds,a poor electrolytic conductor in solution ?
(A) [Ni (CO)4]2– 94.
(D) Optical
Among the following ions which one has the highest paramagnetism ?
(A) 1.414 93.
(C) Ionisation
Which would exhibit ionisation isomerism. ?
(A) Optical 91.
(B) Geometrical
(B) Red
(C)Violet
(D) Green
Cuprammonium ion [Cu(NH3)4]2+ is ? (A) Tetrahedral
(B) Square planar
(C) Triangularbipyramidal
(D) Octrahydra
The type of hybridisation involved in the metal ion of [Ni(H2O)6]2+ complex is ? (A) d3sp 2
(B) sp3d 2
(C) sp 3 73
]
(D) dsp2
100. One mole of the complex compound Co(NH3)5 Cl3 gives 3 moles of ions on dissolution in water.one mole of the same complex react with two moles of AgNO3 solution to yeild two moles of AgCl(s) the structure of the complex is... (A) [Co(NH3)5 Cl]Cl2 101. 102. 103. 104. 105. 106.
107. 108.
(B) [Co(NH3)3Cl3]Z NH 3
(C) [Co(NH3)4 Cl2]Cl.NH 3 (D) [Co(NH3)4 Cl]Cl2.NH 3 Which one of the following has squar planar geometry? (A) [Ag(NH3)2]+ (B) [Cu(en)2]2+ (C) [Mn CL4]-2 (D) [Ni(CO)4] The complex ion which has no ‘d’ electrons in the central metal atom is (A) [Mn O4](B) [Co(NH3)6]3+ (C) [Fe(CN)6]3(D) [Cr(H2O)6]3+ The strongest ligand in the following is (A)CN– (B)Br– (C)HO– (D)F– The most stable ion is (A) [Fe(OX)3]3(B) [Fe(Cl)6]3(C) [Fe(CN)6]3(D) [Fe(H2O)6]3+ Wilkinson’s catalyst is used in (A) Polymerisation (B) Condensation (C) Halogenation (D) Dehydrogenation Mixture X=0.02 mole of [Co(NH3)5SO 4]Br and 0.02 mole of [Co(NH3)5Br]SO4 was prepared in 2 litre of solution. 1 Litre of mixture X + excess AgNO3 ® Y 1 Liter of mixture X+ excess BaCl2 ® Z Number of moles of Y and Z are respectivly (A) 0.01, 0.01 (B) 0.02, 0.01 (C) 0.01, 0.02 (D) 0.02, 0.02 In [Ni(NH3)4]SO4 the valency and coordinate number of Ni will be respectivly ? (A) 3 and 6 (B) 2 nad 4 (C) 4 and 2 (D) 4 and 4 Which of the following compunds shows optical isomerism? (A) [Cu(NH3)4]2+ (B) [ZnCl4]2(C) [Cr(C2O4)3]3(D) [Co(CN)6]3O2
109. In the process of extraction of gold, Roasted gold ore +CN– + H2O ® X +OH – [X] +Zn ® Y + Au Identify the complexes [X] and [Y] (A) X = [Au(CN)2]Y = [Zn(CN)4]2(B) X = [Au(CN)4]3- Y = [Zn(CN)4]-2 (C) X = [Au(CN)2]Y = [Zn(CN)6]-4 (D) X = [Au(CN)4]Y = [Zn(CN)4]-2 110. Which of the following statement is incorrect ? (A) In K3[Fe(CN)6], the ligand has satisfied both primary and secondary valencies of ferric ion (B) In K4[Fe(CN)6], the ligand has satisfied both primary and secondary valencies of ferrous ion (C) In K3[Fe(CN)6], the ligand has satisfied only secondary valencies of ferric ion (D) K4[Fe(CN)6] is diamegenetic while K3[Fe(CN)6] is paramagnetic Assertion and Reason Read the assertion and reason carefully to mark the correct option out of the option given below : (A) If both assertion and reason are true and the reason is the correct explanation of the assertion. 74
(B)
If both a ssertion and reason are true but reason is not the correct explanation of the assertion. (C) If assertion is true but reason is false. (D) If the assertion and reason both are false. (E) If the assertion is false but reason is true. (111) Assertion : Potassium ferrocyanide and potassium ferricyanide both are diamagnetic. Reason : Both have unpaired election. (112) Assertion : The [Ni(en)3]Cl2 has lower stability than (Ni(NH3)6]Cl2 Reason : In [Ni(en)3]Cl2 the geometry of Ni is trigonal bipyramidal. (113) Assertion : Geometrical isomerism is also called cis - trans isomerism. Reason : tetrahedral complexes show geometrical isomerism. (114) Assertion : H2N - NH2 is a chelating ligand. Reason : A chelating ligand must possess two or more lone pair at such distance that it may form suitable strain free ring at the metal ion. (115) Assertion : [Ti(H2O)6]+3 is coloured while [Sc(H2O)6]+3 is Colourless Reason : d-d transition is not possible in [Sc(H2O)6]+3 (116) Asserion : All the octahedral complexes of Ni+2 must be outer orbital complexes. Reason : Outer orbital octahedral complexes are given by weak ligand. ANSWER KEY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
a c b c b b b c c b c c c a a b c b c c c c c a c
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
b b c a b b b a a b c c b b a b a a a d c a d d b
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
a d b b b b b c a d d b b b d a b d a d c b a b c
75
76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
b a b c b b b d c a c c b b b b b d a d a a b b a
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116
b a a c d a b c a c d c c e a b
UNIT - 18 : ENVIROMENTAL CHEMISTRY Important Points Environmental chemistry means scientific study of chemical and biochemical processes occurring in environment. Through it we can know the reasons for changes and processes occurring in environment. Solid, liquid and gaseous pollutants, polluting environment can be generally classified as rapidly degradable, slowly degradable and non-biodegradable pollutants. Pollutants which degrade rapidly are known as rapidly degradable pollutants. e.g. discarded vegetables. Pollutants which degrade slowly are known as slowly degradable pollutants. e.g. agricultural waste. Some pollutants remain for decades in their original form without degradation. They are known as non-degradable pollutants. e.g. dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane (DDT), plastic materials, heavy metals, radioactive wastes. Troposphere and stratosphere greatly affect the biosphere of earth due to which study of pollution in these two regions is most important for study of pollution in enviornment. Gaseous pollutants - SOx, NOx, CO, CO2, H2S, O3, hydrocarbons and particulate pollutants - dust, mist, fumes, smoke, smog etc cause pollution in troposphere. The process of warming of the earth is known as 'Green house effect' or 'Global warming' and the gases actively involved in it are called 'Green house gases'. Carbon dioxide, methane, ozone, chlorofluorocarbon (CFC), nitrous oxide and water vapour present in atmosphere act as green house gases. Heat retaining capacity of greenhouse gases are called Global Warming Potential (GWP). The GWP based sequence of green house gases is as CFC > N2O > CH4 > CO2. When the pH of rain water becomes lower than 5.6 then it is called acid rain. Gaseous pollutants present in troposphere are responsible for it. The acid rain in water reservoirs like rivers, ponds adversely affect fishes, microorganisms and plants, in aquatic world. Ozone layer present in stratosphere protect the living being against harmful ultraviolet radiations from space. But ODS (Ozone Depletion Substances) used by human beings deplete ozone layer. To create awareness in the whole world about the depletion of ozone layer and the remedies to protect depletion, United Nations has decided to celebrate 16th September of every year as 'Ozone Layer Protection Day' at the international level. Today, a person hesitates to use natural water directly for drinking, because soluble, insoluble, biological, physical or chemical impurities from different sources mixing with surface water or ground water which pollute the water. Due to this, institutions like WHO (World Health Organization) at world level and BIS (Bureau of Indian Standards) and ICMR (Indian Council of Medical Research) India level have prescribed standards for quality of drinking water. Chemical, physical and biological methods are known for purification of drinking water. For soil pollution, indiscriminate use of fertilizers and pesticides, dumping of solid wastes in soil and deforestation are observed as main causes. Removal of wastes, produced from different industries in air, water or soil are ultimately harmful for living beings. To determine the amount of organic waste in liquid effluents of industries, measurements of Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) and Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) are important. By BOD measurement, the amount of organic materials present in liquid waste, which can be degraded by bacteria can be measured. By COD measurement, the amount of all the organic materials present in liquid waste can be determined. BOD measurement requires 5 days and COD measurement requires 2-3 hours. By controlling, managing or treating the waste from households, exhausts from vehicles, industrial wastes and biomedical wastes we can control the environmental pollution. Efforts to control environmental pollution resulted in delvelopment of science for synthesis of chemicals favourable to environment, which is called green chemistry. Gujarat State Government has established the Pollution Control Board for control of environmental pollution in Gujarat. 76
M.C.Q. 1.
2.
Which order for green house gases is truly based on GWP ? (a) CFC > N2O > CO2 > CH4
(b) CFC > CO2 > N2O > CH4
(c) CFC > N2O > CH4 > CO2
(d) CFC > CH4 > N2O > CO2
Which of the following pollutant cannot be degraded by natural process ? (a) DDT
3.
6.
(d) all of the above
(b) S Faecalis
(c) Both a and b
(d) S aurous
The prescribed upper limit concentration of lead in drinking water is about (a) 30 ppb
5.
(c) Heavy metals
Which of the following bacteria are responsible for the Gastrointestinal Disease ? (a) Ecoli
4.
(b) Nuclear waste
(b) 70 ppb
(c) 50 ppb
(d) 60 ppb
What is the range of pH of acid rain? (a) More than 5.6
(b) In between 5.6 to 6.6
(c) Less than 5.6
(d) In between 6.00 to 6.66
Which of the following statement is inocorrect ? (a) Taj Mahal is affected by hydrocarbon. (b) Building are adversely affected by acid rain. (c) Due to acid rain, micro organisms are affected. (d) Large amount of acid rain decreases soil fertility.
7.
Which of the following disease increase due to Green house Gases effect ? (a) Malaria
8.
13.
(d) Both b and c
(b) SOx
(c) CFC
(d) COx
(b) 10-6 meter
(c) 10-4 meter
(d) 10-1 meter
(b) 10-6 meter
(c) 10-4 meter
(d) 10-1 meter
Classical Smog Occurs in (a) warm humid climate
(b) Natural humid climate
(c) Cool humid climate
(d) Both a and b
Which of the following metal will pollute water ? (a) Cd
14.
(c) Swante Arrhenius
Which of the following size of particulate will cause diseases related to lungs ? (a) 10-2 meter
12.
(b) Chamberlin
The Diameter of solid dust particle is (a) 10-2 meter
11.
(d) All of the above.
Which of the following is used in aerosols ? (a) NOx
10.
(c) Yellow fever
Which of the following chemist associate with Green house Gas effect ? (a) Jean fowier
9.
(b) Dengue
(b) Na
(c) K
(d) None of the above
Which of the following ion is encouraging for the formation of algae in water ? (a) SO42-
(b) PO43-
(c) ASO43-
77
(d) CO32-
15.
16.
17.
Which of the following techniques is/are used to control water pollution ? (a) Adsorption process
(b) Ion exchange process
(c) Reverse Osmosis
(d) All of the above
The lowest region that extends upto the height of 10 to 15 km from sea level is called ? (a) Troposphere
(b) Stratosphere
(c) Smoke
(d) None of the above.
Which of the following pollutants are present in troposphere ? (a) Smog
18.
(c) CO2
(d) O3
(b) petrochemical
(c) paper & pulp
(d) Both b and c
Which of the following is responsible for photochemical Smog ? (a) SOx
21.
(b) O2
Which of the following industries will be the best source of producing CO in the atmosphere ? (a) Dyes
20.
(d) Metal oxides
Which one is not a Green house Gas ? (a) H2O
19.
(b) Oxides of Sulphur (c) Both a and b
(b) NOx
(c) COx
(d) none of the above
London Smog is built-up of (a) Sulphur Oxide and particulate matter of fuel combustion. (b) Corbon Oxide and particulate matter of fuel combustion. (c) Nitrogen Oxide and particulate matter of fuel combustion. (d) Water Vapour and particulate matter of fuel combustion.
22.
The region closest to the earth’s surface is (a) Stratosphere
23.
(d) N2O5
(b) Bone Cancer
(c) Lung Cancer
(d) Skin Cancer
(b) Air
(c) Soil
(d) Both c and d
(b) Carbon oxide
(c) Sulphur oxide
(d) Chlorine
Most dangerous metal pollutant of automobile exhaust is ... (a) lead
28.
(c) NO
Tajmahal is threatened by pollutant from (a) Nitric oxide
27.
(b) N2O
Oxides of sulphur and nitrogen are important pollutants of : (a) water
26.
(d) Thermoshpere
Depletion of ozone layer causes ? (a) Blood Cancer
25.
(C) Troposhpere
Which of the following oxides of nitrogen is not a common air polutant ? (a) NO2
24.
(b) Mesoshpere
(b) Arsenic
(c) Mercury
(d) Cadmium
DDT is _______________ (a) An antibiotic
(b) Biodegradable pollutant
(c) Non-Biodegradable pollutant
(d) Nitrogen containing insecticide 78
29.
30.
COD stands for ______________ (a) Chemical oxygen demand
(b) Controlled oxygen demand
(c) clouds causing ozone depletion
(d) Chlorinated oxygen demand
Which of the following will be affected by Smog ? (a) Rubber
31.
33.
38.
39.
(d) Oxide of Carbon
One free radial of chlorine can destroy molecules of ozone
42.
(d) 1000
(b)Aluminium sheet
(c) Metallic roof
(d) Jute roof
(b) paper & pulp
(c) sugar
(d) Detergent
Which of the following industry produces the waste of animal protein ? (b) paper & pulp
(c) sugar
(d) leather
The source of chlrofluoro carbons pollution is (a) Jet air craftss
(b) Refrigerators
(c) fire extinguishers
(d) all of the above
In the coming years, skin realated disorders will be more common due to (a) water pollution
(b) organic waste material
(c) pollutants of atnosphere
(d) depletion of ozone layer
Which of the following is/are gaseous pollutants ? (b) Aerosols
(c) Dust particles
(d) Carbon monoxide
Which of the following component causes water pollution ? (b) Sodium chloride
(c) algle
(d) Industrial waste
The major cause of air pollution in big cities is ... (a) Burning of coal
(b) Domestic exhaust
(c) Burning of cooking gas
(d) Vehicular exhaust
Depletion of ozone layer in stratosphere may cause ... (a) lung damage
43.
(c) 250
Which of the following industry produces the waste of phenolic compounds and suspended solids ?
(a) Smog 41.
(b) 500
Which of the following is responsible for Green house effect ?
(a) Carbon 40.
(d) Hair loss
(c) Oxide of phosphorous and nitrogen
(a) petroleum 37.
(c) Nervous system
(b) Oxide of carbon and nitrogen
(a) petroleum 36.
(b) Kidney
(a) Oxide of sulphur and nitrogen
(a) Glass roof 35.
(d) All of the above
The main components of acid rain in the atmosphere are :
(a) 100 34.
(c) Carving
The pollutants like SOx, CO and NOx caused for the damage of : (a) Throat
32.
(b) Building
(b) global warming
(c) global cooling
(d) skin cancer
(c) Fourier
(d) Newton
Green house effect was first described by ... (a) Yues Chauvin
(b) Einstein 79
44.
A substance which may alter environmental constituents or cause pollution is called ... (a) Radiator
45.
(b) Pollutant
(c) Reducer
(d) Decomposer
The percentage of total amount of CO present in atmosphere, due to forest fires is ... (a) 63%
(b) 17%
(c) 9.5%
(d) 7.4%
46. The homosphere constituents how much percent of the total atmosphere (a) 80%
(b) 86%
(c) 90%
(d) 99.99%
47. Acid rain is due to the increase in the concentration of which of the following in the atmoshpere ? (a) O3 + NO2
(b) CO2 and CO
(c) SO3 and CO
(d) SO2 and NO2
(c) Sulphur dioxide
(d) Carbon monoxide
48. Which of the following is a solid pollutant ... (a) Carbon
(b) Nitric oxide
49. The Green house effect is caused by ... (a) Methane only
(b) CO2 and SO2
(C) CO2,SO2 and NO2
(d) CO2, CFC CH4and NO2 gases
50. The brown haze of photochemical Smog is largely attributable to ... (1) NO 51.
52.
(a) Oxides of sulphur and nitrogen
(b) O2 and N2
(c) O2 and O3
(d) O3 and N3
56.
(b) C6F16
(c) C6H6CL6
(d) C6F6
(c) Ozone
(d) all of these
The basic component of Smog is (b) PBN
Spraying of DDT on crops causes pollution of (a) Air and Water
55.
(4) CH2=CH-CH=O
Ozone in the stratosphere is depleted by
(a) PAN 54.
(3) CH3COOONO2
Smog is essentialy caused by the presence of ...
(a) CF2 Cl2 53.
(2) NO2
(b) Soil and air
(c) Soil and water (d) Crops and air
Regular use of which of the following fertilizers increases the acidity of soil ? (a) potassium nitrate
(b) Urea
(c) Superphosphate of lime
(d)Ammonium Sulpate
In Antartica, ozone depletion is due to the formation of the following compound ... (a) Acrolein
(b) peroxy acetyl nitrate
(c) SO2 and SO3
(d) Chlorine nitrate
80
5 ANSWER KEY 1
C
16
A
31
C
46
D
2
D
17
C
32
A
47
D
3
C
18
B
33
D
48
A
4
C
19
D
34
A
49
D
5
C
20
B
35
A
50
B
6
A
21
A
36
D
51
A
7
D
22
C
37
D
52
A
8
D
23
D
38
D
53
D
9
C
24
D
39
D
54
C
10
B
25
B
40
D
55
D
11
B
26
C
41
D
56
D
12
C
27
A
42
D
13
A
28
C
43
C
14
B
29
A
44
B
15
D
30
D
45
B
81
UNIT : 19 PURIFICATION AND CHARACTERISATION OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
Important Points 1.
Common techiques of purification of organic compunds : Sublimation, Crystallisation, Distillation, Differential extraction and Chromatography.
2.
Chromatography : It is an important techique used to seprate mixtures into their components, purify compunds and aslo to test the purity of compunds.
3.
Lassaigne test : It is a test used to detect the presence of N, S, P and X in organic compund. 1. L.S + FeSO4 + con H2SO4
Prussian blue colour
N - present
2. L.S + CH3COOH + (CH3COO)2 Pb Black ppt
S - present
3. L.S + Sodium nitrogen prusside
violet colour
S - present
4. L.S + HNO3 + AgNO3
White ppt Solube in
Cl - present
NH4OH yellowish ppt.
Br - present
Sparingly soluble in NH4OH yellow ppt
I - present
Insoluable in NH4OH 5. L. S + con HNO3 +
yellow ppt
P - present
ammonium molybdate L.S = Lassagine solution. It is also called sodium fusion extract. 4.
Precentage of C (Leibig’s method) =
12×mass of CO2 ×100 44×mass of O.C.
5.
Precentage of H (Leibig’s method) =
2×mass of H2O×100 18×mass of O.C.
6.
Precentage of N (Duma’s method) =
28× vol of N2 at S.T.P. 224 mass of O.C.
7.
1.4× N×V Precentage of N (Kjeldahl’s method) = mass of O.C.
Where, N = Normality of acid. V= Vol. of acid used. 82
8.
Precentage of X (Carius method) =
At mass of X ´ mass of Ag X ´ 100 moral mass of Ag X ´ mass of O.C
9.
Precentage of S (Carius method) =
32 ´ mass of BaSO 4 ´ 100 233 ´ mass of O.C
10.
Precentage of P (Carius method) =
62 ´ mass of Mg 2 PO ´ 100 2 7 222 ´ mass of O.C
éæ 108 ´ mass of silver salt of acid ö ù 11. Molecular weight of carboxylic acid = n êç ÷ - 107 ú mass of silver ø ëè û
Where, n = Basicity of the acid 12. Molecular weight of organic base =
ù n éæ 195 ´ mass of platinic chloride ö êç ÷ - 410 ú 2 ëè mass of platinum ø û Where, n = Acidity of the base
M.C.Q. 1.
Which of the following is a techique of purification of orgainc compound ? (a) Oxidation
2.
(c) Distillation
(d) Hydrolysis
Which of the following is/are method (s) of checking the purity of organic (a) Chromatography
3.
(b) Reduction (b) Spectroscopy
compound ?
(c) Both (a) and (b) (d) Neither (a) nor (b)
The formula representing a simple ratio of atoms of different elements present in a molecule of the substance is called (a) Empirical formula (b) Molecular formula (c) Structural formula (d) Condensed formula
4.
What is called the purification technique based on difference in the solubilities of the compound and the impurities in a given solvent ? (a) Sublimation
5
(d) Fractional distillation
(b) CH 2
(c) C3H 2
(d) C3H 4
Empirical formula of a compound is CH2O and its vapour density is 30. molecular formula of compound ? (a) C3H6O 3
7.
(c) Distillation
A compound contains C = 90% and H = 10 %. Find empirical formula of the compound. (a) C3H10
6.
(b) Crystallization
(b) C2H4O 2
(c) C2H4O
Wh at is th e
(d) CH2O
An organic compound contains C = 36%, H = 6%. What is the empirical formula of compound ? (a) C3H 6
(b) CH 3
(c) CH2O 83
(d) C2H2O 2
8.
What should be the property of solvent used in crystallisation ? (a) Impure compound should be sparingly soluble in it at room temperature. (b) Impure compound should be appreciably soluble in it at higher temperture. (c) Both (a) and (b)
9.
10.
Which method of purification of organic compound is useful to separate volatile liquids from non volatile impurities ? (a) sublimation
(b) Distillation
(c) crystallisation
(d) Fractional crystallisation
Which method of purification of organic compound is useful to separate liquids having sufficient difference in their boiling point ? (a) Sublimation
11.
(b) C2H4N 2
(c) C12H24N12
(d) C16H32N16
(b) Crystallisation
(c) Sublimation
(d) All of these
(b) 470
(c) 560
(d) 940
Which element is estimated by Carius method ? (a) Nitrogen
15.
(d) Crystallisation
Insulin contains 3.4% Sulphur. The minimum molecular weight of insulin is (a) 350
14.
(c) Filtration
Which of the following method can be empolyed to separate a mixture of Chloroform (b.p334k) and aniline (b.p 457k) ? (a) Distillation
13.
(b) Distillation
An organic compound on analysis gave C = 48gm, H = 8gm and N = 56gm. Volume of 1.0 gm of the compound was found to be 200 ml at STP. What is the molecular formula of the compound ? (a) C4H8N 4
12.
(d) Neither (a) nor (b)
(b) Carbon
(c) Hydrogen
(d) Halogen
Fractional distillation is used when, (a) Difference in melting points of two solids is less. (b) Difference in boiling points of two liquids is large. (c) Difference in boiling points of two liquids is small. (d) Difference in melting points of two liquids is large.
16.
Distillation under reduced pressure is used when ... (a) liquid has very high boiling point and decompose at or below its boiling point. (b) liquid has very low boiling point. (c) liquid is insoluble in water. (d) liquid is insoluble in organic solvent.
17.
In Carius method, 0.099 g compound gave 0.287 gm AgCl. What is the % of Cl ? (a) 35.4
18.
(b) 71.7
(c) 46.2
(d) 80.5
In which compound, sulphur of organic compound is converted when organic compound is reacted with con. HNO3 for estimation of Sulphur ? (a) H2SO 4
(b) SO 2
(c) H2S 84
(d) SO 3
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
Which of the following techniques is used to separate glycerol from spent-lye in soap industry ? (a) Simple distillation
(b) Fractional distillation
(c) Distillation under reduced pressure
(d) None of these
Which method is used to separate aniline water mixture ? (a) steam distillation
(b) distillation under reduced pressure
(c) sublimation
(d) None of these
Chromatography is used (a) to separate mixtures
(b) to purify compounds
(c) to test the purity of compounds
(d) All of these
In chromatography Rf means (a) Retardation factor
(b) Reduced formula
(c) Reduction factor
(d) Retardation frequency
Statements regarding Chromatography are given below. Identify True or False statements and give your answer. (1) Silica - gel is used as adsorbent in TLC. (2) Rf = Retardation factor.
24.
(3) Adsorbent is a mobile phase.
(4) Chromaplate is not a part of TLC.
(a) TTFF
(c) TFFT
(b) Ca(OH)2
(c) CuSO4
(d) All of these
(b) Ca(OH)2
(c) CuSO4
(d) All of these
(b) S
(c) P
(d) All of these
(c) X
(d) All of these
Lassaigne test is used for detection of (a) S
29.
(d) glucose
Lassaigne test is used for detection of (a) N
28.
(c) hydrocarbons
In a detection of C and H, the water produced is tested by (a) CuO
27.
(b) ethers
In a method of detecting C and H, organic compound is heated with ... a) CuO
26.
(d) TFTF
In Chromatography, ninhydrin solution is used to detect (a) amino acids
25.
(b) TTTT
(b) P
The basic principle of Lassaigne test is (a) to convert elements present in compound from covalent form to ionic form. (b) to convert elements present in compound from ionic form to covalent form. (c) to convert elements present in compound into their complexes (d) None of the above.
30.
The prussian blue colour obtained in Lassaigne test is due to (a) Na4 [Fe(CN)6]
(b) Fe4[Fe(CN)6]
(c) CuSO4
85
(d) FeSO4
31
In the Lassaigne test of detection of Sulphur, black precipitates are obtained. These are due to the formation of (a) Na2S
32
(b) (CH3COO)2Pb
(b) Violet
1.4 NV W
(d) O2
NV 1.8
1.4VW N
(c) % N =
(d) % N =
1.4 NW V
(c) C3H4O
(d) C4H8O
An organic compound gave the following results on analysis. C = 53.3%, H = 15.6%, N = 31.1%. Find molecular formula of compound. (Molecular Weight = 45) (b) C2H7N
(c) C2H5N
(d) C2H6N
An organic compound contains C, H and O in the proportion of 6 : 1 : 8 by weight, respectively. Find its molecular formula (V.D = 30) (b) C3HO
(c) C2H4O 2
(d) CH4O
64 gm of organic compound contains 24 gm C, 8 gm H and the rest oxygen. What is the empirical formula of the compound ? (b) CH4O
(c) C2H4O
(d) C2H8O 2
0.2595 gm of organic substance gave 0.35 gm BaSO4. Find % S in the substance. (a) 18.5
42.
(b) % N =
(b) C2H4O
(a) CH2O 41.
(c) CuO
An organic compound on analysis give the following result : C = 54.5%, O = 36.4%, H = 9.1%. The empirical formula of the compound is
(a) CH2O 40.
(d) O2
In Kjeldahl’s method for the estimation of nitrogen, the formula used is
(a) C2H5N 2 39.
(c) CuO
(b) An.CaCl2
(a) CH3O 38.
(d) K4[Fe(CN)6]
During the estimation of C and H, the H2O produced id absorbed in
(a) % N = 37.
(b) [Fe(CN)5NOS]4- (c) Na4[Fe(CN)6] (b) An.CaCl2
(a) KOH 36
(d) Brown
During the estimation of C and H, the CO2 produced id absorbed in (a) KOH
35
(c) Blue
co mp ou nd is
In a Lassaigne test of Sluphur containing compound the violet colour is due to the (a) [Fe(CN)5NO]2-
34
(d) CH3COOH
What colour is observed when Lassaigne solution of Suplhur containing treated with Sodium Nitroprusside ? (a) Red
33
(c) PbS
(b) 182
(c) 17.5
(d) 175
Find the incorrect formula (a) %C =
12 ´ m ´100 44 ´V
(b) %C =
12 ´ m2 ´100 44 ´ m1
2 ´ m2 ´100 18 ´ m1
(d) % N =
28 ´V ´100 22400 ´ m
(c) % H =
86
43.
On complete combustion, 0.246g organic substance gave 0.198 g CO2 and Find % of C and H in compound ? (a) 4.58, 21.95
44.
(c) NO x
(d) All of these
(b) Kjeldahl’s method (c) Carius method
(d) Leibig’s method
28 ´ V ´100 (b) 22400 ´ m
14 ´ V ´100 (c) 22400 ´ m
14 ´ m ´100 (d) 22400 ´ v
In Dumas method for estimation of nitrogen, 0.3g of an organic compound gave 50 ml of nitrogen collected at 300K temperature and 715 mm pres sure. Calculate the % of N in the compound. ( Aqueous tension at 300K = 15mm) (b) 17.46 %
(c) 34.5%
(d) 25 %
In Kjeldahl’s method, when nitrogenous organic compound is heated with con. sulphuric acid, the nitrogen is converted into (a) (NH4)2 SO 4
51.
(b) O2
In Dumas method the formula of % N is
(a) 20.8 % 50.
(d) CuO and CO2
A device called nitrometer is used in
28 ´ m ´100 (a) 22400 ´ v
49.
(c) CO 2
In Dumas method the gaseous mixture produced is passed through KOH(aq ). As a result of this _______ is absorbed in KOH(aq).
(a) Dumas method 48.
(b) Kjeldahlis method (c) Both (A) & (B) (d) Neither(a) nor (b). (b)CuO
(a) CO 2 47.
(d) 21, 19
In the Dumas method nitrogen containing organic compound is first heated with (a) O2
46.
(c) 19, 21
Which of the following is the method of estimating nitrogen in organic Compound ? (a) Dumas method
45.
(b) 21.95, 4.58
0.1014 g H2O.
(b) NH4OH
(c) NH 3
(d) None
Kjeldahl’s method cannot be applied to No2
(a)
(b)
N:
(c)
N:
(d) None of these
N
52.
Kjeldahl’s method, can be applied to N = N - Cl
(a) CH3CH 2NH 2 53.
(c)
(d) None of these
During estimation of nitrogen present in organic compound by Kjeldahl’s method, the ammonia cvolved from 0.5 gm of the compound neutralized 10 ml of 1 M H2SO4Calculate the %N in the compound. (a) 65
54.
(b) CH3CH 2NO 2
(b) 28
(c) 56
(d) 30
In the estimation of halogen by Carius method, the halogen of the organic compound is converted into (a) Silver nitrate
(b) Silver halide
(c) Silver Sulphate 87
(d) Silver oxide
55.
In Carius method of estimation of halogen, 0.15 gm of an organic compound gave 0.12gm of AgBr. Calculate % of bromine in the compound. (a) 34.04%
56.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
64.
(c) SO 2
(d) SO 3
(b) 14.20%
(c) 42.10%
(d) 38%
(a) Phosphoric acid
(b) Ammonium molybdate
(c) Ammonium phospho molybdate
(d) Magnesium pyrophosphate
Suggest a method to purify camphor containing impurity of comman salt. (a) Crystallisation
(b) Fractional crytallisation
(c) Sublimation
(d) Distillation
Suggest a method to separate a mixture of ortho and para nitro aniline. (a) Distillation
(b) Chromotography
(c) Differential extraction
(d) All of these
Suggest a method to separate a mixture of methanol and acetone. (a) Simple distillation
(b) Fractional distillation
(c) Fractional Crystallisation
(d) Differential extraction
Suggest a method to purify napthalene. (a) Sublimation
(b) Crystallisation
(c) Differential extraction
(d) Distillation
Suggest a method to separate a mixture containing acetone and ethanol (a) Sublimation
(b) Crystallisation
(c) Differential extraction
(d) Distillation
Which of the following compound will not give positive Lassaigne test for nitrogen ? (b) urea
(c) ethylamine
(d) nitroethane.
Name a suitable technique of separation of a mixture of calcium sulphate and camphor. (a) Crystallisation
66.
(b) BaSO4
In estimation of phosphorous present in organic compound, the amount of phosphorous is determined in terms of
(a) Hydrazine 65.
(d) 18.8%
In estimation sulphur, 0.157gm of an organic compound gave 0.4813 gm of barium Sulphate. Calculate % S in compound. (a) 24.10 %
58.
(c) 53.19%
In estimation of Sulpur in organic compound, the amount of sulphur is determined in terms of (a) H2SO 4
57.
(b) 17.02%
(b) Sublimation
(c) Distillation
(d) None
The fragrance of flower is due to the presence of some steam volatile organic compounds called essential oils. These are generally insoluble in water at room temperature but are miscible with water vapour. A suitable method for the extraction of these oils from the flower is, (a) Distillation
(c) Crystallisation
(c) Distillation under reduced pressure
(d) Steam distillation 88
67.
Kjeldahl’s method can not be used for estimation of nitrogen in ... (a) DNA
68.
69.
70.
72.
73.
75.
(b) Fractional Crystallisation
(c) Sublimation
(d) Steam distillation
What conclusion can be drawn if red colour is obtained during Lassaigne test ? (a) Pressure of S
(b) Pressure of N
(c) both a and b
(d) Neither a and b
What is the formula of iron (III) hexacyanoferrate (II) ?
77.
78.
(b) Fe3[Fe(CN)6]4
(c) Fe4[Fe(CN)6]
(d) Fe3[Fe(CN)6]
Two volatile liquids A and B differint their boiling points by 15K. Which process can be used for their sepration ? (a) Fractional distillation
(b) Steam distillation
(c) Distillation under reduced pressure
(d) Simple distillation
An organic compound from its aqueons solution can be seprated by (a) Distillation
(b) Solvent extraction
(c) Fractional distillation
(d) Steam distillation
The ammonia evolved from the treatment of 0.3gm of organic compound for estimation of nitrogen was passed in 100ml of 0.1m H2SO4. The excess acid required 20ml 0.5 M NaOH for complete neutralisation The organic compound is... (b) benzamide
(c) urea
(d) thiourea
Which of the following compound gives blood red colouration when its Lassaigne extract is treated with alkali and ferric chloride ? (a) Thiourea
(b) Diphenyl Sulphide
(c) Phenyl hydrazine
(d) Benzomide
Which of the following compounds will give Lassaigne test for nitrogen ? (a) NH2NH 2
76.
(d) Neither a and b
(a) Crystallisation
(a) acetamide 74.
(c) a and B
Name the method used to separate a mixture of iodine and sodium chloride ?
(a) Fe4[Fe(CN)6]3 71.
(b) RNA
(b) NaNO3
(c) NH4Cl
(d) NaCN
Which of the folowing will give bloodred colour while doing Lassaigne test for nitrogen (a) urea
(b) Benzene sulphonic acid
(c) Hydrazine
(d) p-aminobenzene sulphonic acid
Name the method used to determine the molecular weight of organic compound. (a) Silver salt method
(b) Chloroplatinate salt method
(c) Mass spectrometery
(d) All of these
While detecting phosphorous in organic compound yellow colour is obtained due to the formation of (a) (NH4)2MoO4 (b) (NH4)3PO 4 (c) (NH4)3PO 4 . 12MoO3 (d) MgNH4PO 4
89
79.
0.306 gm of the silver salt of a monobasic organic acid yeilds 0.216gm of Silver on ignition. Find molecular weight of the acid. (a) 46
80.
(b) 23
(b) 192
(b) 91.45
84.
85.
(c) Cl /hv
(d) KOH / EtOH
2
The presence of halogen in an organic compound is detected by (a) Iodo form test
(b) Silver mirror test
(b) Beilstein’s test
(d) Millon’s test
Which of the following pairs has the same percentage of carbon ? (a) CH COOH & C H OH
(b) C H O & C H O
(c) HCOOCH & C H O
(d) CH COOH & C H O
2
3
91.
12
5
22
6
11
12
6
3
12
22
6
11
12
6
An organic compound having molecular mass 60 is found to contain C=20%, H=6.67% and N=46.67% while rest is oxygen. On heating it gives NH along with a solid residue. The solid 3 residue give violet colour with alkaline CuSO , the compound is 3
(b) CH CONH 3
4
2
(c) (NH ) CO 2 2
(d) CH CH CONH 3
How will you separate a solution of benzene and chloroform ? (b) Filtration
(c) Distillation
2
2
(d) Crystallisation
When 32.25 gm ehtyl chloride dehydrohalogenated it gives 50% alkene. What is the mass of product ? (b) 14 gm
(c) 21 gm
(d) 28gm
How much sulphur is present in organic compound if on analysis 0.53gm of this compound gives 1.158gm of BaSO ? (a) 10%
90.
(d) All of these
(b) cold dil, alkaline kMnO4
(a) 7 gm 89.
(c) gases
(a) NaOH + CaO
(a) Sublimation 88.
(d) 410
Which of the following reagents is used for detection of unsaturation in alkenes.
(a) CH NCO 87.
(c) 98
(b) liquids
3
86.
(d) 234
Chromatography is used for the purification of (a) solids
83.
(c) 208
0.3557gm of the Platinum salt of monoacidic organic base yeilds 0.117gm of platinum. Find molecular weight of base (a) 95
82.
(d) 20
1.026gm of the silver salt of a tribasic organic acid gave an ignition 0.648gm silver. Find molecular weight of the acid. (a) 148
81.
(c) 122
4
(b) 20%
(c) 30%
(d) 40%
Which method can be used to separate a mixture of KCl and KClO3 ? (a) Crystallisation
(b) Fractional Crystallisation
(c) Sublimation
(d) Distillation
Middle ton’s test is used to detect (a) N
(b) P
(c) X 90
(d) S
92.
An organic compound weighing 4.337mg yielded 10.35mg of CO2 and 3.42mg of H2O on oxidation with CuO. Calculate the empirical formula of the compound. (a) C3H 5
93.
94.
(c) C4H6O
(d) C10H 16O 3
An organic compound contains 69% C and 4.8% H, the remainder being oxygen. Calculate the masses of CO2 and H 2O produced when 0.2gm of this substance is completely combusted. (a) 0.506g & 0.864g
(b) 0.0864g & 0.0506g
(c) 0.506g & 0.0684g
(d) 0.506g & 0.0864g
0.3780 gm of chlorine containing organic compound gave 0.5740gm of silver chloride in Carius estimation. Calculate the % of Cl. (a) 37.56%
95.
(b) C3H5O
(b) 40.5%
(c) 35.7%
(d) 31.23%
In the estimation of sulphur by Carius method, 0.468gm of organic compound gave 0.668gm BaSO4. Calculate % of S. (a) 19.6
(b) 21.7
(c) 17.9
(d) 16.9
In each of the following questions, a statement (A) is given followed by Reason (R). Give your answers as (A) If both A and R are true, and reason is the true explanation of the assertion. (B) If both A and R are true, but R is not the true explanation of the A. (C) If A is true but R isfalse. (D) If both A and R are false. 96.
A: Vapour density and density both are same R: Molecular weight is twice the density
97.
A: Lassaigne’s extract is boiled with dil.HNO3 before testing for halogens by AgNO3. R: CN- and S2- present in Lassaigne extract interfere with the test of halide ions by silver nitrate.
98.
A: Lassaigne’s test is shown by diazonium salts. R: Diazonium salts are volatile.
99.
A: Essential oils are purified by steam distillation. R: Essential oils are volatile and are insoluble in water.
100. A: Sulphur present in organic compound can be estimated quantitavely by Carius method. R: Sulphur is separated easily from other atoms in the molecules and gets precipitated as light yellow solid.
91
Answer Key
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
C C A B D B C C B B A A D D C A B A C A D A A A A
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
C D D A B C B B A B A B B C B A A B C D A A B B A
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
92
D A C B A B C D C B B A D A B D C C C A A B C A D
76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
D D C A B B D B C D C C A C B D D D A A D A D A C
HINTS 11.
200ml of compound = 1 gm \ 22400 ml of compound = 112 gm
17.
%Cl =
39.
35.5 0.287 ´ ´100 143.5 0.099
Elements
No. of moles
C H
6/12 = 0.5 1/1 =1
O 8/16 = 0.5 \ E.F = CH2O M.W = 2VD =60 \ n = 2 \ M.F = C2H4O2 %S =
49.
P = 715 - 15 = 700 mm Vol of N 2 at STP =
273 ´ 700 ´ 50 = 41.9 ml 300 ´ 760
\ %N =
1M of 10 ml H2SO4 = 1 M of 20ml NH3 1000ml of 1M NH3 = 14 g nitrogen 20 ml of 1M NH3 = %N =
73.
1 2 1
32 0.35 ´ ´100 =18.52 233 0.2595
41.
53.
Simple ratio
14 ´ 20 g nitrogen 1000
14 ´ 20 ´100 = 56.0% 1000 ´ 0.5
let the vol of acid left unused = V ml of 0.1 MH2SO4 \V ´ 0.1´ 2 = 20 ´ 0.5 ´1 \V = 50 ml = 50 ml of .01 m H2SO4 \ Vol of acid used = 100 - 50
1.4 ´ 2 ´ 50 ´ 0.1 = 46.6 0.3 28 % N in urea = ´100 = 46.6 60 %N =
108 ´ 0.306 - 107 = 46 0.216
79.
MW =
81.
1 éæ 195 ´ 0.3557 ö ù MW = êç ÷ - 410 ú 2 ëè 0.117 ø û
93
28 ´ 41.9 ´100 =17.46% 22400 ´ 0.3
UNIT : 20 BASIC PRINCILPLES OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important Points l
The basic constituent of organic compound is carbon.
l
The basic organic copounds in organic chemistry are Hydrocarbon,
l
Hydrocarbon compounds comprise of carbon and Hydrogen.
l
Variety of organic compound are obtained by subtitution of one or more hydrogen atom of hydrocarbon by element like nitrogen, oxygen, sulpher and halogen OR by functional group.
l
So, organic chemistry consists of hydrocarbon and large variety of compounds obtained from the subsitution of their hydrogens. Tetravalency of Carbon : The atomic number of carbon is 6 and hence, the number of electron in carbon is 6, so the electronic configuration is 1s2 2s2 2px1, 2py1 2pz0. Here the number of electrons in its outermost orbit are four. In order to attain a stable electronic configuration like inert gs carbon atom should either lose four electrons or gain four electrons. To achive this, a very large amount of energy is required. Consequently it cannot form C4+ or C4- ion. However, the carbon atom shares four electrons with some elements and forms four covelentbonds. Thus a carbon atom forms four covalent bonds in its compounds. For example, a molecule of methane (CH4) is formed when four electrons of carbon are shared with four hydrogen atoms as shwon below : H x
C + 4H
H
x
x
x
x
H C H
or
H C H
H
H
Methane
Eour C-H bonds are formed by sharing of electrons
In a similar manar carbon can complete its octet by sharing its valence electrons with the electrons of atoms as well. This charactersitc of carbon atom by virtue of which it forms four covalent bonds is generally referred to as tetracovalency of carbon. Catenation : a unique property of carbon : One of the remarkable property of carbon atom is its unique capacity to form bonds with other carbon atoms. This property of forming bonds with atoms of the same element is called catenation. Carbon shows maximum catenation in its group (group 14) in the periodic table. This is because of the larger strength of carbon to carbon bond as compared to that of other atoms. For example, C-C bond is very strong (335 kJ mol-1) in comparison to Si-Si bond (220 kJ mol-1) or Ge-Ge bond (167 kJ mol-1). As a result, carbon atoms can link with each other to form either linear 94 E:\JEE NEET\Bhaveshbhai\07012013\ Unit 20 summary eng 1 to 11 pg
chains of various lengths of branched chains and even rings of different sizes as shown below :
12.3. HYBRIDISATION AND SHAPES OF MOLECULES : We have studied in unit 4 that carbon atom forms four equivalent tetrahedral bonds because of hybridisation of its valence orbitals. This can explain the shapes of organic molecules. Let us recall the shapes of simple organic molecules on the basis of concept of hybridisation. 1. sp3 Hybridisation and shapes of alkanes The carbon atoms in alkanes involve sp3 hybridisation. As a result, the four bonds formed by each carbon atom are directed towards the corners of a regular tetrahedron. For example, in case of methane (CH4), the carbon atom involves sp3 hybridisation and forms four sp3 hybrid orbitals. Each of these forms sigma bond by overlapping with 1s - orbitals of hydrogen. The four bonds are directed towards the corners of a regular tetrahedron as shown in Fig. The H-C-H bond angle in i this molecule is 109028 (or 109.50) 2s U
U
U
U
U
C
2p
(Ground state)
U
U
C (Excited state)
3
sp hybridisation form four hybrid orbitals
(a)
(b)
(c) 95
E:\JEE NEET\Bhaveshbhai\07012013\ Unit 20 summary eng 1 to 11 pg
The structure of methane molecule is also shown in Fig.____ In ethane (H3C-CH3) molecule, each carbon atom undergoes sp3 hybridisation. One of the four sp3 hybridorbitals of one carbon atom overlaps axially with simillar orbital of the other carbon atom to form C-C sigma bond. The remaining three hybrid orbitals belonging to both the carbon atoms overlap axially with the half filled orbitals of Hydrogen atoms to form C-H sigma bonds as shown in Fig.___
Fig. 12.2 Shape of ethane. Thus, in ethene, C-C bond length is 154 pm and each C-H bond length is 109 pm. 2. sp2 Hybridisation and shapes of alkenes Alkenes are planar molecules and the carbon atoms of the C=C bond involve sp2-hybridisation. Carbon atom has four unpaired electrons in the excited state. The three orbitals (one 2s and two 2p) get hybridised to form three sp2 hybrid orbitals leaving one 2pz unhybridised orbital.
2s
U
U
U
U
U
U
C
2p
(Ground state)
sp3 hybridisation
U
U
U
C (Excited state)
Unhybridised orbiral
For example in the case of ethylene one sp2 hybrid orbital of one carbon atom overlaps with sp2 hybrid orbital of the other carbon atom to form C-C sigma bond. The remaining two sp2 hybrid orbitals of both the carbon atoms overlap with 1 s-orbitals of two hydrogen atoms to form C-H sigma bonds. The unhybridised orbital (shown dotted) participates in the formation of pi bond. The orbital structure of ethylene has been shown in fig.______
Fig. 12.3. Orbital structure of ethylene. 96 E:\JEE NEET\Bhaveshbhai\07012013\ Unit 20 summary eng 1 to 11 pg
3.
sp Hybridisation and shape of alkynes : The two carbon atoms constituting the triple bond are sp-hybridised. In this, carbon undergoes sp-hybridisation forming two sp-hybrid orbitals. The two 2p-orbitals (2p, and 2pz) remain unhybridised. 2s 2p U
U
U
U
U
U
C (Ground state)
U
U
U
C (Excited state)
two unhybridised orbitals sp3 hybridisation
For example, in the case of acetylene, one sp-hybrid orbital of one carbon atom overlaps with sp-hybridorbital of the second carbon atom and forms C-C sigma bond. The remaining sphybridorbital of each C-atom forms sigma bond with H-atom. Each of the unhybridised orbitals of one carbon atom forms bond with the second carbon atom so that there are two bonds in acetylene molecule. The structure of acetylene (ethyne) is shown in Fig. 12.4
Fig. 12.4 Structure of acetylene. Sigma and pi bonds We have seen that ethylene molecule contains two bonds between carbon atoms, one is sigma bond and the other is pi bond. Similarly, in acetylene, there is one sigma, and two pi bonds between carbon atoms. We have already learnt about these types of bonds in Unit 6. Sigma bond is formed by the end to end overlapping of bonding orbitals along the internuclear axis. This overlapping is known as head on overlap or axial overlap. For example, the overlapping of sp2 hybrid orbitals of two carbon atoms in ethylene or sp hybrid orbitals of two carbon atoms in acetylene. Pi bond is formed by the sidewise overlapping and the half filled atomic orbitals of bonding atoms. This overlap is known as sidewise overlap or lateral overlap. In this case the atomic orbitals overlap in such a way that their axes remain parallel to each other and perpendicular to the internuclear and below the plane of the participating atoms.
97 E:\JEE NEET\Bhaveshbhai\07012013\ Unit 20 summary eng 1 to 11 pg
7.5
Sigma bonds are stronger bonds than bonds because during the formation of bond, the overlapping of orbitals takes place to a larger extent. Important features of Bonds : As already discussed, the double bond in ethylene molecule consists of a bond and a bond. The bond has some important features as listed below : 1. In ethylene, as discussed earlier, the two 2p (unhybridised) orbitals participating in the bond are parallel to each other. For the proper sidewise overlap of these 2p-orbitals, all the atoms in C2H4 molecule must be in same plane. Thus, the formation of bond restricts the molecule into a plannar shape. Therefore, ethylene is a flat or planar molecule. 2. Due to the bond formed by sidewise overlap of 2p-orbitals, the rotation of one CH2 fragment with respect to other will be hindered. The rotation of one carbon atom throug h 900 will break the bond because in that case, the unhybridised 2p-orbitals become perpendicular to each other and no sidewise overlap is possible. Hence, to rotation about the double bond is restricted or hindered. As a result, there are two distinct forms of molecules such as C2H2Cl2 as shown ahead : Functional Groups : An atom or group of atoms that determines the characteristic reaction of an organic compound is known as functional group. In alkane hydrocarbons due to their saturation they do not contain functional group for their characteristic reaction. The different compounds have the same functional group under similar reactions. Class of Functional compound group Alkane
R-H
IUPAC group prefix/suffix -/ ane
Alkane
C=C
-/ ene
Alkyne
-C = C-
-/ yne
Halide
-X halo/(-F,-CI,-Br,-I)
Ether
-OH
alkoxy/-
Examples
TUPAC Name
CH 3-CH 3 CH3 -CH2-CH3 CH3-CH 2-CH2-CH3 CH2=CH 2 CH3CH=CH 2 CH3CH 2CH=CH2 CH3CH=CH-CH3 HC = CH CH3-C=CH CH3CH2C=CH CH3C=C CH3 CH3CH2 CH2CI CH3CH CH3 CI CH3CHCH2 CH 2CH3 CI CH 3 OH CH 3CH 2OH CH 3CH 2 CH 2OH CH3 CHCH 2 OH
Ethane Propane Butane Eshene Propane But-1-yne But-2-yne Ethyne Propyne But-1-ene But-2-ene 1-Chloropropane 2-Chloropropane
98 E:\JEE NEET\Bhaveshbhai\07012013\ Unit 20 summary eng 1 to 11 pg
1-Chloropentane Methanol Ethanol Propan-1-ol Propan-2-ol
Class of Functional compound group Ether
-O-
IUPAC group prefix/suffix alkoxy/-
Aldehyde
-CHO
-/ al
Ketone
-CO-
-/one
Carboxylic -COOH Acid
-/oic Acid
Estar
-COOR
-/oate
Amide
-CONH 2
-/ amide
Amine
-NH 2
(10)-/ amine (Primary)
Nitro
Cynide OR Nitrile
0
-NH-
(2 )-/ amine (Primary)
-N-
(30)-/amine (Tertiary)
-NO 2
-C=N
nitro/-
-/ nitrile
Examples
TUPAC Name
CH3-O-CH 3 CH3-O-CH 2CH 3 CH3-CH2-O-CH2-CH3 HCHO CH 3CHO CH 3CH 2CHO CH3 COCH 3 CH 3COCH 2CH 3 CH 3CH 2COCH 2CH 3 HCOOH CH3 COOH CH3 CH 2COOH HCOOCH3 CH3 COOCH3 CH3 COOCH2CH 3 CH 3CONH 2 CH 3CH 2CONH 2 CH3 NH 2 CH 3CH 2NH 2 CH 3CH 2CH2 NH 2
Methoxy methane Methoxy ethane Ethoxy ethane Methanal Ethanal Propanal Propanone Butan-1-one Pentan-3-one Methanoic acid Ethanoic acid Propanoic acid Methyl methanoate Methyl ethanoate Ethyl ethanoate Ethanamide Propanamide Methanamine Ethanamine 1-Propanamine OR Propan-1-amine
CH3CH CH3 NH 2 CH3NHCH 3 CH 3CH 2NHCH 3 CH 3 CH 3NCH 2CH 3 CH 3 CH3N CH3 CH 3CH 2NO 2 CH 3CH 2CH2 NO 2 CH3 CHCH 3 NO 2
Propan-2-amine N-methyl methanamine N-methyl ethanamine N-N dimethyl ethamine N-N dimethyl methamine Nitroethane 1-Nitropropane 2-Nitropropane
CH 3CN CH 3CH 2CN
Ethane nitrile Propane nitrile
CH 3CH 2CH 2 CN
Butane nitrile
99 E:\JEE NEET\Bhaveshbhai\07012013\ Unit 20 summary eng 1 to 11 pg
7.6
Homologus Series A series of organic compounds having same functional group in which two successive members differ from each other by fixed number of carbon and hydrogen (CH2). Such series of organic compounds is known as homologus series. Almost all types of organic compounds form homologus series and they have similar chemical characteristics e.g. CH4, C2H6, C3H6, C3H8 etc. 7.6.1. Characteristics of Homologus series : (1) The elements and functional group present in compound of a homologus series are same. (2) Each member of the series can be expressed by common molecular formula. For example, each member of alkane series can be indicated by a common formula CnH2n+2. (3) The difference between the molecular formula of two successive members of the series will be of CH2. (4) The difference between the molecular weights of two successive members of a series will be of 14 amu (u). (5) The name of each member of a series begins either with a common prefix orsuffix. (6) The chemical reactions of each member of series are same are same if the functional group present in them is same and their methods of preparation are also the same. (7) As the number of carbon and hydrogen atoms increase with member of a given series the molecular mass of the members increases. Hence there will be gradual change in the properties of the members which depend upon their molecular mass which include boliling point, melting point, density, solubility etc. The characteristics homologous series of alkane compounds are given in table 7.2. Characteristics of homologous series of alkanes. Name of Alkane
Molecular Molecular Melting formula mass poing0K
Bolling polint0K
State
gram/mole Methane
CH4
16
91
109
gas
Ethane
C2H6
30
87
184
gas
Propane
C3H8
44
83
231
gas
Butane
C4H10
58
135
272.5
gas
Pentane
C5H12
72
143
309
gas, liquid
7.7
Isomerism The organic compounds having the same molecular formula but different structures are called isomers. This phemenon is called isomerism. The isomers have been classified mainly in two types depending upon their differences in structural aspects : (1) Structural isomerism (2) stereo isomerism 7.7.1. Structural Isomerism : Structural isomerism is a result of different arrangements of atoms or groups of atoms in molecules or organic compounds having same molecular formula. Hence, the organic compounds having same molecular formula but different structures are called structural isomers and and phenomenon as structural isomerism. There are five different types of structural isomerism : 100 E:\JEE NEET\Bhaveshbhai\07012013\ Unit 20 summary eng 1 to 11 pg
(1) Skeletal or chain isomerism (2) Position isomerism (3) Functional group isomerism (4) Metamerism (5) Tautomerism. (1) Skeletal or chain isomerism : The organic compounds having same molecular formula but arrangement of carbon atoms in a linear or branch are different ; such type of isomerism is called chain isomerism. Methane, ethane and propane do not exhibit chain isomeism but butane has two isomers. Pentane has three isomers, hexane has give isomers. For example three isomers of pentane are given below. (i) n-pentane CH3CH2CH2CH2CH3 (ii) 2-methyl butane CH3CHCH2CH3 CH3 (iii)
2,2 dimethyl propane CH3 CH3 C CH3 CH3
(2) Position isomerism : Organic compounds have same molecular formula and similar carbon chain but differ in the position of functional group. This type of isomerism is called position isomerism. For example, (i) CH3CH2CH2NH2 1-Propanamine CH3CHCH3
(ii)
NH2 CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2OH CH2CH2CH2CHCH3
2-Propanamine Pentan-1-ol Pentan-2-ol
OH2 CH3CH2CHCH2CH3 OH2 Pentan-3-ol (3) Functional group isomerism : The organic compounds having the same molecular formula but different functional groups are called functional isomers and this phenomenon is called functional group isomerism ; for example, (i) CH3CH2CH2OH CH3-O-CH2CH3 propan-1-ol methoxy ethane (ii) CH3CH2CHO CH3-CO-CH3 propanal propanone (iii) CH3CH2COOH CH3-COO-CH3 propanoic acid methyl ethanoate
101 E:\JEE NEET\Bhaveshbhai\07012013\ Unit 20 summary eng 1 to 11 pg
M.C.Q. 1.
Which type of bond can carbon form? (a) ionic
2.
3.
(d) vanderwals
(a) require high ionization enthalpy
(b) require high electron gain enthalpy
(c) both a and b
(d) High electron negativity
In which state C can show tetra valency ? (b) transition state
(c) excited state
(d) all the above
How many unpaired electrons are present in ground state? (a) 1
5.
(c) metallic
Why carbon cannot form C+4 or C-4 ion ?
(a) ground state 4.
(b) covalent
(b) 2
(c) 3
(d) 4
How many unpaired electrons are present in excited state? (a) 1
(b) 2
(c) 3
(d) 4
Shape of molecules 6.
Which molecule has longest carbon chain ? (a) Neopentane
7.
(b) C2H4
(c) C2H2
(d) C4H8
(b) 139 pm
(c) 134 pm
(d) 120 pm
p - bonding can occur by the overlapping of _________ . (a) s - orbitals
10.
(d) n- pentane
What is the value of C – C bond length in ethyne ? (a) 154 pm
9.
(c) Neohexane
Which molecule all the least C-C distance ? (a) C2H6
8.
(b) Isopentane
(c) sp2 – orbitals
(b) p-orbitals
(d) sp – orbitals
Look at the figure given below and select the right option.
(a) a and b are sp3 orbitals and their side wise overlapping forms two p - bonds. (b) c and d are two p - bonds concentrated around bond axis. (c) c and d are two electron clouds of one p - bond and it is formed by the side wise overlap between two pz orbitals. (d) c and d are two s - bonds formed by the lateral overlap of two pz orbitals. 11.
In C6H6 and C2H4, the ÐH - C - H and are respectively __________ . (a) 120o, 120o (b) 120o, 90o (c) 120o, 109o28' (d) 180o, 190o28' 110
mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)
12.
Which of the following is incorrect for the following structure
(1) C having – CH3 bond in the molecule is in sp3 hybridisation and so all the sp3 hybride orbital and used in s - bonds. (2) That 4C – H and 2C – C type bonds are present in the molecule. (3) The molecule becomes planar triangular because of two s bonds having sp hybridization two bonds in which bond angle is 120o. (4) The H-C-C angle is 109o 28’ because of sp3 hybridization of –CH3 group in C in the whole molecule but the other two C with it are in sp hybridation and so linear and joined by triple bond. (a) 1 13. 14.
15. 16. 17.
(b) 2
(c) 3 (d) 4 Hybridization The compound in which carbon uses only its sp3 hybrid orbitals for bond formation is (a) HCOOH (b) (NH2)2CO (c) (CH3)3 COH (d) (CH3)3 CHO The bond between carbon atom (1) and carbon atom (2) in compound N = C – CH = CH2 involves the hybridised carbon as (a) sp2 and sp2 (b) sp3 and sp (c) sp and sp2 (d) sp and sp –2 Number of electrons in cyclobutadienyl anion (C4H4) is (a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) 8 Homolytic fission of C - C bond in ethane gives an intermediate in which carbon is (a) sp3 hybridized (b) sp2 hybridized (c) sp hybridized (d) sp2d hybridized A straight chain hydrocarbon has the molecular formula C8H10. The hybridisation for the carbon atoms from one end of the chain to the other are respectively sp3, sp2, sp2, sp3, sp2, sp2, sp and sp. The structural formula of the hydrocarbon would be (a) CH 3 - C º C - CH 2 - CH = CH - CH = CH 2 (b) CH 3 - CH 2 - CH = CH - CH 2 - C º C - CH = CH 2 (c) CH 3 - CH = CH - CH 2 - C º C - CH = CH 2 (d) CH 3 - CH = CH - CH 2 - CH = CH - C º CH
18.
19.
The enolic form of acetone contains (a) 8sbonds, 2p-bonds and 1 lone pairs (b) 9sbonds, 1p bond and 2 lone pairs (c) 9s-bonds, 2p-bonds and 1 lone pairs (d) 10s-bonds, 1p-bonds and 1 lone pairs During the addition reaction of ethane, whichtype of change in hybridization of carbon atom takes place ? (a) sp2 to sp3 (b) sp3 to sp2 (c) sp to sp2 (d) sp3 to sp 111
mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)
20.
21.
When the hybridization state of carbon changes from sp3 to sp2 and finally to sp, the angle between the hybridized orbitals (a) decreases
(b) increases and decreases
(c) is not affected
(d) increases progressively
Match the following : (More than one option in column - II may match with single option in column-I). Match the hybridization state of below listed carbon atoms. CH2 = C = CH – CH2 – C ? C – CH2 – NH2 Column - I Carbon atoms (A) C1 (B) C2 (C) C5 (D) C6
Column - II Hybridization state (P) sp (Q) sp2 (R) sp3 (S) dsp2
(a) A = R
B = P
C = Q
D= P
(b) A = P
B = P
C = Q
D =R
(c) A = R
B = P
C = S
D= P
(d) A = S
B=R
C = Q
D= P
Homologous series 22.
23.
What is the responsible for the chemical reaction? (a) electrons
(b) atom
(c) proton
(d) reactive functional groups
What is the general formula of Homologus series (a) CnH2n+1H
24.
(b) 14
(c) 16
(d) 18
(b) solubility
(c) density
(d) all
Which of the following exist in gas and liquid State? (a) ethane
27.
(d) CnH2n+2H
As number of C atom in homologus series increases Then which of the following will increases? (a) B.P/M.P
26.
(c) CnH2nH
In homologus series what is the difference in amu? (a) 12
25.
(b) CnH2n-1H
(b) propane
(c) butane
(d) pentane
Among the following, which isnot an example of a homologous series ? (a) CH3OH, CH3CH 2OH, CH3CH3CH3OH (b) CH 4 , C2 H 6 , C3H8 , C4 H10 (c) CH3CHO, CH3CH 2CHO, CH3CH 2CH 2CHO (d) CH3COOH, CH3COOCH3 , CH3COOCH 2CH3
28.
In homologous series : (a) Molecular formula is same
(b) Structural formula is same
(c) Physical properties are same
(d) General formula is same 112
mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)
29.
30.
31.
32. 33. 34.
35.
36. 37.
38. 39.
40.
Which of the following is the first member of ester homologous series ? (a) Ethyl ethanoate (b) Methyl ethanoate (c) Methyl methanoate (d) Ethyl methanoate Which of the following is the triad of a homologous series (a) CH3NH2, (CH3)2NH, (CH3)3 N (b) C2H5OH, (CH3)2CHOH, (CH3)3COH (c) Both the above (d) CH2 = CH2, CH3 – CH = CH2, C2H5 – CH = CH2 What is not true about homologous series ? (A) All the members have similar chemical properties (B) They have identical physical properties (C) They can be represented by a general formula (D) Adjacent members differ in molecular mass by 1 Isomerism Structural and sterioisomers The total possible number of chain isomers for the molecular formula C5H12 would be – (A) 3 (B) 2 (C) 4 (D) 5 2-chlorobutane & 3-chlorobutane are(A) Positional isomers (B) Chain isomers (C) Geometrical (D) None Which one of the following pairs are called position isomers – (a) CH2 (OH) CH2COOH & CH3 - CH (OH) COOH (B) C2H5OH & CH3OH (c) (C2H5)2CO & CH3COCH2CH2CH3 (D) All the above Which of the following are isomers (A) Ethanol and ethoxy ethane (B) Methanol and methoxy methane (C) Propanoic acid and ethyl acetate (D) Propionaldehyde and acetone How many aliphatic carbonyl compounds are possible having the molecular formula C5H10O – (A) 4 (B) 5 (C) 6 (D) 7 The formula C4H8O2 represents – (A) Only an acid (B) Only an ether (C) Only an alcohol (D) Both ether and alcohol The number of ether metamers represented by the formula C4H10O is (A) 4 (B) 3 (C) 2 (D) 1 The phenomenon involving the migration of a proton to give two structural isomers in equilibrium with each other is known is – (A) Matamerism (B) Tautomerism (C) Cis trans isomerism(D) Stereo isomerism In keto-enol tautomerism of dicarbonyl compounds, the enol form is preferred in contrast to the keto-form, this is due to (A) Presence of carbonyl group on each side of –CH2– (B) Resonance stabilization of enol form (C) Presence of methylene group (D) Rapid chemical exchange. 113
mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)
41. 42. 43. 44.
45.
46.
47.
48. 50.
51.
52.
53. 54.
The maximum number of structural isomers (acyclic and cyclic) possible for C4 H6 are (a) 4 (b) 5 (c) 6 (d) 7 The structures (CH3)3– CBr and CH3(CH2)3 Br present (a) chain isomerism (b) position isomerism (c) functional isomerism (d) both (a) and (b) The maximum number of isomers of an alkene with molecular formula C4H8 is (a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 5 A compound which is not isomeric with diethyl ether is
(a) n-propyl methyl ether (b) 1-butanol (c) 2 methyl-2-propanol (d) butanone The compound will show (a) geometrical isomerism (b) optical isomerism (c) geometrical and optical isomerism (d) neither geometrical nor optical isomerism Which of the following will exhibit optical isomerism? (a) CH3CH2 COOH (b) CH3 CH OH COOH (c) CH3 CHOH CH3 (d) CH3CH2 CH2 OH The compound C4 H10O can show (a) metamerism (b) functional isomerism (c) position isomerism (d) all types How many cyclic isomers of C5H10 are possible? (a) 4 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 5 The pair of structures given below represent
(a) enantiomers (b) diastereomers (c) structural isomers (d) none of the above Which of the following compounds can be optically active? (a) propionic acid (b) 2-chloropropionic acid (c) 3-chloropropionic acid (d) chloropropionic anhydride Which one of the following can exhibit cis-trans isomerism? (a) CH3—CHCl—COOH (b) H—C º C—Cl (c) ClCH = CHCl (d) ClCH2—CH2Cl Compound having open chain is (A) Pentane (B) Isopentane (C) Neopentane (D) All the above In unsaturated compound have – (A) Carbon - carbon double bond (B) Carbon - carbon tripel bond (C) Carbon - carbon double and triple bond (D) Carbon - oxygen double bond 114
mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)
55. 56.
57.
58.
Which is an acyclic compound : (A) Methane (B) Benzene Match the following :
(C) Pyrrole
(A) A® (B) A® (C) A® (D) A®
C C C C
p, p, p, p,
s, s, q, s,
r, s r, r, s, r, s,
D D D D
(B) 2,2-dimethyl pentane
(C) 2,2,3-trimethyl pentane
(D) 2-methyl pentane
® ® ® ®
q s p p
How many secondary carbon atoms does methyl cyclopropane have ? (B) One
(C) Two
(D) Three
C5H12 gives ... types of alkyl groups. (B) 8
(C) 6
(D) 4
The total number of secondary H-atoms in the structure given below are : (CH3)2CHCH2C2H5 (A) 1
61.
® ® ® ®
(A) 2,2,3,3-tetramethyl pentane
(A) 5 60.
p p, q, p, s, p, q,
The compound which has one isopropyl group is :
(A) None 59.
B® B® B® B®
(D) Cyclobutane
(B) 4
(C) 3
(D) 2
iso-octane contains (A) 5 primary. one secondary. & two tertiary. C atoms. (B) 4 prim. 2 sec. & one ter. C atoms. (C) 5 (1oC). one (2oC), one (3oC) & one (4oC) atoms. (D) 4 (1oC). two (2oC), one (3oC) & one (4oC) atoms.
62.
Which of the following radicals are bivalent ? (a) Ethylidene
(b) Vinylidene
(c) Benzyl
(d) Methylidyne
(A) a , d
(B) a , b , d
(C) a , b
(D) a, b, c
115 mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)
87.
88.
89.
The correct IUPAC name of 2-ethyl-3-pentyne is : (A) 3-methyl hexyne-4 (B) 4-ethyl pentyne-2 (C) 4-methyl hexyne-2 (D) None of these The name of the compound is (A) bicyclo [2.2.1] octane (B) bicyclo [1.1.1] octane (C) 1, 4-bismethylenecyclohexane (D) bicyclo [2.2.2] octane Which of the following structures represents bicyclo [3.2.0] heptane -
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
90.
The IUPAC name of is -
91.
(A) bicyclo [3.2.0] hexan-2-ol (C) spiro [3.2] hexan-4-ol The IUPAC name of camphor is -
92.
(A) 6-oxo-1,2,2- trimethyl bicyclo [2,2,1] heptane (B) 1,7,7-trimethyl bicyclo [2,2,1] heptan-2-one (C) 1,5,5-trimethyl bicyclo [2,1,1] hexan-2-one (D) 1,7,7-trimethyl bicyclo [2,1,2] heptan-2-one The IUPAC name of compound is -
(B) Bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-5-ene (D) Bicyclo [1.2.2] hept-2-ene
93.
(A) Bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene (C) Bicyclo [2.1.2] hept-2-ene The IUPAC name of compound is -
(A) Spiro [5.3] nonane (C) Spiro [5.4] nonane
(B) Spiro [3.5] nonane (D) Spiro [4.5] nonane
(B) spiro [3.2] hexan-1-ol (D) spiro [2.3] hexan-4-ol
119 mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)
94.
Write the correct IUPAC name of the following bond line formula :
96.
(A) N-Methyl N-Ethyl propanamine (B) N-Ethyl N-methyl propane 1-amine (C) N-Methyl N-propyl ethan 1-amine (D) N-Ethyl N-propyl N-methyl amine The IUPAC name of CH3COCH(CH3)2 is – (A) 4-methylisopropyl ketone (B) 3-methyl-2-butanone (C) Isopropylmethyl ketone (D) 2-methyl-3-butanone The IUPAC name of the compound
97.
(A) 3,3 -dimethyl-1-hydroxy cyclohexane (B) 1, 1 – dimethyl–3– hydroxy cyclohexane (C) 3,3-dimethyl-1-cyclohexanol (D) 1,1 - dimethyl - 3- cyclohexanol The IUPAC name of the compound shown below is -
(B) 3-bromo-1-chlorocyclohexene (D) 2-bromo-6-chlorocycohex-1-ene
98.
(A) 6-bromo-2-chlorocyclohexene (C) 1-bromo-3-chlorocylohexene IUPAC name of the compound is
(B) 3(N,N-trimethyl) 3 - amino pentane (D) 3, N, N-(dimethyl amino)-3-methyl pentane
99.
(A) 3-dimethyl amino-3-methyl pentane (C) 3, N, N -trimethyl pentane Choose the correct IUPAC name for
(B) 2-Methylbutanal (D) 2-Ethylpropanal
100.
(A) Butan-2-aldehyde (C) 3-Methylisobutyraldehyde The IUPAC name of the compound is :
95.
(A) 2- chloro-4- N-ethylpentanoic acid (B) 2- chloro-3- (N, N-diethyl amino)-propanoic acid (C) 2- chloro-2- oxo diethylamine (D) 2- chloro-2-carboxy-N-ethyl ethane 120 mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)
101.
The IUPAC name of the compound is :
(B) 2-cyano-2-methyl-4-oxo pentane (D) 4- cyano-4-methyl-2-pentanone
102.
(A) 4- cyano-4-methyl -2- oxo pentane (C) 2, 2-dimethyl -4- oxo pentanenitrile IUPAC name of is :
(B) 5-vinyloct-3-en-1-al (D) 3-butyl-1,4-hexadien-6-al
103.
(A) 4-butyl-2,5-hexadien-1-al (C) 5-vinyloct-5-en-8-al The IUPAC name of is :
104.
(A) 2-methyl-2,4-dihydroxy propane (B) 2,2-dimethyl-4-hydroxy butanol (C) 2-methyl-2,4-pentane diol (D) 2-hydroxy-4,4-dimethyl butanol-4 The IUPAC name of the given compound is -
105.
106.
(A) 2-Bromo-4-carbamoyl-5-chloroformyl-3-formylhexanoic acid (B) 5-Bromo-3-carbamoyl-2-chloroformyl-4-formylhexanoic acid (C) 4-Formyl-2-chloroformyl-5-carbamoyl-5-bromohexanoic acid (D) 2-Chloroformyl-3-carbamoyl-4-formyl-5- bromohexanoic acid The structure of 4-methylpentene-2 is (a) (CH3)2CH—CH2CH = CH2 (b) (CH3)2CH—CH = CH—CH3 (c) (CH3)2CH—CH2—CH = CH2 (d) (CH3)2C = CHCH2CH3 The IUPAC name of the compound
(a) 1, 2 - epoxy - 3 propanol (c) 2, 3 - epoxy - 1 - propanol
(b) 1, 2 - oxa - 3 - propanol (d) 2, 3 - epoxy allyl alcohol
121 mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)
107.
The correct IUPAC name of the compound
108.
(a) 5 - carboxy - 3 - oxocyclohexane carboxaldehyde (b) 2 - carboxy - 5 - formylcyclohexane (c) 4 - formyl - 2 - oxocyclohexane carboxylic acid (d) 4- carboxy - 3 – oxocyclohexanal Which of the following pair/s have same IUPAC naming
(A)
(C) 109.
110.
111.
&
(B)
&
(D)
&
&
The general molecular formula of nitroalkanes is : (a) CnH2nNO2 (b) Cn + 1 H2n + 3 NO2 (c) Cn + 1 H2n NO2 (d) Cn + 1 H2n + 2 NO2 Formula of vinyl methanoate is: (A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
The IUPAC name of the compound
(a) 4 - methyl cyclopent - 1 - en - 2 - ol (c) 2 - methyl cyclopent - 4 - en - 1 - ol
(b) 5 - methyl cyclopent - 2 - en - 1 - ol (d) 3 - methyl cyclopent - 1 - en - 2 – ol
Reasoning (A) If both Statement- I and Statement- II are true, and Statement - II is the correct explanation of Statement– I. (B) If both Statement - I and Statement - II are true but Statement - II is not the correct explanation of Statement – I. (C) If Statement - I is true but Statement - II is false. (D) If Statement - I is false but Statement - II is true. 122 mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)
112.
113.
114.
115.
116.
117.
118.
119. 120.
121.
Statement Statement (A) A Statement Statement (A) A
I : Ethane and propane are homologues. II: Ethane and propane belongs to same general formula. (B) B (C) C (D) D I : The general IUPAC name of esters is alkyl alkanoate. II: The simplest ester is HCOOCH3 (B) B (C) C (D) D
Statement I :
is called cyclohexancarbonitrile.
Statement II : It is an aromatic compound. (A) A (B) B (C) C (D) D Statement I : The IUPAC name of CH3–CH=CH–CºC–H is pent-3-en-1-yne and not pent2-en-4-yne. Statement II : Lowest locant rule for multiple bond is preferred. (A) A (B) B (C) C (D) D Statement I : The IUPAC name for the compound C6H5COOCH2CH2COOH is 3-benzoyloxy propanoic acid. Statement II : C6H5CH2O is called benzoyloxy group. (A) A (B) B (C) C (D) D STATEMENT -1 4-Methylphenol and phenylmethanol are functional isomers. STATEMENT -2 Isomeric alcohols and phenols have different chemical properties and therefore they are functional isomers (A) A (B) B (C) C (D) D Fission Freeradical Carbocation and anion Electrolf\philic ion and nucleophilic ion Which of the following statements is wrong ? (A) a tertiary free radical is more stable than a secondary free radical (B) a secondary free radical is more stable than a primary free radical (C) atertiary carbonium ion is more stable than a secondary carbonium ion (D) a primary carbonium ion is more stable than a secondary carbonium ion Carbon free radicals are (A) Diamagnetic (B) Paramagnetic (C) Ferromagnetic (D) Non magnetic Arrange the following nucleophiles in the order of their nucleophilic strength – (A) OH– > CH3COO– > OCH > C6H5O– (B) CH3COO– < C6H5O– < OCH < OH– (C) C6H5O– < CH3COO– < CH3O– < OH– (D) CH3COO– < C6H5O– < OH–< CH3O The nucleophilicities of CH3–, NH2–, OH– and F– decrease in the order (A) CH3– > NH2– > OH– > F– (B) OH– > NH2– > CH3– > F– (C) NH2– > OH– > CH3– > F– (D) CH3– > OH– > F– > NH2– 123
mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)
122. 123. 124.
125.
126. 127. 128.
129. 130.
Which of the following is the strongest nucleophile (A) OH– (B) CH3OH (C) CH3S– (D) CH3O– Which of the following contains three pairs of electrons in the valence shell? (a) carbocations (b) carbanions (c) free radicals (d) none of these Heterolysis of carbon-chlorine bond produces (a) two free radicals (b) two carbonium ions (c) two carbanions (d) one cation and one anion The reaction (CH3)3 C— Br ® (CH3)C+ + Br– is an example of (a) homolytic fission (b) heterolytic fission (c) cracking (d) none of the above Which of the following has the highest nucleophilicity? (a) F– (b) OH– (c) CH3– (d) NH2– Which species represents the electrophile in aromatic nitration? (a) NO2– (b) NO2+ (c) NO2 (d) NO3– The most stable carbonium ion among the following is (a) C6H5 C+ HC6 H5 (b) C6H5 C+ H2 (c) CH3 +CH2 (d) C6H5 CH2 C+H2 Which of the following is the least stable carbanion? (a) HC º C– (b) (C6 H5)3 C– (c) (CH3)3 C– (d) CH3– Which of the following is the most stable free radical?
(A) C6 H5CH 2 C H 2 131. 132.
133.
134.
135.
(B) C6 H5 C HCH3
(C) CH3 C H 2 (D) CH3 C HCH3 Which of the following is the most stable carbocation (carbonium ion)? (a) CH3 CH2+ (b) (CH3)2 C+H (c) (CH3)3 C+ (d) C6H5 C+ H2 What is the decreasing order of stability of the following ions? (i) CH3—C+H—CH3 (ii) CH3—C+H—OCH3 and (ii) CH3—C+H—COCH3 (a) i > ii > iii (b) ii > iii > i (c) iii > i > ii (d) ii > i > iii Find the no. of functional groups and no. of chiral centres respectively –
(A) 5, 4 (B) 8, 3 (C) 6, 3 (D) 6, 2 Inductive effect Electromeric effect Resonance and hyperconjugation Decreasing – I power of given groups is (a) CN (b) NO2 (c) – NH2 (d) F (A) b > a > d > c (B) b > c > d > a (C) c > b > d > a (D) c > b > a > d The reaction C2H5Br + KOH ? C2H5OH + KBr is an example of (a) free radical substitution (b) electrophilic substitution (c) nucleophilic substitution (d) rearrangement reaction 124
mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)
136.
137.
Which of the following reactions is an example of elimination reaction? (a) nitration of benzene
(b) chlorination of methane
(c) dehydration of ethanol
(d) none of these
Which of the following will react most readily with bromine? (a) CH º CH
138.
(b) CH2 = CH2 (b) Br2 in CCl4
(d) AgNO3 in ammonia
(b) trans - 2 - butene (c) cis - 2 - butene
(d) 1, 3, butadiene
The type of delocalisation involving sigma bond orbitals is called (a) inductive effect
141.
(c) dil. KMnO4
Which of the following has the smallest heat of hydrogenation per mole? (a) 1 - butene
140.
(d) CH3CH2CH3
Propyne and propene can be distinguished by (a) conc.H2SO4
139.
(c) CH3CH = CH2
(b) hyperconjugation
(c) electromeric effect (d) mesomeric effect
Arrangement of (CH3)3C–, (CH3)2CH –, CH3 – CH2 – when attached to benzyl or an unsaturated group in increasing order of inductive effect is (a) (CH3)3C – < (CH3)2CH – < CH3–CH2 (b) CH3–CH2 – < (CH3)2CH – < (CH3)3C – (c) (CH3)2–CH – < (CH3)3C – < CH3–CH2 (d) (CH3)3C – < CH3–CH2 – < (CH3)2CH –
142.
143.
The correct order of increasing basic nature for the bases NH3, CH3NH2 and (CH3)2NH is: (a) CH3NH2 < NH3 < (CH3)2NH
(b) (CH3)2NH < NH3 < CH3NH2
(c) NH3 < CH3NH2 < (CH3)2NH
(d) CH3NH2 < (CH3)2NH < NH3
The decreasing order of nucleophilicity among the nucleophiles (2) CH3O-
(1) (a) (1), (2), (3), (4) 144.
(b) (4), (3), (2), (1)
H
H
H
(A)
H
H
H
(c) (2), (3), (1), (4)
H
(d) (3), (2), (1), (4)
H
H
(C)
(D) None of these H
H
(a) 1 and 4
H
H
(B)
H
H
H
H
(b) 3 and 4
(c) 2 and 4
(d) 1 and 3
Which are the staggered forms of ethane H
HH
(1)
146.
(4)
Which one of the following represents eclipsed form of ethane H
145.
(3) CN–
H H
H H
(2)
H
C
C
H
H
H
H
(3)
H
H
H C H
C
H
H (4)
H
(B) +
(C) +
125 mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)
H
H
H H
Among the following the aromatic compound is (A)
H
(D)
147.
148. 149.
Which of the following gives most stable carbocation by dehydration (A) (CH 3 )2 CHOH
(B) (CH 3 )3 C × OH
(C) CH 3 × CH 2 - OH
(D) CH 3 - CH 2 - O - CH 2 - CH 3
How many carbon atoms in the molecule are asymmetric (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 Which of the following compounds will show metamerism (a) CH 3COOC2 H 5
150.
151. 152.
(b) C2 H 5 - S - C2 H 5
(d) None of these
(c) CH 3 - O - CH 3
(d) CH 3 - O - C2 H 5
The C - C bond length of the following molecules is in the order (a) C2 H 6 > C2 H 4 > C6 H 6 > C2 H 2
(b) C2 H 2 < C2 H 4 < C6 H 6 < C2 H 6
(c) C2 H 6 > C2 H 2 > C6 H 6 > C2 H 4
(d) C2 H 4 > C2 H 6 > C2 H 2 > C6 H 6
In the reaction a chiral centre is produced. This product would be (a) Laevorotatory (b) Meso compound (c) Dextrorotatory (d) Racemic mixture Cyclic hydrocarbon molecule ‘A’ has all the carbon and hydrogen in a single plane. All the carbon-carbon bonds are of same length less than 1.54Å, but more than 1.34Å. The bond angle will be o o o o (a) 109 28' (b) 100 (c) 180 (d) 120
ANSWER KEY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
b c c b d d c d b c a c c c d b d c c d a d a b d
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
d d d c d b a a c d d a b b b d d c d c c d d a c
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
b c d c a d d c b b c c c b a c b b b d c c c b d
76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
b b c b a b d b d b b c d c d a a b b b c b d b b
126 mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125
c a c b b c c d b c b b b c a c c d b b a c a d b
126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150
c b a c b c d c a c c c d b b b c c b c a b b b c
151 152
d d
UNIT : 21 HYDROCARBONS Important Points •
Organic Compounds Containing Only Carbon and hydrogen are Called hydrocarbons. These are Classified as follows Hydrocarbons Alkane
Alkene
Alkane
Arene
Cn H2n + 2
Cn H2n
Cn H2n - 2
Cn H2n - 6
C-C
C=C
C=C
Alternate
SaturatedUnsaturated
Unsaturated
C - C and C = C specific unsaturated
Þ
Missing Points :In this Hydrocabon unit following points are in the syllabus of JEE but not discussed is GSEB Text Book. So prepare following points. -: Alkyne :(1)
Na / NH 3 Bireh Reduction R – CH = CH2 CH OH R – CH2 – CH3 3
(2)
Corey-House Reaction
R2CuLi + R '- X ® R - R ' + R - Cu + LiX Lithium dialkyl Copper
(Rand R` maybe same or different)
(3)
Frankland’s Reaction:-
2R – X + Zn ® R – R + ZnX2
(4)
Kolbe’s Electrolysis:-
R - COONa ® R - COO + Na +
At anode :(5)
2R - COO ® R - R + CO2 + 2e
D Pyrolysis or Cracking :- C3 H8 ¾ ¾ ® CH2 = CH2 + CH4
-: Alkenes :(1)
2R – CHX2 + 2Zn ® R – CH = CH – R + ZnX2
(2)
H 2 SO4 / HgSO4 ® CH 3CH 2OH CH2 = CH2 + H2O ¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾ Hydration
(3)
Cold Alk. ® CH – CH Baeyer`s Test :- CH2 = CH2 ¾¾¾¾¾ 2 2 KMnO 4
127
|
|
OH
OH
(4)
Hot Alk. ® 2H COOH CH2 = CH2 ¾¾¾¾¾ KMnO4
-: Alkyne :(1)
/ liq NH 3 -X HC º CH ¾Na ¾¾¾ ® HC º C Na a ¾R¾ ¾ ® R - C º CH + Nax
(2)
Cold Alk. CH3 – C º CH ¾¾¾¾¾® CH3 – COOH + CO2 Kmno4
(3)
Hot Alk. ® CH3 COOH + CO2 CH3 – C º CH ¾¾¾¾¾ Kmno4
(4)
HC º CH + R - Mg - X ® R - H + HC º C - MgX
-:Arene:(1)
Wurtz-Fitting Reaction :CH2 CH3
Br ether + 2Na + CH3 – CH2 – Br ¾¾¾ ®
(2)
(3)
Cr2O3 / Al2 O3 CH3 – (CH2)4 – CH3 ¾¾¾¾¾¾¾ ® 770K
+ 3H2 Benzene
CH 3 - ( CH 2 )5 - CH 3
CH3
n - heptone CH3
(4)
+ 2NaBr
Cr2O3 / Al2O3 ¾¾¾¾¾¾¾ ® 770 K
CH3 – C – C – H ( i ) O3 || || +2 ¾¾¾¾¾¾¾ ® ( ii ) Zn / H 2 O O
O
Methye Glyoxal CH2 CH3
(5)
Toluene
Alk × KMnO ¾¾¾¾¾¾4¾ ® 373 - 383K
COOH
128
CHO | CHO Glyoxal
M.C.Q. (1)
Chloroethane reacts with Na in Presence of dry ether. The Product is (a) Ethane
(2)
(9)
(b) Propane
(c) Propionic acid
(d) Propene
(b) Ethane
(c) Propane
(d) Butane
(b) Wurtz reaction
(c) Kolbe`s synthesis (d) Frankland reaction
(b) n- pentane
(c) iso-Pentane
(d) neo - pentane
Which one of the following has the lowest boiling point (a) n-butane
(8)
(d) C4 H6
The highest boiling point is expected for (a) n-butane
(7)
(c) C3 H8
The preparation of ethane by electrolysis of aqueous solution of sodium acetate is known as ? (a) Grignard reaction
(6)
(b) C5 H12
Electrolysis of aqueous solution of sodalime then what will be the product ? (a) Methane
(5)
(d) Ethene
If Sodium Propionate is heated with sodium propionate then what will be the product ? (a) Ethane
(4)
(c) Butane
Which represents an alkyne ? (a) C5 H10
(3)
(b) Propane
(b) 2-methyl butane
(c) 2-methyl propane (d) n- pentane
Which of the following reactions will not give propane
Mg / Ether ® (a) CH3CH2CH2Cl ¾¾¾¾¾¾ H 2O
CH 3 Mg X (b) CH3COCI ¾¾¾¾¾¾ ® H 2O
B2 H 6 ® (c) CH3 - CH = CH2 ¾¾¾¾¾¾ CH 3 COOH
(d)
CH3 - CH - CH3 OH
2HI ¾¾¾¾® Re d P
Halogenation of alkane is an example of ? (a) Electrophilic Substitution
(b) Nucleophilic substitution
(c) Free redical substitution
(d) Addition reaction
(10) When ethyl iodide and propyliodide react with Sodium in presence of ether they form ? (a) Only One alkane
(b) Mix ture of two alkane
(c) Mix ture of three alkane (11)
(d) Mix ture of four alkane
CH3CH2 OH + CH3 MgBr ® Pr oduct .
Product in above reaction is (a) Methane
(b) Ethane
(c) Propane
(d) Butane
(b) C3 H8 + C4 H10
(c) C2 H4 + C2 H2
(d) C6 H6 + C6 H12
(12) LPG is a mixture of ? (a) CH4 + C2 H6
(13) Aqueous solution of the which of following compound on electrolysis gives ethane ? (a) Sodium formate
(b) Sodium acetate
(c) Ethanoicacid
(d) Ethylacetate
(14) As the number of branches in a chain increases the boiling point of alkane..... (a) Increases
(b) Decreases
(c) Remains same (d) May increases or decreases
129
(15) Give IUPAC name of ( CH3 ) 2 - C - ( C2 H5 ) 2 (a) 2- methy 2-ethylbutane
(b) Dimethyl Diethyl methane
(c) 3, 3- dimethyl pentane
(d) 2, 2- diethyl propane
(16) Which conformational isomer of ethane is more stable ? (a) Skew
(b) Staggered(Anti)
(c) Partially eclipseds (d) Fully eclipsed
(17) Which Conformational isomer of Cyclohexane is more stable ? (a) Chair
(b) Twist boat
(c) boat
(d) half chair
(18) The number of possible structural isomer of heptane is. (a) 8
(b) 9
(c) 10
(d)12
(19) Formation of alkane by the action of Zn on alkyl halide is called ?
(20)
(a) Frankland`s reaction
(b) Wurtz reaction
(c) Cannizzaro reactions
(d) Kolbe`s reactions
/c C2 H5Cl + H2 ¾Pd ¾ ¾ ® Product. Name the Product
(a) Ethene
(b) Ethane
(c) Ethyne
(d) Methane + Methane
(21) C10 H22 ¾900 ¾ ¾k ® C4 H8 + C6 H14 Name the reaction (a) Elimination
(b) Addition
(c) Pyrolysis
(d) Isomerisation
(c) C3 H8
(d) C4 H10
(22) Which alkane is known as Mars Gas (a) CH4
(b) C2 H6
(23) n- butane on reacting with bromine in presence of sun light given mainly ----(a) CH3 - CH2 - CH2 - CH2 Br
(b) CH3CH2 CH Br CH3
CH3 – CH – CH 2 – Br | (c) CH3
CH3 | (d) CH3 – C – Br | CH3
(24) Which one of the following contain iso-propyl group ? (a) 2,2,3,3-tetramethyl pentane
(b) 2- methyl pentane
(c) 2,2,3-trimethyl pentane
(d) 3,3-dimethyl pentane
(25) How many Chiral Compounds are possible on monochlorination of 2–methyl butane (a) 2
(b) 4
(c) 6
(d) 8
(26) How many moles of O 2 are required for complete combustion of one mole of propane (a) 3 (27)
(b) 10
(c) 5
(d) 6
Zn - Cu HCl CH 3CH (OH )CH 3 ¾¾ ¾ ® A ¾¾¾¾¾® B In this reaction end product (B) will be C2 H 5OH
(a) CH3CH Cl CH3
(b) CH3CH = CH2
130
(c) CH3CH2 CH3
(d)CH3CH ( OC2 H5 ) CH3
(28) Methyl chloride react with Lithium diethyl Copper to give---(a) Ethane
(b) Propane
(c) Butane
(d) Propene
(29) Which of the following alkyl bromides may be used for the synthsis of 2,3-dimethyl butane by Wurtz raection ? (a) n- propyl bromide
(b) iso-propyl bromide (c) n-butyl bromide
(d) iso-butyl bromide
(30) The major product formed by monobromination of methyl cyclopentane is----CH2 – Br
(a)
CH3
CH3
(b)
(c)
Br
Br
(d)
CH3 Br
Br
(31) Alkene usually show which type of reaction ? (a) Substitution
(b) Addition
(c) Elimination
(d) Rearrangement
(32) When ethene treated with Br2 in presence of CCl4Which compound is formed (a) 1, 2-dibromoethane
(b) 1-bromo-2-chloroethane
(c) Both(A) and (B)
(d)1-bromo ethaen
Alcoholic ® A.the product is (33) CH3CH2 CI ¾¾¾¾ KOH
(a) CH3CH2 OH
(c) CH3 - CH3
(b) CH3CHO
(d) CH2 = CH2
(34) When butane 2-ol is heated with H2 SO4 the major product is (a) But-1-en
(b) But-2-en
(c) 2-methyl propene (d) Buta -1, 3-diene
KMnO4 ® X. In this reaction product X is (35) CH2 = CH2 ¾¾¾¾ KOH/H 2 O
(a) Ethanol
(b) Ethlene glycol
(c) Ethane
(d) Ethanoic Acid
(36) In following reaction what will be the major product CH3CH = CH2 + HCl ® Product
(a) propane (37)
(b) 1-chloro propane (c) 2-chloro propane (d) Propanol
Peroxide give major product CH 3CH = CH 2 + HBr ¾¾¾¾¾ ®
(a)1-bromo propane
(b) 2-bromo propane (c) propyne
(d) propane
(38) when 3-phenyl propene reacts with HBr in the presence of peroxide, the major product form is (a) 2-bromo-1-phenyl propane (c) 3-(0-bromo phenyl )propane
(b) 1,2-dibromo-3-phenyl propane (d) 1-bromo-3-phenyl propane
(39) Baeyer`s Test is used in the laboratory for (a) Detection of alcohol
(b) Detection of double bonds
(c) Detection of Glucose
(d) Detection of amines
(40) Aqueous H2SO4 reacts with 2-methyl-but-1-ene to give predominantly (a) 2-methyl-butane -1-ol
(b) 2-methyl-butane -2–ol
(c) Isobutyl Hydrogen sylphate
(d) Sec. butyl hydrogen sulphate 131
(41) Dilute aqueous KM n O4 reacts with R - CH = CH - R to give (a) R - CHO
(b) R - COOH
(c)
R–C–R || O
(d)
R – CH – CH – R | | OH OH
(42) Alkene RCH = CH – R reacts with Conc. KM n O4 to give R – CH – CH – R | | (a) (b) R - COOH OH OH
R–C–R || (c) O
(d) R - CHO
(43) Ethylene reacts with Ozone gas to form the compund (a) HCHO
(c) O
(b) C2 H5OH
CH2 – O CH2 – O
(d) CH3CHO
(44) Cyclopentene on treatment with alkaline KM n O4 gives (a) Cyclopentanol
(b) trans Cyclopenta-1, 2-diol
(c) Cis-1, 2-Cyclopentadiol
(d) (B) and (C) both
(45) Ethene with acidic KM n O4 solution gives (a) Ethylene glycol (46)
(b) Ethylene oxide
(c) Formaldehyde
(d) Acetaldehyde
CH2 – CH 2 D | | + Zn ¾¾ ® product, The product is Br Br
(a) Ethane
(b) Ethene
(c) Ethyne
(d) Ethyl bromide
(47) The addition of HBr to pent-2-ene gives (a) 2-bromo pentane
(b) 3-bromo pentane
(c) Mixture of(A) and (B)
(d) 1- bromopentane
(48) Identity B in the following sequence of reactions O H 2O ® A ¾¾¾ ®B CH3CH = CHCH3 ¾¾3¾ Zn
(a) 2 CH3CHO
(b) 2 CH3COCH3
(c) 2CH3COOH
(d) CH3CH2 CH2 CH3
(49) A hydrocarbon reacts with hypochlorous acid to give 1-chloro-2-hydroxy ethane, The hydrocarbon will be (a) Methane
(b) Ethylene
(c) Ethane
(d) Ethyne
(50) Identify Z in the series Na2 CO3 HBr aq.KOH CH 2 = CH 2 ¾¾¾ ® X ¾¾¾ ¾ ® Y ¾¾¾¾ ®Z I 2 Excess
(a) C2 HS I
(b) CH3 CH2 OH
(c) CHI3
(d) CH3CHO
(51) What Would be the product when ethene is Oxidised with Baeyer`s reagent ?
H–C–H || (a) CH2 OH - CH2 OH (b) O
H – C – OH || (c) O 132
(d)CO2 + H2 O
(52)
H3C– CH – CH = CH 2 | + HBr ® A. predominantly product A is CH3
(a)
CH3CH – CH – CH 3 | | Br CH3
(b)
CH3 –CH – CH – CH 3 | | CH3 Br Br
CH3 – CH – CH 2 – CH 2 – Br | (c) CH3
(d) CH3 - C- CH2 - CH3 CH3
(53) In the reaction C2 H 5 - CH = CH 2 + HX ® product. What is the product (a)C2 H5 - CH2 - CH3 (c)C2 H5 - CHX - CH3
(b) C2 H5 - CH2 - CH2 - X (d) CH3 - CHX - CH2 - CH3
(54) Addition of HCl to propene in presence of peroxide gives (a)1-Chloropropane
(b) 2-Chloropropane
(c) 3-Chloropropane
(d) Chloropropene peroxide
(55) Which unsaturated hydrocarbon on Ozono lysis gives Mixture of CH3CHO , HCHO and OHC - CHO
(56)
(a) CH3 - CH2 - C º C - CH3
(b) CH º C - CH 2 - CH 2 - CH 3
(c)CH3 - CH = CH - CH = CH2
(d) CH2 = CH - CH2 - CH = CH2
2 H6 H 2 O 2 /OH R - CH = CH2 ¾B¾ ¾® X ¾¾¾¾ ® Y. Final product Y is
(a) R - CH2 - CHO
(b) R - CH2 - CH2 - OH
R – CH – CH2 | | (c) OH OH
(d) R - CH2 - CH3
(57) CH3 - CH = CH2 + NOCI ® P . Indentify the product. CH3 – CH – CH 2 | | (a) Cl NO
CH3 – CH – CH 2 | | (b) NO Cl
NO | (c) CH3 – CH 2 – CH | Cl
(d) |
CH2 – CH 2 – CH 2 | NO Cl
(58) Which of the following sequence of reagents can be used for the Conversion of C6 H5 - CH2 - CH3 into C6 H5 - CH = CH2 (a) SO2 CI 2 ; H2 O
(b) SO2Cl2; alc.KOH (c) Cl2 / hn; H2O
133
(d) SOCl2; alc.KOH
(59) The dehydrohalogenation of neopentylbromide mainy gives (a) 2-methyl-but-1-ene
(b) 2-methyl-but-2-ene
(c) But-2-ene
(d) 2,2- dimethyl-but-1-ene
(60) 1,3-butadiene (Buta-1,3-diene) reacts with ethylene to form (a) Benzene
(b) Cyclohexane
(c) Cyclohexene
(d)2,3-dimethyl butane
(61) Which of the following represents the given mode of hybridization SP 2 - SP 2 - SP - SP from left to right CH
(a)
CH2
CH
(b)
(c)
CH2
(d)
(62) A reagent used to test for unsataration of alkene is (a) Conc. H2 SO 4
(b) Ammonicals Cu2 CI 2
(c) Ammonicals AgNO3
(d) Solution Br2 in CCl4
(63) The product obtained when Chloroform is heated with Silver powder is (a) Ethane
(b) Ethene
(c) Ethyne
(d) Chloromethane
(64) What is the Chief product of reaction between Ethylidene dichloride and alc. KOH / NaNH 2 (a) CH3 - CH2 - CI
(c) CH2 = CH2
(b) CH = CH
(d) CH3 - CH3
. NH CH3 – CH – CH 2 + 2 NaNH 2 ¾Liq ¾¾ ¾® X | | (65) Br Br 3
(a) CH3 - CH = CH2 Br
(b)CH3 - CH = CH2
(c) CH3 - C = CH
(d) CH3 - CH2 - CH3
(66) Ethylene dibromide on heating with alc.KOH gives mainly. (a) Ethane
(b) Ethylene
(c) Acetylene
(d) Ethyl bromide
(67) Which unsaturated compound is produced by electrolysis of Potassium maleate or fumalate ? (a) Ethene
(b) But-2-ene
(c) Ethyne
(d) But-2-yne
Na / Liq.NH 3 CH 3 CH 2 Br ® P ¾¾¾¾¾¾ ¾ ®Q (68) CH º CH ¾¾¾¾¾¾¾ 196k (a) CH3 - CH2 - C º CH
(b) CH3 - C º C - CH3
(c) CH3 - CH2 - CH = CH2
(d) CH3 - CH = CH - CH3
(69) Propyne is formed by reaction of (a) CH3 Br with Acetylene
(b)CH3 Br with Sodium acetylide (d) methane with Ethene
(c)CH3 I with Sodium acetate
134
(70) The gas which gives Benzene on passing through a red hot iron tube is (a) C2 H6
(b) C2 H4
(c) C6 H12
(d) C2 H2
(71) In presence of nickel cyanide, acetylene gives (a) Benzene
(b) Cyclohexane
(c) Cyclo octa tetraene (d) Cyclohexatriene
(72) Which reagent of the following will convert But-1-yne to Butane-2-on (a) H2 O / H +
(b) Hg +2 / H2 So 4
(c) Conc. H2 So 4 / H3 Po4
(d) K 2Cr2O7 / Kmn O4
(73) Addition of Hydrobromic acid with Ethyne gives finaly (a) CH2 = CH - Br
(b) Br - CH2 - CH2 - Br
(c) CH3 – CH – Br2
(d) CH º C - Br
b g gives
(74) Addition of HCN to Acetylene in presence of Ba CN (a) Cyanoethane
(b) propanenitrile
2
(c) Acrylonitrile
(d) Ethyl Cyanides
(75) What is the product formed when acetylene reacts with hypochlorous acid ? (a) CH3COCl
(b) Cl CH2 CHO
(c) Cl 2 CHCHO
(d) ClCH 2COOH
(76) But-1-yne on Oxidation with hot alkeline Kmn O4 gives (a) CH3CH2 CH2 COOH
(b) CH3CH2 COOH
(c) CH3CH2 COOH + CO2 + H2 O
(d) CH 3COOH + HCOOH
(77) But-2-yne on Oxidation with hot alkeline KMn O4 gives. (a) CH3CH2 COOH + HCOOH
(b) CH3COOH + CH3COOH
(c) CH 3CH 2COOH + CO2 + H 2 O
(d) CH3COOH + 2 CO2 + H2 O
(78) Acetylene reacts with Ethyl magnesium bromide to give (a) Butane
(b) Ethane
b
g
(c) But-1-ene
(d) Ethene
(79) The Compound X C5 H8 reacts with Ammonical AgNO 3 to gives a white ppt and on oxidation
b g
with hot alk, KMnO4 gives acid CH3 2 CHCOOH there fore X is (a) Pent-1, 3-diene (80)
(b) pent-1-yne
(c) 3-methyl but-1-yne (d) pent-2-yne
CH 2Cl2 Zn / H 2 O ® X ¾¾¾¾¾ ® Y . End product y is HC º CH + O3 ¾¾¾¾¾ 196k
(a)
H–C–C–H || || O O
(b) CH3CH2 CH2 CHO
CH3 – C – C – CH3 || || (c) O O
(d) CH3CH2 CH2 COOH
135
(81) Reductive Ozonolysis of But-2-yne gives (a) Glyoxal
(b) 2 CH3COOH
(c) Buta-2, 3-dione
(d) Butanal
(82) Give product in following reaction CH3 - CH2 - C º CH ..... ? (a) CH3CH2 CH = CH2 (c)
(b) CH3CH = CHCH3
CH3CH2 C = CH 2
(d) CH3C º C - CH3
OH
Na NH 2 ¾ ® X Indentify product X (83) CH3 - C º C - CH3 ¾¾¾¾¾¾ Paraffin Oil
(a)
CH3 – C = C – CH 3 | | Na NH2
(b) CH3CHO + CH3CHO
(c)CH3CH2 C º CH
(d) CH3COOH + CH3COOH
(84) Indentify the product C in the following series of reaction LiAlH 4 CH 3COOH ¾¾¾ ®A
(a) Ethene
H 3 PO4 Br2 alc.KOH B ¾¾ ® C ¾¾¾¾ ® D. D
(b) Ethyne
(c) Ethane Lindlar’s Catalyst
A
Na in Liq.NH3
B
(d) Vinyl alcohol
(85) CH3 - C º C - CH3
in above reaction A and B are respectively. (a) cis and trans but-2-ene
(b) trans and cis but-2-ene
(c) Both cis but-2-ene
(d) Both trans but-2-ene
(86) Reduction of acetylene in presence of Ni/Pd gives (a) Ethane
(b) Ethene
(c) Ethanol
(d) Ethanaime
(87) 2- hexyne gives trans-2-hexene on treatment with (a) Pt / H2
(b) Li / NH 3
(c) Pd / BaSO4
(d) LiAlH 4
(88) Which carbide react with water to give propyne ? (a) SiC
(b) Be2 C
(c) Mg 2 C3
(d) Al 4 C3
(c) 3
(d) 4
(89) Namber of acidic hydrogen in 1-butyne are (a) 1
(b) 2
(90) Which reagent distinguish between But-1-yne and But-2-yne (a) Alk . KMnO4
(b) Br2
(c) ConC. H2 SO4
136
(d) Ag ( NH 3 ) 2
+
(91) Point out the wrong statement in relation to the structure of Benzene. (a) It forms only one monosubstitated derivative (b) The C-C bond lenght is benzene is uniformly1.397 A0 (c) It is a resonance hybrid of a number of canonical forms (d) It has three delocalised p- molcular orbitals (92) Which of the following when treated with super heated steam under pressure gives benzene? (a) Benzene Sulphonic acid
(b) Benzyl Chloride
(c) Bromo Benzene
(d) Nitro benzene
(93) Which of the following is aromatic -
+
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(c)
(d)
(c) phenol
(d) Napthalene
(94) Which is non-aromatic compound CH3
(a)
(b)
..
N | H
(95) Which is not aromatic hydrocarbon? (a) Benzene
(b) Toluene
(96) Which of the following is not aromatic ? (a) Benzene
(b) Cyclopropenyl cation
(c) Trophylium cation
(d) Cyclopentadienyl cation
(97) Benzene reacts with CH 3COCl in presence of AlCl3 to give (a) C6 H5CI
(b) C6 H5COCl
(c) C6 H5COCH3
(d)C6 H5CH3
(98) Nitration of Benzene is (a) Electrophilic Substitution
(b) Nucleophelic Substitution
(c) Electrophilic addition
(d) Free radical Substitution
(99) In the nitration of benzene the attack on ring is made by (b) NO2 -
(a) NO2
(c) NO2 +
(d) NO3 -
(100) In the bromination of benzene which electrophilies attacks on ring ? (a) Br + (101)
+ 3H2
(b) Br -
(c) Br2
(d) Br ·
(c) Elimination
(d) Rearrangement
[ Ni ] ¾¾¾¾® 150° C
Above reaction is the example of (a) Substitution
(b) Addition
(102) Benzene reacts with Cl 2 in presence of light to give (a) Chlorobenzene
(b) Benzyl chloride
(c) 1, 2-dichlorobenzene (d) Benzene hexachloride
137
(103) Benzene reacts with Cl 2 in presence of FeCl3 to give (a) BHC
(b) Chlorobenzene
(c) Hexachlorocyclohexane (d) Benzyl chloride
(104) Which is m-directing group ? (a) -C2 H5
(b) -OH
(c) -CHO
(d) -OCH3
(c)-COCH3
(d) -OCH3
(105) Whis is O/P- directing group ? (a) -COOH CH3
conc. HNO3 ¾¾¾¾¾¾ ® [ H 2 SO4 ]
(106)
(b) - NO2 X. Product X is CH3
CH3 NO2
(a)
CH3
(b)
(c) Mixture of (A) & (B)
(d)
NO2
NO2
NO2
Cl 2 [Fecl3 ] X. product X is
(107)
NO2
NO2
NO2
(a)
Cl
(b)
NO2
(c)
Cl
(d)
Cl
(a) Phenol
Cl
Cl
(108) When O-Cresol is heated with Zn it gives (b) Toluene
(c) Xylene
(d) Benzene
(109) When Toluene reacts with Cl 2 in presence of UV light it gives Cl
(a)
CH3
CH3
CH3
(b)
(c) Cl
Cl
COOH
CH2OH
(110) Toluene reacts with hot acidic KMnO4 to give CHO
(a)
Cl
(b)
(c)
CH2 Cl
(d)
OH
(d)
(111) Toluene reacts with chromyl chloride to give (a) CH3
(112)
(b)
(113)
(c)
Cl
(d)
Cl
+ 3 HNO3 H2SO 4 (fuming) 111° c X Identify product X
(a) ONT CH3
Cl
COOH
CHO
(b) PNT
(c) TNT
(d) DNT
110°C Fu min g HNO3 KMnO4 / HF Soda lim e ¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾® P ¾¾¾¾¾¾¾ ¾ ® Q ¾¾¾¾¾¾ ® R Fu min g H 2 SO4
What will be the final product R (a) OTS
(b) PTS
(c) TNT 138
(d) TNB
(114) When a mixture of O-bromotoluene and methyl bromide is treated with sodium in presence of ether it gives
(a)
CH3
(b)
CH3
CH3
CH3
CH3
(c)
CH3
Br
(d) CH3
CH3
(115) Upon Oxidution with KMnO4/ H + m-Xylene Form (a)Phthalic acid
(b) Isophthalic acid
(c) Terphthalic acid
(d) Salicylic acid
(c) Xylene
(d) Ethylbenzene
(116) Catalytic reduction of styrene gives (a) Benzene
(b) Toluene
(117) Identify product Y in following reaction Cr O / Al O
AlCl3 2 3 2 3 ®Y + CH2 = CH2 ¾ ¾ ¾® X ¾¾¾¾¾¾ 600 c
(a) Ethyl benzene
(b) methyl benzene
(c) Benzene acid
(d) Styrene
(118) Following reaction is known as ¾Ether ¾ ¾®
Br + 2 Na+ Br
+ 2 NaBr
Bi - Phenyl
(a) Wurtz
(b) Fitting
(c) Wurtz-Fitting
(d) Grignard
(119) Benzene on ozonolysis followed by reaction with zinc and water gives (a) Benzoic acid
(b) Benzaldehyde
(c) Glyoxal
(d) Acetylene
3 2 ® X ¾¾¾ ® Y In this reaction Y is (120) C6 H6 ¾¾¾ H 2SO 4 FeCl3
HNO
Cl
(a) 1- nitro chlorobenzene
(b) 3- nitro chlorobenzene
(c) 4-nitro chlorobenzene
(d) 1,2-dinitro chlorobenzene
(121) Which of the following will undergo metasubstitation on monochlorination (a) Phenol
(b) Ethoxy Ethane
(c) Ethylbezoate
(d) chlorobezene
(122) Decreasing order of C-C bond lenght in following compounds is (I) C2 H4 (II) C2 H2 (III) C6 H6 (IV) C2 H6 (a) IV > III > I > II
(b) I > II > IV > III (c) II > I > IV > III (d) IV > I > III > II
(123) n- Heptane Aromatization [Al 2 O3 + Cr2O3 ] (a) Benzene
?
(b) Toluene
(c) Hept-2-ene
(d) Hept-1-ene
(124) Benzene is obtained by heating phenol with X then X is (a) Zn dust
(b) Soda lime
(c) Sodium hydroxide(d) My / ether
(b)
(c)
(125) Which is aromatic (a)
(d) -
+
139
-
(126) In presence of light and heat toluene chlorinated and react with aq. NaOH to give (a) O - Cresol
(b) P - Cresol
(c) Mixture of (A) and (B)
(d) Benzoic acid
(127) Sulphonation of compound A followed by fusion with NaOH gives mixture of O- cresol & pcresol. compound A is (a) Benzene (c) phenol CH3
(b) Toluene (d) Benzene sulphonic acid CH3
CH COCl [ Anhy. Alcl3 ]
3 ¾¾¾¾¾¾¾ ®
(128)
(a) Kolbe`s reaction
+ HCl This reaction is known as COCH3
(b) Sandmayer reaction
(c) Diels-(Alder) reaction
(d) Fridel-craft`s Acylation
(129) In the following reaction, the product R is hot iron 3 2O ®R ® Q ¾¾¾ CaC2 ¾H¾ ¾ ® P ¾¾¾ AlCl3 tube CH Cl
(a) Benzene
(b) Toluene
(c) Chorobenzene
(d) Xylene
(130) Indentify the product (E) in the following sequence of reaction CH3 Br2 / HCl KM n O 4 NaNO 2 / HCl ¾¾ ® A ¾Sn¾¾ ® B ¾¾¾¾ 3 PO2 ¾ ® C ¾H¾ E ¾® D ¾¾¾® KOH 0 -5 C
NO2
COOH
(a)
(b)
CH3
COOH
COOH Br
Br
(c)
Br
(d)
NO2
NO2
Assertion and Reason type Questions Direction:- In each of the following Questions Read the Assertion(A) and Reason (R) carefully. Choose Correct option as under and darken trhe bubbles in OMR. (A)
If both A and R are true and R is the Correct explanation of A
(B)
If both A and R are true but R is not the Correct explanation of A
(C)
If A is true but R is false
(D)
If both A and R are false
(E)
If A is false but R is ture
(131) A : Pyrrole is an aromatic heterocyclic compound R : It has a cyclic, delocalised 6p electrons (132) A : CH4 does not react with Cl2 in dark R : Chlorination of CH4 takes place in Sunlight
140
(133) A : Neopentane forms only one monosubstitated Compound R : Neopentane has high bond energy (134) A : Addition of HBr to propene in presence of peroxide gives 1- bromo propane. R : The reaction occurs by Free radical mechanism (135) A : Styrene on reaction with HBr gives 2-bromo-2-phenylethane R :Benzyl radical is more stable than alkyl radicals (136) A : Butane-1-ol on dehydration Conc. H2 SO4 gives mainly But-1-en R :Dehydration occurs through Carbocation intermediate (137) A :Melting point of neopentane is higher than that of iso-pentane R : Neopentane Contains a quaternary carbon (138) A : Acetylene react with NaNH 2 to give Sodium acetylide and ammonia R : SP-hybridized carbon of acetylene are considerably electronegative (139) A : Addition of H 2 O to acetylene occurs in presence of dil. H2 SO4 and HgSO4 to give acetaldehyde
R : It is an example of electrophilic addition reaction (140) A : Addition of HI to vinyl chloride produces 1-chloro1-iodoethane R :HI adds to vinyl chloride againt markownikov`s Rule Matrix Match type Questions Direction :- Match the entries of column I with entries of column II. Each entry of column I may have one or more correct matching from column II. if the correct matches are A ® P, S , B ® r , C ® p , q D ® s then the correctly bubbled 4 ´ 4 matrix should be as below.
p
q
r
s
A B C D
141
(141) Match the reactions in column I with approp type of reaction as given in column II column I CH3
(A)
CH3
CH3
Cl2 [Fe Cl3]
column II
Cl
(p) Substitation Reaction
+ Cl
( i) Alc ×K O H ( ii) H 2/ N i
¾ ¾ ¾ ¾ ¾ ¾ ¾¾ C®H3
(B) C H 3 C H 2 C l (C)
C H3 -
(q) Addition Reaction
( i) H SO / H gSO ( ii) [ AlC l ]3
(r) Elimination Reaction
4 H C = C H ¾ ¾ ¾ ¾2 ¾ 4¾ ¾ ¾ ¾¾ ® CCHH O3
CH = CH2
(D)
(i) C H Cl/ [ AlCl ] ¾ ¾ ¾2¾ 5¾ ¾ ¾ ¾ 3¾ ¾®
(s) Rearrangement
(ii) ZnO / 903 K
(142)
column I
column II
(A)-CHO
(P) O/P Director
(B)-OH
(Q) Activating Benzene Ring
(C)-NH 2
(R) m-Director
(D)-CI
(S) Deactivating Benzene Ring
(143)
column I
column II
(A) Benzene
(p) Wurtz reaction of C2 H5Cl
(B) Ethene
(q) Evolves H2 when heated with sodium metal
(C) Ethyne
(r) Dehydration of ethanol
(D) Butane
(s) Electrophilic substitation
Comprehension type Questions Direction :- Question numbers 144 and 145 are based on the following paragraph. Each question has 4 options (A),(B),(C) , (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. choose the correct option. Paragraph :- Cyclohexene on ozonolysis following by reaction with Zinc dust and water gives aldehyde(P). Compound (p) on further treatment with aqueous KOH yields compound(Q). (144) The structure of compound (P) is
(a)
CHO
(b)
CHO
H C=O C=O H
O
CHO
(c)
CHO
(d)
O
(145) The structure of compound (Q) is OH
(a)
CHO
(b)
(c)
CHO
142
COOH
(d)
Answer key 1C 2D 3A 4D 5C 6B 7C 8B 9C 10 C 11 A 12 B 13 B 14 B 15 C 16 B 17 A 18 B 19 A 20 B 21 C 22 A 23 B 24 B 25 B 26 C 27 C 28 B 29 B 30 D 31 B
32 A 33 D 34 B 35 B 36 C 37 A 38 D 39 B 40 B 41 D 42 B 43 C 44 C 45 C 46 B 47 C 48 A 49 B 50 C 51 A 52 D 53 C 54 B 55 C 56 B 57 A 58 B 59 B 60 C 61 A 62 D
63 C 64 B 65 C 66 C 67 C 68 A 69 B 70 D 71 C 72 B 73 C 74 C 75 C 76 C 77 B 78 B 79 C 80 A 81 C 82 D 83 C 84 B 85 A 86 A 87 B 88 C 89 A 90 D 91 C 92 A 93 C
94 B 95 C 96 D 97 C 98 A 99 C 100 A 101B 102 D 103 B 104 C 105 D 106 C 107 A 108 B 109 D 110 B 111 A 112 C 113 D 114 A 115 B 116 D 117 D 118 B 119 C 120 B 121 C 122 A 123 B 124 A
143
125 C 126 D 127 B 128 D 129 B 130 B 131 A 132 B 133 C 134 A 135 D 136 E 137 B 138 A 139 B 140 C 141 A. (p), B. (r ), C. (q), D. (p) 142 A. (r ), B. (p), C. (p, q), D. (p) 143 A. (s), B. (r ), C. (q), D. (p) 144 B 145 A
Hints (1)
Wurtz Reaction :- 2 CH3CH2 Cl + 2 Na ¾Ether ¾ ¾® CH3 - CH2 - CH2 - CH3 + 2 NaCl
(2)
Alkyne Cn H2n - 2 Þ C4 H6
(3)
CH3CH 2COONa + NaOH •
(4)
¾ ¾ ¾cao ¾ ¾ ¾® soda - lime
CH3 - CH3 + Na 2 CO3
Sodalime Decarboxylation of Sodium Salt of Carboxylic acid gives alkane containig one carbon less than the carboxylic acid
Electrolysis 2 CH3CH2 COONa + + 2 H2 O ¾¾¾¾ ® CH3CH2 CH2 CH3 + 2 CO2 + H2 + 2 Naot
•
Electrolysis of aqueous solution of Sodium Salt of Carboxylic acid gives Alkane Containing even number of carbon (Kolbe`s synthesis)
(5)
This preparation is known as Kolbe`s synthesis
(6)
1 Boiling a Molecular mass a number of branches
(7)
According to Que-6
(8)
2O CH3COCl + CH3 MgCl ¾H¾ ¾ ® CH3COCH3 + MgCl 2
(9)
This reaction is carried out by Free Radical intermidiate.
(This reaction gives Ketone)
(10) R - X + 2 Na + R - X ¾Ether ¾ ¾® R - R + R - R + R - R (11) C2 H5 O H + CH 3 Mg Br ® CH4 + Mg
Br Oc2 H5
(12) LPG is a mixture of mainly propane and butane electrolysis (13) 2CH3COONa + + 2H2O ¾¾ ¾® CH3 - CH 3 + 2CO2 + 2 NaoH + H2
(14) Que-6 1
2
CH3
(15) CH3 - CH2 C 3
4
5
CH2 - CH3
3, 3 – dimethyl pentane
CH3
(16) The relative stability of conformation isomers of Alkane like Ethane, propane staggered (Anti) > Skew or Gauche > partial eclipsed > Full eclipsed (17) The relative stability of conformation isomer of cyclohexane is Chair > twist boat >boat >half Chair (18)
Alkane Butane pentane Hexane Heptane structural isomers
2
3
(19) 2R - X + Zn ® R - R + ZnX 2
5
9
(Frankland`s Reaction)
Pd /c (20) C2 H 5Cl + H 2 ¾¾¾ ® C2 H 6 + HCl
(21) when Higher hydrocabon is heated it decomposes to Lower hydrocarbon (alkane, alkene). This reaction is known as Cracking or Pyrolysis
144
(22) Methane is known as mars gas (23) because 2 carbonium ion is more stsble than 1 (24)
CH3 - CH 2 - CH 2 CH - CH 3 CH 3
isopropyl group *
*
hv CH 3 - CH - CH 2 - CH 3 + Cl 2 ¾¾¾ ® CH 2 - CH - CH 2CH 3 + CH 3 - CH - CH - CH 3 (25) CH 3 Cl CH 3 Cl CH 3 (R + S)
(R + S)
Star (*) indicate chiral (assymetric) carbon. Here in both product R and S configurations are possible so that total 4 chiral compound are possible. (26) C3 H8 + 502 ® 3CO2 + 4 H2 O Zn - Cu CH3 CH CH3 ¾HCl ¾® CH3 - CH - CH 3 ¾¾¾¾® C CH 3CH 2CH 3 + HCl 2 H 5 OH (27) 2[ H ] OH Cl
(28)
( CH 3CH 2 )2 LiCu + CH 3CI ® CH 3CH 2CH 3 + CH 3CH 2Cu + LiCl Lithium diethyl copper This is known as Core-House reaction. It is suitable method for preparation of odd carbon Alkyne 1
¾® (29) 2CH3 CH CH3 + 2 Na ¾ ¾ Br ether
iso-propyl bromide CH3
3
4
2,3- dimethyl butane CH3 Br
+ Br2 ®
(30)
2
CH3 - CH - CH3 + 2NaBr CH3 - CH - CH3
+ HBr
Methyl cyclo pentane
1- bromo-1-methyl cyclopentane
(31) Alkene shows mainly electrophilic addition reactions. (32) CH2 = CH2 + Br2 ¾CCl ¾ ¾4 ® Br - CH2 - CH2 - Br b
µ
.KoH (33) C H C H CI ¾Alc ¾¾ ® CH2 = CH2 + KCI + H2 O 3 2
( b - Elimination reaction) b
(34) CH3 CH2
µ
b
Conc.H SO
2 4® CH - CH3 ¾¾¾¾¾¾ 160° c OH
CH3 - CH = CH - CH3 + CH3 - CH2 - CH = CH2
Dehydration of butane-1-ol or 2-ol gives trans-but-2-en as the major product. According to Saytzeff rule But-2-ene is more Substituted alkene and therefore it will be major. KMnO4 / KOH ¾® CH 2-- CH 2 (Baeyer`s test for unsaturations) (35) CH2 = CH2 ¾¾¾¾ OH OH
145
(36) CH3 - CH = CH2 + HCI ® CH3 - CH - CH3 (Markownikoff’s Rule) Cl (37) CH3CH = CH2 + HBr ¾Peroxide ¾¾® CH3 - CH2 - CH2 - Br (Antimarkownikoff `s Rule) (38) C6 H5CH2 - CH = CH2 + HBr ¾Peroxide ¾¾® C6 H5 - CH2 CH2 Br (Anti Markownikoff) (39) The disappearace of the purple colour of KMnO 4 in its reaction with an alkene is the test for unsaturation (double bond). is known as Baeyer`s Test. dil × H SO CH2 = C - CH 2CH3 + H2 O ¾¾¾¾¾¾¾® CH 3 Hg + 2 (40) CH3 2
4
CH 3 C CH 2CH3 OH
R - CH CH - R dil × aq. KMnO 4 ® (41) R - CH = CH - R ¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾ Room temp. OH OH
Conc. KMnO 4 (42) R - CH = CH - R ¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾ ® Heat
(Markownikoff)
glycol
R – COOH + R - COOH
(43) Ozonolysis CH2 = CH2 + O3 ®
(44)
CH2
Alk . KmnO4 ¾¾¾¾¾¾¾ ®
CH2
Zn 2HCHO ¾¾¾¾ HO ® 2
OH
OH
Acidic (45) CH 2 = CH2 + 2 [ 0] ¾¾¾¾¾ KMnO4 ® HCHO + HCHO
(46)
CH 2 - CH 2 + Zn ¾ ¾D ® CH2 = CH2 + ZnBr2 Br Br
(47) CH3 - CH = CH - CH2 - CH3 + HBr ® CH3 - CH2 - CH - CH2 CH3 + CH3 CH - CH 2 CH2CH3 Br Br
(48) According to Que-43 (49)
CH2 = CH2 + HOCI ® CH2 - CH2 OH Cl
.KOH (50) CH2 = CH2 ¾HBr ¾® CH3 CH2 Br ¾aq¾ ¾® CH3 CH2OH
CHI3 Iodoform
(51) According to Que-35 +
H+ = CH - CH 3 (52) CH3 - CH - CH CH2 ¾¾® CH3 - CH -(2 CH3 CH3 °)
1, 2 ¾¾¾¾¾¾¾ Hydride shift ®
+
Br CH3 CH - CH2 CH 3 Br CH C CH2 – CH3 ¾ ¾ ® 3 CH3 (3°) CH3
product will be major because 3 - Carbonium is more stable than 2 146
(53) According to Markownikoffs Rules Peroxide (54) CH3 CH = CH 2 + HCl ¾ ¾¾® CH3 - CH - CH 3 Cl
This reaction follows markownikoff`s rule. Because peroxide effect or Anti markownikoff`s rule is applicable only to HBr. It is not for HCl and HI. (55) Ozonolysis of alkene gives two carbonyl group (C=0) for cleavage of each > C = C < s (i ) O3 CH3CHO + CHO + HCHO CH3 - CH = CH - CH = CH2 ¾¾¾¾¾¾¾ (ii ) Zn / H 2O ® CHO (56) 3R - CH = CH 2 +
1 B2 H 6 2
H 2O2 ( R - CH 2 - CH2 ) 3 B ¾¾¾¾¾ OH - ®
– N-2, OH – HCl 3 R - CH2 - CH 2 + (57) CH3 - CH = CH2 + N OCI ® CH3 - CH - CH2 Cl NO
According to markownikoff addition of NOCl (58)
2 CI 2 CH2 CH3 ¾SO ¾¾ ®
(59) CH3
.koh CH2 CH2 CI ¾Alc ¾¾ ®
CH3 KOH C CH2 - Br ¾alc ¾.¾ ® CH3 CH3
CH = CH 2 + KCl + H 2O
CH3 + Methyl C CH2 ¾¾¾¾¾ ® Shifting ¾ CH3
1 carbonium (less stable) CH3
CH3 CH3 E limination of C CH2 - CH3 ¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾ ¾ ® b - Hydrogen
+
C = CH - CH3 CH 3
3 carbonium (morestable) CH2 CH (60) | CH
+
CH2 200° c ® || ¾¾¾¾ CH2
(Diels-Alder Reaction)
CH2
(61)
SP 2
SP 2
SP
SP
Þ CH2 = CH - C º CH
Hybridization is considered by no. of s - bonds.
(62) CH2 = CH2 + Br2 ® BrCH2 - CH2 - Br (Brown)
(Colour less)
Disappearance of brown colour is the test for unsaturation (63) 2CHCI 3 + 6 Ag ® HC º CH + 6 AgCl (64) CH3 CH Cl2 + 2 alc. KOH (65)
HC º CH + 2 KCl + 2 H2O
Liq . NH 3 ¾® CH3 – C º CH + 2 NaBr + 2 H2O CH3 CH – Cl 2 – Br + 2 NaNH 2 ¾ ¾¾ Br
147
(66)
D CH2 - CH2 + 2 KOH ( alc ) ¾ ¾ ® HC º CH + 2 KBr + 2 H2 O
Br
Br
(Vicinal)
(67) H – C – COOK ||
OR||
H – C – COOK Potasium Maleate (cis) (68) HC º CH
Acetylene H – C – COOK ¾¾¾¾¾ + 2H O ® 2
CH |||
2
+ 2CO 2 +2NaOH + H2
KOOC – C – H
CH
Potasium Fumrate (trans)
At anode
Na / liq.NH 3 3CH2 Br HC º C Na + ¾CH ¾¾ ¾® CH3 - CH2 - C º CH + NaBr 196 K Sodium Acetylide
(69) According to Que-68 Fe (70) 3CH º CH ¾¾® C2 H6 OR
Benzene
Nil ( N )2 (71) 4CH º CH ¾¾¾¾ ¾ ® ( HC = CH ) 4 OR
Cyclooctutetruene
H 2 SO4 / Hg (72) CH º C – CH 2 – CH 3 + H 2 O ¾¾¾¾¾¾ ® CH2 = O – CH2 - CH3 OH +2
Tax tomerise ® CH –C– CH - CH ¾¾¾¾¾¾ 2 3 3 O
(73) CH º CH ¾HBr ¾® CH2 = CH - Br ¾HBr ¾® CH3 - CHBr2 Ethylidene bromide (74) CH º CH ¾HCN ¾ ¾® CH2 = CH - CN HOCI HOCI (75) CH º CH ¾ ¾¾® CI - CH = CH - OH ¾ ¾¾® H2 O Cl - CH - CH - OH ¾-¾ ¾® CHCI 2
Cl
At Cathode
OH
(76) CH3 - CH 2 - C º CH
CH = O KMnO4 / KOH
CH3CH2 COOH + CO2 + H2O
(terminal alkyne) Oxidation of terminal alkyne gives acid and CO 2 KMnO4 (77) CH3 - C º C - CH3 ¾¾¾¾ KOH ® CH3COOH + CH3COOH
(nonterminal alkyne) Oxidation of nonterminal alkyne gives mixture of two acids (78) CH º CH + CH3CH2 MgBr ® CH3CH3 + CH º CMgBr (79) According to Que-76
148
(80) HC º CH + O3 ® CH
CH
H–C–C–H || || O O
Zn/ H 2 O
¾ ¾¾®
Glyoxal (81) CH3 - C º C - CH3 + O3 ® CH 3 CH
3
– C – C – CH
/ H2 O ¾Zn¾¾ ® CH3 – C – C – CH3 || || O O
Buta -2-3-dione (Dimethyl Glyoxal) .KOH (82) CH3 CH2C º CH ¾Alc ¾¾ ® CH 3 - C º C - CH 3
Terminal alkyne undergo iso merisation to give non-terminal alkyne (83) CH3 - C º C - CH3 ® CH3 - CH2 - C º CH Non-terminal alkyne undergo iso merisation to give terminal alkyne Br 3 PO . 4 (84) CH3COOH ¾LiAlH ¾¾4 ® CH3CH2 OH ¾H¾¾ ® CH2 = CH 2 ¾¾2 ® . KOH Br - CH2 - CH2 - Br ¾alc¾¾ ® CH º CH + 2 KBr + 2 H2 O
(85) Alkyne with Lindlar`s Catalysist ( Pd / BaSO4 ) gives Cis- alkene while with Na / Liq. NH 3 (Birch Redaction) gives trans-alkene pd (86) CH º CH + 2 H2 ¾Ni¾/¾ ® CH3 - CH3
(87) According to Que-85 (88)
Mg 2 C3 + 4 H2 O ® CH3 - C º CH + 2 Mg ( OH ) 2
(89) Hydrogen attached to triplebonded carbon is acidic (90) with Ag ( NH 3 ) 2
+
1- Alkyne will give reaction while 2- Alkyne will not give reaction
SO3 H
D + H2 O (g ) ¾ ¾ ®
(92)
+ H2 SO4
(93) 6 p electrons (94) According to Hukel’s Rule Compound to be aromatic it should have ( 4 n + 2 ) p e s i.e It should have 2,6,10,14 p e electrons. But cyclo octa tetraene has 8 p e so it is non-aromatics OH
(95) phenol
is aromatic but not aromatic Hydrocarbon
+
(96)
It has 4 p e there for not aromatic COCH3
(97)
CH 3COCl ¾¾¾¾¾ [ Al Cl ] ® 3
Acetophenon.
(98) Nitration, Sulphonation, Halogenation, Alkylation and Acylation of Benzene are Electro philic Substitation Reactions. +
(99) NO2 is electrophile 149
(100) Br + is electrophile (101) Beacause double bonds of Benzene breaks on addition of H2 Cl
Cl
Cl
hv +3Cl 2 ¾¾ ® Cl
(102)
Benzenehexachloride(BHC)
Cl
Cl Cl
(103)
+ HCI
+ CI 2 ¾ ¾¾® [ FeCI3 ]
(104) m - Directors Þ - NO2 , - SO3 H , -COOH , -CN , CHO, -COR (105) O–P Directors Þ - CH3 , - OH , - OR , - NH 2 , - X (Halogen) NO2
conc.HNO3 ¾¾¾¾¾ [ H SO ] ®
(106)
CH3
CH3
CH3
2
4
+
Because – CH3 is O/P Director NO2
CH3
CH3
Cl2 ¾¾¾¾ [ FeCl ] ®
(107)
Cl
3
CH3
CH3 OH
(108)
Zn ¾¾¾ ®
O-Cresol
+ Zno
Toluene CH2 Cl
CH3
Cl2 ¾¾¾ uv ®
(109)
Because - NO2 m - Directors
Benzylchloride COOH
CH3
KMnO4 / H ¾¾¾¾¾ ® 3[O ] ¾ +
(110)
CHO
CH3
CrO2 Cl2 ¾¾¾¾ ® 2[O ] ¾
(111)
+ H2 O
+ H2 O CH3
CH3
O2N
NO2
H 2 SO 4 +3 HNO3 ¾¾¾¾ 111° c ®
(112)
2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene(TNT) NO2
CH3
CH3
O2N
®
(113)
COOH
NO2
KMnO 4 ® ¾¾¾¾¾ H+
NO2
NO2
NO2
NO2
NO2
Soda lim e ¾¾¾¾¾ ®
NO2
NO2
1,3,5-Trinitrbenzene(TNB) CH3
(114)
CH3 Br
+ CH3 Br + 2 Na ¾ ¾ ¾® ether
CH3
+ 2 NaBr
O-Xylene This is known as wurtz- Fitting Reaction 150
(115) Upon Oxidation of o, m, p-Xylenes forms corresponding dicarboxylic COOH COOH
COOH COOH
COOH
Phthalic acid
Isophthalic acid
Terthalic acid
CH2 = CH 3
CH = CH2
(116)
COOH
H2 ¾Ni¾+¾ ®
Styrene
Ethylbenzene CH2 = CH 3
(117)
CH = CH2
[O ] ¾¾¾¾ 600° C ®
AlCl 3 ] + CH2 = CH2 ¾[¾¾ ®,
+ H2
(119) According to Que-55 (120) - NO2 is m- Director (121) -COOC2 H 5 m - Director (122) Bond length µ 1/ Bondorder there for bond length in
CH3
CH3
CH2 [ Al O + Cr O ]
CH2 | (123) CH2
2 3 2 3 ® CH3 ¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾ + 4H2 [o ] | Toluene CH2
CH2 n-Heptane OH
(124)
Zn ® ¾¾¾
+ Zno
(125) p e s in , , , are 4,4,6,4 there for according to Hukelis Rule (c) is Aromatic CH3
CCl3
3 Cl / hv
2 ¾¾¾¾¾ Heat ®
(126)
COOH
3 NaOH ® ¾¾¾¾¾
CH3
(127)
Sulphonation
Compound A (Toluene)
CH3
CH3
CH3
¾¾¾¾¾¾¾ ®
+ 3NaCl + H 2O
SO3H
NaOH ® ¾¾¾¾ fusion
+ So3H
151
CH3
OH
+ OH
H2 O (129) CaC2 ¾2¾ ¾® HC = CH + Ca ( OH ) 2
CH3
CH Cl
hot iron ® 3CH = CH ¾¾¾¾¾ tube
CH3 Br
Br2 ¾¾ ®
Br
/ HCI ¾Sn ¾¾ ®
NO2
NO2
NaNO / HCl
2 ¾¾¾¾¾¾ ¾ ® 0.5° c
NO2
CH3
COOH
CH3
H PO
Br
+ HCI
3
CH3
CH3
(130)
3 ¾¾¾¾ [ AlCl ] ®
3 2 ¾¾¾¾® 2[ H ]
Br
Br
KMnO
4 ¾¾¾¾ ® KOH ¾
[O ]
N = N – Cl
(131)
Pyrole is aromatic beacuse it is cyclic, and contains ..
N | H
6 p e s ( 2 ´ 2 p -bonds + lonepair of N) (132) Correct explanation :- Chlorination of CH 4 is free radical reaction and free radicals are obtained in sunlight.
CH3 | (133) CH3 – C – CH3 | CH3
Correct R:- In neopentane four identical CH3 groups are attached to
4 - carbon there for only one monosubstitated product is possible (134) R is Correct explanation of A (135) Correct A:- gives -1- bromo-1- phenyl ethane Correct R:- Benzyl cation is more stable than alkyl cation (136) Correct A:- Gives But-2-ene as a major product (137) Correct explanation :- Neopentane being symmetrical packs more closely in the crystal lattice than isopentane (138) R is the correct explanation of A (139) Correct explanation :- Hg +2 ion being an electrophile attacks on p e of triplebond and then nucleophilic attack of H 2 O occurs. (140) HI adds to vinyl chloride according to markownikoffis Rule. (142) O – P directors except halogen activates benzene ring while m-director deactivates. O
3 (144) ¾¾¾¾¾ Zn / H O ® 2
CHO CHO
aq. KOH
¾¾¾¾¾ ®
CHO
152
Unit-22 - Organic Compounds Containing Halogens MCQ 1.
Haloarenes contain halogen atom(s) with carbon atom(s) possessing hybridization. (A)
2.
SP 3
SP
(C)
SP 2
(D)
(C)
chloramphenicol (D)
B&C
Who is very effective for typhoid ? (A)
chloroquine
3.
4.
(B) (B)
chloroform
A
chlorapetite
B
(i)
Goiter
(p)
Anaesthetic
(ii)
Malaria
(q)
Potential blood substitutes
(iii)
Typhoid fever
(r)
chloroquine
(iv)
haloethane
(s)
chlor amphenical
(v)
fluori nated compounds
(t)
Thyroxine
(A)
i-t, ii-q, iii- p, iv-r, v-s
(B)
i-t, ii-s, iii- p, iv-q, v-r
(C)
i-t, ii-q, iii- s, iv-r, v-p
(D)
i-t, ii-r, iii- s, iv-p, v-q
Which of the following is vinylic halides. X
(A) 5.
(B)
X
(C)
A
X
B
CI (i)
CH3
CH2 Cl
(ii)
(p)
2, chloro toluene
(q)
1, Benzyl chloride
(r)
1, chloro toluene
(s)
chlorophenyl methane
(t)
ortho chloro toluene
(A)
i - t, ii - s
(B)
i - p, ii - s
(C)
i - r, ii - q
(D)
i - r, ii - q
153
(D) A & C
6.
How many structural isomers are formed from C5H11Br. (A)
7.
5
(B)
H
10
(C)
CH3
CH3 H H Br
H H
(B)
H
H H 3C
CH3 H CH3 BR
(D)
8
(D)
H
H H H BR CH3 H H Br
Which is sandmeyer's reaction from the following. N3+ X
(A)
–
OH
+
(C) (D)
– N+ 2 X
OH + HCl + N
– N+2 X
273–278K
+ H 2O
(B)
2
N=N
H
H
(D)
+ KI
+ N2
OH + HCl
? X ; X = .............
+ HBr
H
(A)
I
Above all H
9.
(C)
Correct structural formula for 3-Bromo 2-methyl But-l-ene (A)
8.
6
Br H
HH
H
(B)
H
(C)
Br
HH
HH
H H
None of these H CH 2–C = CH 2
10.
+ HBr Peroxide
Y. For Y =
CH–CH – CH 3 2
(A)
CH 2 – CH 2CH 2 – Br
(B)
Br CH 2 – C – CH 3
(C)
?
CH – CH 2 – CH 3
(D)
Br
154
Br
11.
A
B
(CH )
CO
(i)
2 CH 3 Br + NaI ¾¾3¾ ¾® CH 3 I + NaBr
(ii)
2CH 3 Br+Hg 2 F2 ¾¾ ® 2CH 3F+Hg 2 Br2
x : Finkel stein
12.
14.
15.
16.
O
3 2 CH 3CH 2Cl+NaI ¾¾¾¾ ® C2 H5 I+NaCl
(iv)
2C 2 H 5 Br + COF2 ¾ ¾® 2C 2 H 5 F + COBr2
(v)
COF2 + 2CH 3 Br ¾ ¾® 2CH 3 F + COBr2
(A)
1-y, 2-x, 3-x, 4-y, 5-x
(B)
1-x, 2-y, 3-y, 4-x, 5-y
(C)
1-x, 2-y, 3-x, 4-y, 5-y
(D)
1-x, 2-y, 3-y, 4-x, 5-x
y : Swart reaction
R - OH + PX 3 ¾ ¾® R - X + Z. For Z = ..................?
(A) 13.
( CH )
(iii)
X 2 PO 4
(B)
x + HCl Aniline =Y
HPO3 X 2
– N+ 2X
(C)
H 2 PO3 X
(D)
H 3 PO 3
For x and y Respectively as
(A)
NH 3 , 298 - 300K
(B)
NaNO3 , 273 - 278K
(C)
NaNO 2 , 273 - 278K
(D)
NaNO, 298 K
Arrange each set of compounds in order of increasing boiling points. (A)
1-chloropropane < Isopropyl chloride < 1-chlorobutane
(B)
1-chlorobutane < 1-chloropropane < isopropyl chloride
(C)
1-chlorobutane > 1-chloropropane > isopropyl chloride
(D)
iso propyl chloride > 1-chlorobutane > 1-chloro propane
For nucleophilic substitution bimolecure SN2 reaction give the correct order of reactivity. (A)
20 halide < 30 halide < 10 halide
(B)
30 halide < 20 halide < 10 halide
(C)
30 halide < 20 halide > 10 halide
(D)
10 halide <30 halide < 20 halide
In the following pairs of halogen compounds which would undergo SN2 reaction faster ? (A) (C)
CH 2Cl
(B)
Cl Cl
(D)
155
Cl
None of these
17.
Which would undergo SN2 reaction slow. (A) (C)
18.
19.
(B)
I
(D)
Br
CI
a&b
In suibstitution nucleophilic unimolecular SN1 reaction give the order of reactivitly. (A) 10 halide < 30 halide < 20 halide (B) 30 halide < 20 halide < 10 halide (C) 30 halide > 20 halide > 10 halide (D) 20 halide 30 halide < 10 halide Predict the order of reactivity of the following compounds in SN1 reaction. (A) Br
(B) Br
(C) Br
20.
(D) None of these Give the major & minor part for x and y
CH 3CH 2 – CH 2 – CH – CH
OH 3
OH
Br
21.
22.
–
–
CH 3 – CH 2– CH 2– CH = CH x - pent 1 - ene CH 3 – CH 2– CH = CH – CH y - pent 2 - ene
2
3
(A) x = 81% ; y = 19% (B) x = 19% ; y = 81% (C) x = 50% ; y = 50% (D) x = 80% ; y = 20% Predict the order of reactivity of the following compounds in SN2 reactions. (A)
C6 H 5CH 2 Br > C6 H 5CH . ( CH 3 ) .Br > C6 H 5C ( CH 3 )( C6 H 5 ) Br > C6 H 5CH ( C6 H 5 ) Br
(B)
C6 H 5CH 2 Br > C6 H 5CH . ( CH 3 ) .Br > C6 H 5CH ( C6 H 5 ) Br > C6 H 5C CH 3 .
(C)
C 6 H 5CH 2 Br < C 6 H 5CH (CH 3 )Br < C 6 H 5CH (C 6 H 5 )Br < C 6 H 5C(CH 3 )(C 6 H 5 )Br
(D) b & C Predict the true R or S for the following structres r
p
(i) s
q r
(ii) s
p
s
(iii) q
r p
q
P = I; Q = Br, S = Cl; r = H (A) i - S ii - R, iii - R (C) i - S ii - R, iii - S
(B) (D) 156
i - R ii - R, iii - S i - S ii - S, iii - R
( C6 H 5 ) Br
23.
C2H4Cl2 contains how many isomers. (A)
24.
25.
26.
27.
29.
30.
31.
(B)
5
(C)
8
(D)
2
Reactivity order for HX in Lucas test. (A)
HBr > HCl < HI
(B)
HCl < HBr < HI
(C)
HBr > HCl > HI
(D)
HCl > HBr > HI
Chloroform + O 2 light X + HCl, for X = .......... ?
(A)
CH 2 OCl
(B)
CH 2 Cl 2
(C)
COCl
(D)
COCl 2
Alkoh olic ¾¾ ® A KOH
CH 3CH 2 CH2 I
NaNH 2 ¾¾ ® C For ; C - NH 3 - NaBr
Br 2 ¾¾ ® B Alkoholic KOH
=
(A)
Alkenol
(B)
Alkene
(C)
Alkaiene
(D)
Alkele amine
?
For given compounds gives proper reactivity order for SN1 reaction. (x)
28.
0
Me
Me
(y)
Br
Me
Br
(z)
Br
Me
(A)
Z>X>Y
(B)
X >Y> Z
(C)
Y>Z>X
(D)
X>Z>Y
Which compound gives inversion isomer during SN2 reaction. (A)
(C 2 H 5 )2
(C)
CH 3Cl
CHCl
(B)
(CH 3 )3 CCl
(D)
(CH 3 )3
C.Cl
CH 3CH 2Cl + Ag CN
Ethenol x + Agcl for x = ................?
(A)
CH 3CH 2 CN
(B)
CH 3CH 2 N = C
(C)
CH 3CH 2 N = C
(D)
a&b
Give the monomar of PVC. (A)
Propine
(B)
I-chloro ethene
(C)
ethene
(D)
1-chloro propane
Predict non chiral compound. (A)
2, chloropanten
(B)
1-chloropanten
(C)
1-chloro 2-methyl panten
(D)
3, chloro 2-methyl panten
157
32.
10 amine react with ethenolic KOH in presence of CHCl3 gives...... (A) iso saynide (B) Aldehide (C) cynide (D) Alcohol Cl
Cl
Cl
33.
Cl
34.
(A) Diphenyl dichlorop propare (C) 1, 1, dichloro diphenyl ethyl chloride Predict the true R/S for the following structures (A) i - S, ii - R, iii- R, iv - S (C) i - R, ii - R, iii- R, iv - S
Cl
H
Give IUPAC Name
H
H 2N
37.
i - R, ii - S, iii- R, iv - R i - R, ii - S, iii- S, iv - S
Br
(A) R and R (B) (C) S and S (D) 2 Predict the order of reactivity in R-X for SN reaction. (A) R-F >>R-Cl > R-Br > R-I (B) (C) R-F < R-Br < R-F < R-Cl (D) Freons which is use in industry
R and S S and R R-I > R-F > R-Cl > R-Br R-F << R-Cl < R-Br < R-I
(A)
6 -( CCl2 F2 )
(B)
4 - CCl2 F3
(C)
10,- CCl 2 F2
(D)
12,- CCl 2 F2
38.
39.
(B) (D)
D
H
CH 2OH
36.
P-Pdichloro diphenyl Trichloro ethane none of these
CH 3
COOH
35.
(B) (D)
A
B
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v)
D.D.T Iodo form Carbon tetra chloride Freon CHCl3
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
Dry cleaning Freon refrigerant R-22 For air conditioning antiseptic an insecticide
(A) (C)
i-e, ii-d, iii-a, iv-c, v-b i-d, ii-e, iii-a, iv-c, v-b
(B) (D)
i-b, ii-a, iii-e, iv-c, v-d i-b, ii-d, iii-b, iv-a, v-c
Give the increassing order or reactivity for SN2 reaction. (A) RCH2X < R2CHX < R3CX (B) R3CX < R2CHX < RCH2X (C) RCH2X > R3CX > R2CHX (D) R2CH2X < RH2X > R3CX
158
40.
CH
3
(1) 41.
42.
Br + Nu– ® CH3Nu + Br– for this reaction arrange given Nu– in increasing order of reactivities. (2)
Pho -
CH 3O -
(3)
OH -
(A) 2 > 4 > 3 > 1 (B) 4 > 3 > 1 > 2 (C) Predict the decreasing order for neucleo philicity.
(4)
AcO-
4>3>2>1
(D)
1 > 2 >3 > 4
(A)
I - < Cl - < Br -
(B)
Cl - < Bi - < I -
(C)
I - < Br - < Cl -
(D)
Br - > Cl - > F -
Which is the D configration of alanine NH 2
(A)
(B)
CH 3
H
(C)
H CH 3
COOH
COOH H 2N
NH 2
COOH
H
CH 3
NH 2
H
COOH
43.
CH 3
(D)
A
B
1.
CH 3CH 2 MgCl + H 2 O ® Ethane + Mg(OH )Cl
p. elimination reaction
2.
2CH 3CH 2 Br + 2 Na ® CH 3 (CH 2 )2 - CH 3 + 2 Nax
q. substitution reaction
3.
KOH + Ethanol CH 3CH 2 ¾¾¾¾¾® Ethene D | Cl
r. courtz reaction
– + + OH
4. (A) (C)
Tertiary but ylalcohol
1-r, 2-q, 3-s, 4-p 1-s, 2-p, 3-r, 4-q
(B) (D)
s. grignard reaction 1-s, 2-r, 3-q, 4-p 1-s, 2-r, 3-p, 4-q
44. A (1) (2)
Cl
2 Br
B + 2NaCl
+ 2Na Ether
CH3 + 2NaCl
+ 2Na + CH 3 Br Ether
(p) Fridal craft reaction (q) Fitting reaction
Cl
(3)
C6H5Cl + HC3 – C – Anhyd.AlCl 3
+ 2NaCl
(r) wurtz fitting reaction
O O
(A)
1-r, 2-q, 3-s
(B)
(s) Alkylation reaction.
1-r, 2-q, 3-s 159
(C)
1-a, 2-s, 3-r
(D)
1-q, 2-r, 3-a
45.
Na / Ether ® R' X ¾¾¾¾¾
. Identify R1
CH 3 (A)
(C)
46.
CH 3 - C - CH 3 |
CH 3 | (B) CH 3 - C | CH 3
CH 3 | CH 3 - C - CH 2| CH 3
CH 3 | (D) CH 3 - C | CH 3
|
Mg
H 2O
B.
Mg Br
Mg Br
(A)
(B) Mg Br
Mg Br Br
(C)
48.
CH 3 | C | CH 3
Identify A & B respectively Br + Mg dry.Ether A.
47.
CH 3 | C - CH 2 | CH 3
(D)
For recemisation. (A) 50 : 50 mixture & opticall active. (B) 75 : 25 mixture & optically inactive (C) 50 : 50 mixture & optically inactive (D) 25 : 75 mixture & optically active Classify the configuration of product of a symmetric carbon atom. Consider the replacement of a group X by Y in the following reaction.
H
C 2H 5
H 3C
Y
C 2H 5 x
H CH 3
C 2H 5
CH 3
y
A+B
H
A
Process for A, B and A+B as under (A) A-retention of configuration A+B racemisation, B-Invention of configuration (B) A-Inversion of configuration, A+B retention of configuration, B-recemisation. (C) A+B - Inversion of configuration, B-retention of config n; A-recemisation. (D) None of them
160
49.
Predict the conect order for following reaction the approaching nucleophilies. P = Nu :
C–X
q Nu :
H H
50.
51.
54.
55.
Nu :
H C–X
; S
(A)
NaNO2 + 2 HCl C6 H 5 NH 2 ¾¾ ® C6 H 5 N 2Cl + NaCl + H 2O 273 - 278 K
(B)
C6 H 5 N 2Cl
Send Mayur reaction ¾¾ ® C6 H 5 Cl + N 2 DCuCl2 + HCl
(C)
C6 H 5 N 2Cl
Send Mayur ¾¾ ® C6 H 5 Br + N 2 + HCl DCuCl2 + HBr
Nu :
C–X
KI
D C 6 H 5 N 2 Cl ¾¾® C 6 H 5 I + KCl + N 2
¾® Chlorobenzne + HCl + SO 2 ; where X = .......? Phenol + X ¾
(A) 53.
R
(A) Q < P < R < S (B) Q > P > R > S (C) P > Q > R > S (D) Q < P < R < S Predict the decreasing order of density for same Alkyl or cryle group. (A) R / Ar - Br > Ar / R Cl > R / Ar - I > R /Ar > F (B) R / Ar I > R / Ar – Br > R / Ar Cl > R / Ar – F (C) R / Ar - I < R / Ar – Cl < R / Ar – Br > R / Ar – F (D) R / Ar – F > R / Ar – Cl < R / Ar – Br < R / Ar – I Predict the improper chemical reaction
(D) 52.
H H – C –X ; H
PCl 3
(B)
SOCl 3
(C)
PCl 5
(D)
SOCl 2
Predict the no. of isomers for possible genimal dihalide in (A) 0 (B) 4 (C) 3 (D) 9 for vinyl halide compound which is true ? (A) chloro ethen (B) 1-chloro 3-phenyl propene (C) 1–Bromo cyclohexa-1enc (D) All of above Which is correct for aelaillic halide compounds. (A) 3, Bromo, 2-Methy, Buyt 1-ene (B) 4-Bromo, 3-Methyl Buyt-2-ene (C) 3, Bromo 2-Methyl Propene (D) 1-Bromo Buyt -2-ene.
161
56.
A
B
1. 2. 3. 4.
Benzail Bromaid Ethilidin bromaid Finail Bromaid Alail Bromaid
M. N. O. P.
CH3CH2Br2 – H2C = CHCH2Br
(A) (C)
1-M, 2-N, 3-O, 4-P 1-P, 2-N, 3-O, 4-M
(B) (D)
1-P, 2-N, 3-M, 4-O 1-N, 2-O, 3-M, 4-P
Br
CH 2Br
Cl
57.
Give IUPAC Name
58.
(A) 2-Phenyl 2-chloropropane (B) (C) isopropyl chlorobenzene (D) Which alkylhalide known as Neopentyl chloride ?
1-chloro, 1-Methyl ethyl Benzene 1 dimethyl, 1, chlorobenzene H
Cl
(A)
Cl
(B)
H
H H
59.
60.
61.
H
H
H
(C) H
H
(D) Cl
Cl
H
R - H + PX5 ® R - X + B + HX B menas = ...................? (A)
H 3 PO 3
(B)
HPOX 3
(C)
POX 3
(D)
H 3 PO 4
C 2 H 5 I ¾AgNO ¾¾2 ® X. ..............?
(A)
C2H5 - O - N = O
(B)
C2H5 - N = O
(C)
C 2H 5 – O – N
O Ag
(D)
C 2H 5 – O – N
O O
Which compound known as kiral molecule & giving optical isomers ? (A) 2 – chloropropane (B) 2 – Methyl butane (C) 2 – Bromo butane (D) 2, 2 dichloro butane
162
62.
C 2 H 5OH + NaCl + H 2SO 4 ® A + NaHSO 4 + H 2 O A + 2Na B + 2NaCl ? For A & B respectively dry Ether
63.
64.
65.
66.
(A)
Ethyl Bromide, ethane
(B)
Methyl chloride ; ethane
(C)
Ethyl Bromide butane
(D)
Ethyl chloride butane
X Y Benzene ¾¾® Chlorobezene ¾¾® For X & Y respectively..
(A)
Cl 2 , [FeCl3 ] ; Cl 2 [FeCl3 ]
(B)
Cl 2 , [dry AlCl3 ] ; [dry AlCl3 ]
(C)
Cl 2 , [FeCl3 ] ; [dry AlCl3 ] C 2 H 5 Cl
(D)
Cl 2 , [FeCl3 ] ; [dry AlCl3 ] CH 3 Cl
Silver nitrate not giving the Precipates with chloro form because of ............. (A)
Chloroform is organic compound.
(B)
Chloroform is non ionised in water
(C)
AgNO3 indouble in chloroform
(D)
Chloroiform is insoluble in water
Which compound on oxidation gives Banzoic Acid ? (A)
Chlorobenzene
(B)
ChloroTolune
(C)
Benzyl Chloride
(D)
Chloro phenol.
(C)
a&b
Which is Gemexine compond ? (A)
67.
68.
DDT
(B)
BHC
(D)
None of these
Chloroform on slow oxydation with air gives (A)
Formile Chloride
(B)
Formic Acid
(C)
Cl 3C - COOH
(D)
COCl 2
(B)
CH 3CHO
(D)
Benzophenone
For which compound iodoform test not possible ? (A)
C 2 H 5OH COCH 3
(C) 69.
70.
71.
Reaction of CCl4 with AgNO3 soultion gives... (A)
White PPT of Agcl
(B)
No reaction take place
(C)
NO2 gas produce
(D)
CCl4 dissolved in AgNO3 Solution
What is DDT ? (A)
Insecti side
(B)
Bleaching agent
(C)
Weedkiller
(D)
Oxydiging agent
Predict the condition for conversion of Benzyl bromide form Tolluene. (A)
Bl2 / FeBr3
(B)
HBr
(C)
Bl2 / Light
(D)
Br2
163
72.
73.
74.
75.
Which compound having stranger C-X ? (A)
CH 3 - F,
(B)
CH 3Cl
(C)
CH 3 I
(D)
CH 3 . Br
For C–Cl of chlorobenzene campair with C-Cl of ethyl chloride (A) Larger bond length & weak bond. (B) Shorter bond lenth & weak bond (C) Larger bond length & strenger bond (D) Shorter bond length & strenger bond Predict the correct order of bond energy for C-X (where x = cl, Br, I) (A) C–I > C–Br > C – Cl (B) C–Cl > C – Br > C – I (C) C–I > C – Cl > C – Br (D) C – Br > C – I > C – Cl [ FeBr3 ] Ethylbenzene + Br2 ¾¾¾ ® ............ ?
CH 2CH 2Br
CH 2CH 3
(A)
Br
(B) CH 2CH 3
CH 2CH 3
(C)
(D) Br
76.
77.
78.
79.
80.
Br
Which compound having zero dipolmoment. (A) cis 1-2, dichloro ethelene (B) 1, 1, dichloro ethelene (C) trans 1-2, dischroethelen (D) none of these Which compound formed when ethenolic KOH react with normal propile bromide ? (A) Propane (B) Propanol (C) Propene (D) Propine Benzen + n–propail chloride ¾any ¾AlCl ¾ ¾3 ® .......... ? (A) propile benzene (B) (C) 3-propile 1-chloro benzne (D) For Lucast test............
n-propile benzene none of these
(A)
conc HCl +dry Zncl2
(B)
conc HNO3 + dry Zncl2
(C)
conc HNO3 + ZnCl2( aq )
(D)
HCl + ZnCl 2( aq )
(B) (D)
1,1 dichlorobutane none of these
Geonetrical isomerssm is not shown in by (A) 1, 2 dichlorobutane (C) 1, 3 dichlorobutane
164
81.
Which type of product produce. Circal Centre in the reaction CH 3CHO + HCN ® CH 3 - CH 3 - CH (OH ) - CN
82.
(A) Dextro rotatory (B) Mesoisomer (C) Levo-rotatory (D) Recemic mixture On the base of inductive effect predict the increasing stability order + CH
2
(1)
83.
+
+
(2)
(3)
CH 3 C CH 3
(A) I > II > III (B) I < II < III (C) III > I > II (D) II = III < I According to -I effect predict in creasing order of stability. + CH 2
(1)
+ CH 2
+ CH 2
X
(2)
(3)
X
X
84.
(A) III > I > II (B) II < I < III (C) I < II < III (D) III < II > I Which among the following compunds will be most recetive for SN1 reaction ? (A)
Cl
(B)
Cl
Cl CH3
(C)
(D)
85.
Phosgene react with excess of benzene in presence of anhyd Alcl3 to give. (A) benzoylchlorde (B) benzophenone (C) benzoicacid (D) benzbinacol
86.
The correct order of reactivity of the following compound ith H 2 O is ......... (i)
87.
(ii)
(iii)
Br Br (A) IV > III > I > II (C) I > IV > III > II The reactivity of the compounds............ (I) MeBr (III) MeCl (A) I > II > III > IV (C) IV > III > I > II
Cl CH3
(iv) (B) (D)
Br I > II > IV > III I > IV > II > III
(II) (IV) (B) (D)
PhCH2Br P - Meo C6H4Br decreases as IV > II > I > III II > I > III > IV
Br
165
Br2 / Fe CH2CH = CH2
88.
Br2 / Water (A)
Br
Br
(C)
y
; x & y respectively
CH2CH = CH2,
CH2 – CH2Br,
(B)
x
Br
CH2 – CH – CH2 – Br | Br CH2 – CH – CH2 | | Br Br
CH2 – CH = CH2,
CH2 – CH2 – Br Br
89.
90.
91.
92.
93.
(D) None of these Geometrical isometrism is not shown by ? (A) 1, 4 dichloro, 2-pentene (C) 1,2 dichloro, 1-pentene
(B) (D)
1,1 dichloro 1-pentene 1,3 dichloro 2-pentene
The no. of structural & configurational isomers of a bromo compound C5 H 9 Br obtained by the addition of HBr on 2-pentyne respectively are............ (A) 2, 4 (B) 4, 2 (C) 1, 2 (D) 2, 1 HBr Hint : CH3 - CH2 º C - CH3 ¾¾¾® CH3 CH2 - C = C - CH3 ; CH3 CH2 - C = C- CH 3 | | | | H Br Br H Thus, each one of the these will existas (I) as a pair of geometrical isomer. Structural isomers = 2 & stereosomers = 4. How many enantiomer pairs are obtained by monochlorination of 2, 3-dimethyl butane ? (A) two (B) three (C) four (D) one Which intermidiat increase the SN2 reaction ? (A) carboniyan ion (B) activated complex ion (C) Freeredical (D) carbenion ion
3CCl 4 + 2SbF3
¾SbCls ¾ ¾® high Pr essure
A + 2SbCl 3 ; A = .....................
(A)
CH 2 Cl 2
(B)
CCl 3 F
(C)
CCl 2 F2
(D)
CClF3
166
94.
95.
96.
97.
98.
99.
Which compounds are used as a Antiseptic ? (A)
CCl 4
(B)
CHI 3
(C)
CHCl 3
(D)
CCl 2 F2
CH3 | H – C – D Which is the configuration of this compound. | Br
(A) S(B) R (C) L (D) D Reaction of chlorobenzene with Mg in presence of dry other will gives compound A. Compound A reacts with aqueous halogen acid give which product. (A) Phenol (B) Phenyl Ether (C) Phenyl ketone (D) Benzene In sulfonation of chlorobenzene gives ................ (A) Benzen sulfonic acid (B) m-chloro benzene sulfonic acid (C) O & P Chlorobenzen sulfonic acid (D) O-chlorobenzen sulfonic acid C2H5I
¾Ethenol ¾¾® KOH
Br2 A ¾¾® B ; Where B = ................
(A)
CH 3 - CHBr2
(B)
CH2Br – CH2Br
(C)
CH.Br = CH.Br
(D)
CH 3CH 2 Br
Which is the true drecreasing order for (A)
CH 3Cl ; CH 3 - Br, CH 3 - F
(B)
CH 3 Br, CH 3 - F, CH 3 - Cl
(C)
CH 3 - CI ; CH 3 - F, CH 3 - Br
(D)
CH 3 - Br, CH 3 - Cl, CH 3 .F
100. Which is not a sendmayer reactant ? (A)
Cu 2 (CN )2 + KCN
(B)
Cu 2 Cl 2 + HCl
(C)
Cu 2 I 2 + KI
(D)
Cu 2 Br2 + HBr
CH3 101. H3C
CH2 OH gives which observation in Lucas test ? CH3
(A) (C)
reaction not take place Oilly point on layer
(B) (D)
167
give colour layer milky solution
102. Which compound having zero dipole moment ? (A) Cis 2-Butene (C) 2-Methyl 1-Propene 103. In which compound ciral centre is absent ?
(B) (D)
Tras 2-Butene 1-Butene
(A)
DCH2CH2CH2Cl
(B)
CH 3CH.D.CH 2 Cl
(C)
CH 3CH.Cl.CH 2 D
(D)
CH 3CH 2 CH.D.Cl
104. Which compound is optically active ? (A) 2,2 dimethyl pentene (B) 3-Methyl pentene (C) Butene (D) 2-Methyl Penten 105. How d and l isomer are differ from eachother ? (A) On the basis of reactivity with unoptical reactant (B) On the basis of melting point (C) On the basis of solubility of unoptical reactant (D) On the basis of optical rotation of polarised right. 106. Main product of reaction between tertiary butyle chloride and sodium ethoxide (A) 1-Butene (B) 2-butene (C) 2-Methyl Prop. 1-ene (D) 2 Etoxy 2-Methyl propane 107. Which compound gives only one monochloro product ? (A) 2-Methyl penten (B) 3-Methyl pentene (C) Neopentene (D) 2, 3 dimethyl pentene 108.
(CH 3 )3 COCl having IUPAC name ? (A) (C)
3-chlorobutene tertiary butile chloride
(B) (D)
2-chloro, 2-Methyl propane n-bytyl chloride
109. C3 H 8 + Cl 2 ¾light ¾® ¾ C3 H 7 Cl + HCl is which type of rxn. (A) Addition (B) Substitution (C) elimination (D) Re-arrangement 110. 1, Chloro butane react with Alcoholic KOH produce............ (A) 1-Butenol (B) 1-Butene (C) 2-Butene (D) 2-butenol 111. Which compound contains Antiseptic property ? (A) Trifloro methane (B) Triiodo methane (C) Tetra chloromethane (D) dichloro methane 112. In presence of which compd. Benzene react with I2 to form Iodobenzene ? (A) HI (B) SO 2 (C) H2O (D) HNO 3
168
113. Give correct reaction for methyl floride (A)
CH 4 + HF ®
(B)
CH 3OH + HF ®
(C)
CH4 + F2 ®
(D)
CH 3 Br + AgF ®
114. Which compound on liquification SN1 reaction is not possible ? (A)
CH 2 = CHCH 2 Cl
(B)
C6H5Cl
(C)
C6H5CH(CH3)Cl
(D)
C 6 H 5CH 2 Cl
115. Which compound show optical isomerism ? H
(A)
H
HO
(B)
CO2H H
(C)
CO2H OH
CO2H
(D)
CO2H H
Cl
116. Onheating Chloroform with silver powder gives ........... (A) Ethane (B) Ethyne (C) Methane (D) Eethene 117. Which compound gives more reactivities in SN1 reaction of (A)
C 6 H 5CH 2 Br
(B)
C 6 H 5C(CH 3 ) (C 6 H 5 ) Br
(C)
C 6 H 5 CH (C 6 H 5 ) Br
(D)
C 6 H 5CH (CH 3 ) Br
118. CH 2 = CH 2 + HCl ® X + NaI ¾Acetone ¾¾® Y + NaCl x and y Respectively (A) (C)
Iodo ethane, chloroethane Chloro ethane, iodo ethane
Me CH2Br
+
119.
Anhy.AlCL3
(B) (D)
1, 2 dichloro ethane, Iodo form. Broimoethane, iodoethane
C;C=?
H
(A)
CH3
Br
(B)
CH3
(D)
None of these
H
(C) CH3
169
120. The number of isomers for the compound with colecular formula C2BrClFI is ... (A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 6 (D) 5 121. In the presence of peroxide, hydrogen chloride and hydrogen iodide do not give anti Markovnikov addition to alke nes because. (A) both are hightly tonic (B) one is oxidising and other is reducing (C) (D)
one of the steps is exothermic in both cases all the steps are exothermic in both the cases
122. An SN2 reaction at an a symmetric carbon of a compound always gives. (A) a product with the optical rotation (B) a single stereomer (C) a mixture of diastereomers (D) a product with opposite optical rotation 123. A solution of (+) 2-chloro-2 phenyl ethane in toluene recemises slowly in the presence of small amount of SbCl5 due to the formation of (A) carbanion (B) carbenec (C) carbocation (D) Free redical 124. The final product formed by distilling ethyl alcohol with excess of Cl2 and Ca(OH)2 is (A)
CH 3CHO
(B)
CCl3CHO
(C)
CHCl 3
(D)
(CH 3 )2 O
125. The reaction of CH3CH = CH
OH with HBr gives.
(A)
CH3CH.Br.CH2
OH
(B)
CH3CH2CH.Br
(C)
CH3CH2CH.Br
OH
(D)
CH3 – CH.Br.CH2
(B)
Hydrohelognation reaction
126. A new C-C bond formation is possible in (A) Cannizzaro reaction
Br Br
(C) Clemmensen reduction (D) Reimer tiemann reaction 127. The product of reaction of alcoholic silver nitrate with ethyl bromide is (A) Ethylene (B) Ethyl nitrite (C) Nitro ethane (D) EthylAlcohol 128. Which of the following will have zero dipolemoment ? (A) 1,1 dichloro ethelene (B)
cis-1-2 dichloro ethylene
(C) trans. 1,2-dichloro ethelene (D) none of these 129. Chlorination of Tolnene in the presence of light and heat followed by treatment with aqueous NaOH gives. (A) (C)
O-cresol Ben zoic Acid
(B) (D) 170
P-cresol 2, 4 dihydroxy toluene
130. 2-Phenyl 2-chloro propane on treat ment with alcok gives mainly. (A) 2-phenyl propene (B) 3-phenylpropane (C) 1-phenyl propan 2-ol (D) 1-phenyl propane 3-ol 131. Only two isomeric monochloro derivaties are possible for (A) n-hexane (B) 2, 4 dimethyl pentane (C) benzene (D) 2, methyl propane 132. The C-H bond distance is longest in (A)
C2H 2
(B)
C2H 4
(C)
C 2 H 2 Br
(D)
C2H6
133. Chloroform on treatment with alcoholic KOH + aniline gives (A) phenyl isocyanide (B) Phenol (C) Cyanobenzene (D) None of these 134. The molecular formula of a saturated compound is C2H4Br. The formula permits the existance of two. (A) Functional isomers (B) Position isomers (C) optical isomers (D) Cis trans isomers
Answer Key 1. c 2. c 3. d 4. c 5. b 6. d 7. c 8. b 9. c 10. c 11. c 12. d 13. c 14. c 15. b 16. a 17. b
18. c 19. a 20. b 21. b 22. b 23. d 24. b 25. d 26. c 27. b 28. c 29. c 30. b 31. c 32. a 33. b 34. c
35. c 36. d 37. d 38. a 39. b 40. c 41. b 42. c 43. d 44. d 45. a 46. d 47. c 48. a 49. b 50. b 51. b
52. d 53. c 54. d 55. a 56. b 57. b 58. a 59. c 60. d 61. c 62. d 63. d 64. b 65. c 66. b 67. d 68. d
69. b 70. a 71. a 72. a 73. d 74. b 75. d 76. b 77. c 78. a 79. a 80. b 81. d 82. b 83. c 84. c 85. b 171
86. c 87. d 88. a 89. b 90. a 91. d 92. b 93. c 94. b 95. a 96. d 97. c 98. b 99. c 100. c 101. a 102. b
103. a 104. b 105. d 106. c 107. c 108. b 109. c 110. b 111. b 112. d 113. d 114. b 115. b 116. b 117. b 118. c 119. b
120. c 121. c 122. b 123. c 124. c 125. c 126. d 127. c 128. c 129. c 130. a 131. d 132. d 133. a 134. b
Unit-23 - Organic Compounds Containing Oxygen Important Points A Organic compounds containing oxygen - I 1. ®
2. ®
®
3. ®
®
4. ®
5. ® ®
Preparation of alcohols: Monohydric alcohols are prepared by the hydrolysis of alkyl halides with aqueous alkali, hydration of alkenes, hydrolysis of ester, reduction of (alde hydes, ketones, acids and acid derivatives). Grignard reagents is also used to prepare monohydric alcohols. Physical properties of alcohols: The boiling points of alcohols are much higher than comperatively same molecular masses of alkanes, ethers and alkyl halides. This is due to intermo lecular Hbond. For isomeric alcohols, the boiling points are in the order 10 > 20 > 30. Due to the formation of H-bond between alcohol and H2O modecules, alcohol with lower number of carbons are soluble in water. Chemical properties of alcohols: Alcohols exhibit three types of reactions, (i) Reaction in which O-H bond cleaves (ii)Reaction in which C-O bond cleaves (iii)Reaction in which whole molecule of alcohol participate. Victor-Meyer’s test and Lucas reagent are used to distinduish 10 , 20 and 30 alcohols.Oxidation reactions are also used to distiguished between 10, 20 and 30 alcohols. Preparation of phenol: Phenol is prepare from cumene, diazonium salt, benzene and coal tar. Physical properties of phonol: Phenols have higher boiling point than the corresponding hydrocarbon and aryl halides. This is due to the presence of intermolecular hydrogen bonding. Phenols are more acidic than alcohols because phenoxide ion is stabilised by resonance. The presence of electon withdrawing group like NO2, increases the acidic strength of phenol and electron donating group like R, decreases the acidic strength of phenol. 172
6. ®
7. ®
Chemical properties of phenol: Reaction of phenols are mainly of two types, (i) Reaction involving OH group (ii) Reaction involving phenyl group Preparation of ethers: Ethers are mainly prepared by Williamson’s synthesis which involces the heating of alkyl halides with sodium or potassium alkoxides or phenoxides. Dehydration of alcohol at 140 c also gives ether.. Chemical properties of ethers: (i) Reaction involving cleavage of C-O bond with dilute acid or with HX (ii) Electrophillic substitution reactions occuring in aromatic ring 0
8. ®
B: Organic compounds containing oxygen - II 1.
Carbonyl compounds:
®
+ – Organic compounds containing carbon-oxygen double bond ( C = O) O are C called C carbonyl =O group or carboxy group compounds. In aldehydes, the carbonyl group is attached to one hydrogen atom and one alkyl (or aryl or hydrogen atom) group, while in ketones it is attached to one alkyl and one arly group or to two alkyl (or aryl) groups, which may be same or diffrent. If carbonyl group is attached to one hydroxyl group, the compounds are know as carboxylic acids. In carboxylic acid compounds, if the hydrogen of hydroxyl group is substituted by alkyl or aryl group the compounds are known as esters, but if it is substitued by acyl group, the compounds are known as acid anhydrides. If the carbonyl group is attached to chlorine and to amino group the compounds are known as acid chlorides and amides respectively. The general formula of these compounds are expressed as
Aldehyde
Ketone Carboxylic acid
Anhydride
Acid Chloride Amide
2.
Structure and nature of carbonyl group:
®
Carbonyl carbon atom is sp 2 hybridised and form three s -bonds and one p bond. All the three
®
s-bond lie in same plane having angle 1200. The p- bond lies both above and below the C-O s bond. Thus the carbonyl carbon, oxygen atom and two atoms which are directly bonded to the carbonyl carbon lie in one plane, and is confirmed by electron diffraction and spectroscopic studies. Due to higher electronegativity of oxygen atom relative to carbon atom the carbonyl group is polarized and carbonyl carbon becomes electrophile (Lewis acid) and oxygen becomes nucleophile (Lewis base). Carbonyl group is polar in nature and has dipole moments.Aldehydes and ketones 173
have dipole moments 2.3-2.8 D. The resonance structures are as shown below :
C= O C
+ – C =O
3.
Physical properties of aldehydes and ketones:
®
The polar carbonyl groups have dipole-dipole interaction between opposite ends of the C = O O C group dipoles and hence due to weak intermolecular attraction the melting points and boiling points of aldehydes and ketones are higher than corresponding non-polar compounds. The order of boiling points is carboxylic acid > alcohol > isomeric ketone > isomeric aldehyde > ether > hydrocarbon. Due to hydrogen bonding with water molecules the aldehydes and ketones upto three carbon are soluble in water. The aromatic aldehydes and ketones due to presence of larger hydrocarbon parts (like benzene ring etc.), are insoluble in water. All adehydes and ketones are fairly soluble in organic solvents like benzene, ether, alcohols, chloroform etc. Chemical properties of aldehydes and ketones: Due to presence of hydrogen atom, the carbonyl group of aldehyde is much more reactive than ketone. Aldehydes and ketones undergo nucleophilic addition reaction because the carbonyl carbon atom is slightly positively charged. In nucleophilic addition the first step is reversible and also slow, so it is a rate determining step. The second step is reversible. Due to steric effect and inductive effect the aldehydes are more reactive than ketones. Most of the aldehydes and aliphatic methyl ketones, due to less steric hindrance are more reactive.
®
4. ®
®
Aldehydes and ketones react with NaHSO3 and give bisulphite addition product which are usu ally crystalline solids. On hydrolysis they give original aldehydes and ketones, so this reaction is useful for separation and purification of aldehydes and ketones. Addition of HCN and Grignard reagent to the aldehyde and ketone which give a -hydroxy carboxylic acid and 10 , 20 ,30 alcohols respectively.. Addition of alcohol to aldehyde give hemiacetal and further acetal, while ketone give the same product.
®
Nucleophilic addition reaction of aldehydes and ketones with NH 3 and its derivatives ( H 2 N - Z ) are catalysed by acids. Aldehydes and ketones on reduction give 10 and 20 alcohols respectively.. Aldehydes and ketones can be reduced to hydrocarbon by using different reagent like WolffKishner reduction, Clemmenses reduction, red phosphorus with HI. Ketones on reduction with magnesium amalgam and water give the product pinacol. Oxidation of aldehydes : Tollens’ test, Fehling’s test and Benedict’s test give the product carboxylic acid. Fehling’s test and Benedict’s test are not given by aromatic aldehydes. Oxidation of ketones by strong oxidizing agents like con. HNO3, KMnO 4/ H 2SO 4, K2Cr2O7/H2SO4 give mixture of carboxylic acids. 174
+ – C =O
Oxidation of aldehydes and ketones containing CH 3CO -group give iodoform test.
®
5.
6. ®
Aldol condensation and cross aldol condensation are the reactions given by aldehydes and ketones having a -hydrogen atom or atoms using dilute alkali as catalyst. Cannizzaro reaction is given by aldehydes and ketones which do not have an a -hydrogen atom by using con. NaOH or 50 % NaOH. Electrophilic substitution reactions of aromatic aldehydes and ketones are nitration, sulphonation and halogenation. Preparation of caroxylic acids : Carboxylic acids are prepared from : • Primary alcohol and aldehyde • Alkyl benzene and alkenes • Nitriles and amides. • Grignard reagents • Acid halide (chloride) and anhydrides • Esters Acidic nature of carboxylic acids : Carboxylic acids are stronger acids than phenol and alcohols. For convenience the strength of an acid is generally indicated by its pK a value rather than its K a value.
pKa = –log Ka
7. ®
®
Factors affecting strength of acids are • effect of electron-donating group • effect of electron withdrawing group • attachment of phenyl or vinyl group directly to carbonyl group. Physical and chemical properties of carboxylic acids : Carboxylic acid in aqueous solution form intermolecular hydrogen bonding with water molecules. Carboxylic acids are cyclic dimer in vapour phase or in aprotic solvents. The reactions of carboxylic acid are • Reactions involving cleavage of O-H bond. • Reactions involving cleavage of C-OH bond • Reaction involving -COOH group Substitution reaction in hydrocarbon part of carboxylic acid are halogenation and ring substitution as bromination, nitration and sulphonation. Carboxylic acids are used in different fields.
175
MCQ 1.
Numbers of isomeric alcohols of molecular formula C5 H12O are (A) 5
2.
3.
4.
5.
(B) 8
(C) 6
(D) 9
Which of the following will produce only one product on reduction with LiAlH4 ? (A) CH3COOCH2CH3
(B) CH3CH2OCOCH2CH3
(C) CH3COOCH3
(D) CH3CH2OCOCH2CH2CH3
CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 OH Can be converted to CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 COOH by the following sequence of steps:
(A) PBr3, KCN, H2/{Ni}
(B) HCN, PBr3, H3O+
(C) PBr3, AgCN, H3O+
(D) PBr3, KCN, H3O+
LiAlH 4 H 2 C = CH - COOH ¾¾¾ ® X . What is "X" ?
(A) CH 3CH 2 COOH
(B) CH 3CH 2 CH 2 OH
(C) H 2C = CH - CH 2OH
(D) CH 3CH 2CHO |
P+I H O Mg HCHO ® A ¾¾¾ ® B ¾¾¾ ® C ¾¾¾ ®D, In the following Sequence of reactions, CH 3CH 2OH ¾¾¾ ether 2
2
the compound D is:
6.
(A) propanal
(B) n-butyl alcohol
(C) butanal
(D) n-propyl alcoho
Acid catalysed hydration of alkenes except ethene leads to the formation of (A) primary alcohal (B) mixture of primary and secondary alcohols (C) secondary or tertiary alcohol (D) mixture of secondary and tertiary alcohols
7.
8.
During dehydration of alcohol to alkenes by heating with Conc H2SO4, the initiation step is: (A) elimination of water
(B) formation of an ester
(C) formaton of carbocation
(D) protonation of alcohol molecule
which of the following compounds will give positive iodoform test ? (I) 3- methyl propan-2-ol (III) I - methyl cyclopentanal (II) I - phenyl propan-1-ol (A) I and III
(Iv) 3- phenyl propan-2-ol. (B) I and IV
(C) II and III 176
(D) II and IV
9.
Which of the following alcohal on heating with conc H2SO4 gives product, which show geometrical isomerism ? (A) 2,4- dimethyl pentan-3-ol
B) 2- methyl butan -2-ol
(C) butan-2-ol (D) all of the above 10. Propan -l-ol and propan-2-ol can be distingaished by (A) oxidation with alkaline KMnO4 followed by reation with Fehing Solution (B) oxidation with acidic dichromate followed by reation with Fehling Solution (C) oxidation by heating with copper followed by reation with Fehling Solution (D) oxidation with conc H 2SO 4 followed by reaction with Fehling Solution 11.
Which one of the follwing will most readily be dehydrated in acidic condition ? O
(A)
OH
(B)
O
O
(C)
O
(D) OH
OH
12.
The best reagent to convert pent - 3 - en-2-ol into pent-3en-2-one is (A) acidic permanganate
(B) acidic dichromate
(C) chromic anhydride in glacial acetic acid (D) pyridinium chlorochromate 13.
CH 3CH 2 OH can not be prepare by which of the following reaction ?
(A) Hydrolysis of ethyl acetate (B) Hydroboration of ethene followed by oxidation in basic medium (C) Reaction of ethyl chloride with alcoholic potassium hydroxide (D) Reaction of ethylacetate 14.
The most suitable reagent for the conversion of primary alcohol into aldehyde with the same number of carban is (A) acidified K2Cr2O7 (B) alkaline KMnO4 (C) acidified KMnO4
15.
Na P + Br OH ¾¾¾ ® x ¾¾¾ ® y What is y ? 2
(A) 16.
(D) pyridinium chlorochromate
(B)
(C)
(D)
An organic compound "X" on treatment with PDC in CH 2Cl2 gives compound "Y". Compound "Y", reacts with I2 and alkali to form yellow precipitate. The compound "X" is (A) acetone
(B) ethanal
(C) ethanol 177
(D) acetic acid.
17.
How many optically active stereoisomers are possidle for butan -2,3 -diol ? (A) 1
18.
(B) 2
20.
(D) 4
The correct order of boiling points is for n- Butyl alcohol
tert - Butyl alcohol
(I)
(III)
iso - Butyl alcohol
Sec- Butyl alcohol
(II)
(IV)
(A) I > II >IV > III (C) II > III > I > IV 19.
(C) 3
(B) III > IV > II > I (D) IV > III >II > I
The boiling point of glycerol is more than propanol because of (A) hydrogen bonding
(B) hybridization
(C) arrangment of molecules
(D) size of molecule
An organic compound X is oxidised by using acidified K 2Cr2 O7 . The product obtained reacts with phenyl hydrazine but does not give silver mirror test. The possible structure of X is
21.
(A) CH 3 CH 2 OH
(B) CH 3 CO CH 3
(C) ( CH 3 )2 CH OH
(D) CH 3 CHO
( CH3 )3 CMgCl on reaction with D2O produces (A) ( CD )3 CD
22.
24.
25.
(D) ( CH 3 )3 CD
Lucas test is associated with (A) alcohols
23.
(B) ( CD3 )3 CH (C) ( CH 3 )3 COD (B) phenols
(C) aldehydes
(D) carboxylic acids
______________alcohol reacts immediately with anhydrous ZnCl2 + HCl and gives insoluble chloride (A) Methanol
(B) Ethanol
(C) Isopropyl alcohol
(D) 2 - Methyl propan - 2-ol,
Glycerol is more viscous than ethanol due to (A) many hydrogen bonds per molecule
(B) high boiling point
(C) high molecular weight
(D) Fajan's rule
4.6 gram ethanol when reacts with sodium metal___________is formed.
(A) 11.2 litre H 2 at STP
(B) 1.12 litre H 2 at STP
(C) 1.12 litre O 2 at STP
(D) 11.2 litre H 2 at STP 178
26.
(i ) B H
2 6 P ¬¾¾¾¾¾¾¾ (ii ) H O / OH -¾ 2
(A) Both ƒk™u 27.
H O CH2 ........ ¾¾¾ ® Q P and Q respecctively are 3
2
CH2OH
(ƒ Bk™ )u
CH3 OH
(C)
+
CH2OH
and
C CH H32 H3 (D) CHCOH 2OHand OH and
CH2OH
C2 H 5OH and C6 H 5OH can be distinguished by
(A) Br2 + H 2 O
(B) I2 + NaOH
(C) FeCl3
(D) Both (B) and (C)
28.
In the Lucas test of alcohols, appearnce of cloudiness is due to the formation of (A) aldehyde (B) alkyl chloride (C) acid chloride (D) ketone 29. When ethyl alcohol is treated with cl2 we get (A) CH 3 CH 2 Cl
(B) CH 2 Cl CH 2 OH
(C) CH Cl2 CH 2 OH
(D) CCl3 CHO
30.
When a compound (Molecular formula C3H8O ) is treated with acidic sodium dichromate we get compound "X". When"X" is treated with methyl magnesium bromide followed by hydrolysis compound "y" is formed. The compound y is (A) isopropyl alcohol (B) tertiary butyl alcohol (C) iso butyl alcohol (D) methyl ethyl ketone 31. Idenfify P,Q and R in the following reactions, (i) OH
(ii)
P ¾¾® D
COOH OH
OH
Zn ¾¾¾ ®Q D
C2 H 5 I (iii) R ¾¾¾¾ ®
OC 2H 5
(A) Sodium oxide benzene, Sodium phenoxide (B) Sodalime, benzene, potassium phenoxide (C) Zn, cyclohexanone, Sodium ethoxide (D) Sodium, cyclohexanone, potassium benzoate 32. Salicyladehyde and o-nitrophenol are less soluble in water because, (A) - CHO and - NO2 groups are not polar. (B) they are aromatic compounds. (C) intra molecular H-bond is present (D) their molecular weights are high. 179
33.
The final product of the following reaction is / are OH
CHCl3 50%KOH ¾¾¾¾ ® × ¾¾¾¾¾® KOH OH
CH
(A)
OH
(B) OH
OH
CH2 OH +
(C)
OMe
34.
OH
Given I =
C
COOK
, III = OH
OH
The decreasing order of the acidic character is (A) I >II >III (B) III > II >I (C) II > III >I 35.
COOK
CH2 OH +
(D)
NO2
, II = OH
COOK
O
(D) II >I >III
An organic compound `X' With molecular formula, C7 H8O is insoluble in aqueous NaHCO3 but
dissolves in NaOH . When treated with bromine water, `X' rapidly gives `Y' ( C7 H5OBr3 ) The compounds `X' and `Y' respectively, are (A) benzyl alcohol and 2,4,6 - tribromo-3-methoxy benzene (B) benzyl alcohol and 2,4,6 - tribromo-3-methyl phenol (C) o-cresol and 3,4,5 -tribromo-2- methyl phenol (D) m-cresol and 2,4,6 -tribromo -3- methyl phenol 36. Willamson's Synthesis is used for the preparation of (A) acid (B) ester (C) ether (D) alcohol 37. P - cresol reacts with chloroform in alkaline medium to give the compound A, which adds hydrogen cyanide to form the compound B. The latter on acidic hydrolysis gives chiral carboxylic acid. The structure of the carboxylic acid is CH3
CH 3
(A) OH
CH2COOH
(B) OH CH3
CH3
(C)
CH(OH)COOH
CH2 COOH
(D) OH
OH
180
CH(OH)COOH
38.
Which of the following has maximum acidic strength ? OH
OH
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
NO2
NO2
39.
OH
OH
CH 3
The Structure of the compound that gives a tribromo derivative on treatment with bromive water is CH3
(A)
(B)
OH CH3
(C)
CH2 OH
CH3
OH
(D) OH
40.
(I) Benzene 1,2 - diol (II) Benzene 1,3 -diol (III) Benzene 1,4 -diol (IV) Phenol The incresing order of boiling points of above mentioned compounds is (A) I < II
(A) 44.
HO
Br
+
(A)
N=N
(C)
O
Br
OH
(B)
Br
(C) Br
OH
(D) There is no reaction
Br
+ – Base N2 Cl ¾¾¾ ® OH
(B) (D)
181
OH
45.
Which one of the following is reduced with zinc and hydrochloric to give the corresponding hydrocarbon? (A) Ethyl acetate (B) Acetic acid (C) Acetamide (D) Butan -2-one 46. An organic compound x with molecular formula C5H10O yields phenyl hydrazone and gives a negative response to the iodoform test and Tollen's test. It produces n-pentane on reduction. The compound could be. (A) petanal (B) pentan-2-one (C) pentan-3-one (D) amyl alcohol 47. Which of the following on heating with aqueous KOH, produces acetaldehyde ? (A) CH 3CO Cl
(B) CH 3 CH 2 Cl (C) CH 2Cl CH 2 Cl
(D) CH 3 CH Cl2
48.
The formation of cyanohydrin from a ketone is an example of (A) electrophilic addition (B) nucleophilic addition (C) nucleophilic substitution (D) electrophilic substifution 49. Which of the following is the best method for making iso-propylmethyl ether ?
50.
51.
® (A) CH 3 I + ( CH 3 )2 CHO - ¾¾
® (B) CH 3 I + ( CH 3 )2 CHOH ¾¾
® (C) ( CH 3 )2 CHI + CH 3 O - ¾¾
® (D) ( CH 3 )2 CHCl + CH 3 OH ¾¾
C-O-C angle would be maximum in (A) CH 3 - O - CH 3
(B) CH 3 - O - C2 H5
(C) C2 H5 - O - C2 H5
(D) ( CH 3 )2 CH - O - CH ( CH 3 )2
Which of the following reactions does not yield an ether ? (A) Sodium methoxide reacts with dimethyl sulphate (B) Sodium ethoxide reacts with ethyl bromide (C) Sodium ethoxide reacts with bromocyclopropane (D) Ethanol reacts with CH 2 N 2 in presence of HBF4
52.
Which of the following reagent is used to convert Butan-2-one into propnroic acid (A) NaOH, I /H+ (B) Fehling Solution 2 (C) Tollen's reagent (D) NaOH, NaI/H+ 53. By which of the following proceducres can ethyl n-propyl ether be obtained ? H O HBr Mg Na ¾ ® I ¾¾¾ ® II ¾¾¾ ® III ¾¾¾® (A) C2 H5OH ¾¾ ether C H Br 2
2
5
1.CH O HBr Mg Na ® I ¾¾¾ ® II ¾¾¾® III ¾¾¾® (B) C2 H5OH ¾¾¾ ether C H Br 2.H O 2
3
+
2
5
140 C (C) C2 H5OH + H 2SO 4 ¾¾¾ ® 0
0
180 C ® I ¾¾¾¾¾® (D) C2 H5OH + Conc H 2SO 4 ¾¾¾ CH CH CH Br 3
182
2
2
54.
Oxidation of is isopropyl benzene by oxygen in the presence of dilute acid gives___________. (A) C6H5COOH (B) C6H5COCH3 (C) C6H5CHO (D) C6H5OH 55. Cross aldol condensation occurs between (A) two same aldehydes (B) two same ketones (C) two different aldehydes and ketones (D) two same acids 56. Pentan - 3 - one is not obtainel from (A) 2,2- dichloro pentane (B) 3,3- dichloro pentane (C) pentan -3- ol (D) pent -2- yne 57.
C2 H 5CHO and ( CH 3 )2 CO be distiguished by testing with
(A) phenyl hydrazine (B) hydroxyl amine (C) Fehilng Solution (D) sodium bisulphide 58. Which of the following has the most acidic hydrogen ? (A) hexan-3-one (B) hexan 2,4- dione (C) hexan 2,5-dione (D) hexan 2,3-dione 59.
The appropriate reagent for the transformation (A) Zn - Hg, HCl
60.
61.
(B) H2/Ni
HO
O CH 3
CH 2 – CH 3 HO
(C) NH 2 NH 2 , OH -
(D) NaBH 4
CH 3 - CHO + HCN ¾¾ ® A, compound A on hydrolysis gives
(A) CH 3 - CH 2 - COOH
(B) CH 3 - CH 2 - CH 2 - NH 2
(C) CH 3CH 2 - CH 2 COOH
(D) CH 3CH ( OH ) - COOH
What will be the final product "Z" of the following reaction ? (i) NH (i) Br / KOH KMnO / H SO CH 3CH 2COOH ¾¾¾¾ ® X ¾¾¾¾¾ ® Y ¾¾¾¾¾¾ ®Z (ii) D (ii) HNO 3
2
4
2
4
2
(A) propan-1-ol (C) ethanoic acid
(B) propan-1-amine (D) propanal
62.
A compound, containing only carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, has a molecular weight of 44. On complete oxidation it is converted in to a compound of molecular weight 60. The original compound is (A) an aldehyde (B) an acid (C) an alcohol (D) an ether 63. The major organic product formed from the following reaction O
CH NH (i) ¾¾¾¾ ® ..... is 3
2
(ii) LiAlH4 (iii) H2O 183
H – CH 3 N OH
(A)
(C)
O – NHCH 3
(B)
H N – CH 3
(D)
N – CH 3 H
OH
64.
Which one does not give Cannizaro's reaction ? (A) benzaldehyde (B) 2- methyl propanal (C) p - methoxy benzaldehy de (D) 2,2- dimethyl propanal
65.
A Compound containing molecular formula C5 H10Cl2 on hydrolysis gives compound cotaining molecular formula C5 H10O , Which reacts with NH 2OH and also forms iodoformbut does not give fehling test Original compound is
(A) CH 3
Cl | - C - CH 2 - CH 2 - CH 3
(B)
CH 3
Cl | - CH 2 - C - CH 2 - CH 3
| Cl
| Cl Cl |
(C) CH 3 - CH 2 - CH 2 - CH 2 - CH
(D) CH 3 - CH - CH - CH 2 - CH 3
|
|
|
Cl
Cl
Cl
66.
Silver mirror test can be used to distinguish between (A) ketone and acid (B) phenol and acid (C) aldeyhyde and acid (D) alcohol and phenol 67. The pair of compounds in which both the compounds give positive test with Tollen's reagent is (A) glucose and sucrose (B) fructose and sucrose (C) acetophenone and hexanal (D) glucose and fructose 68. Wolf Kishner reduction reduces (A) - COOH group (B) -Cº C- - group (C) -O- group (D) - CHO group
184
69.
70.
é
-ù
ëOH û OCH - CHO ¾¾¾ ® HOH 2 C - COOH The reaction given is
(A) Aldol condensation
(B) Cannizzaro reaction
(C) Fehling reaction
(D) Tollen's reaction
Cyanohydrin of which of the following, forms lactic acid (A) CH 3CH 2CHO
71.
(B) III > II > I
74.
(D) CH 3COCH 3
(C) II > III > I
(D) I > III > II
Carboxcylic acids are more acidic than phenol and alcohol because of (A) intermolecular hydrogen bonding (C) highly acidic hydrogen
73.
(C) HCHO
O O O || || || CH C H CH C - CH 3 ph C ph 3 3 The correct order of reactivityof phMgBr with , , ( II ) (III) (I ) (A) I > II > III
72.
(B) CH 3CHO
(B) formation of dimers (D) resonance stabilization of their conjugate base
When CH 2 = CH - COOH is reduced with LiAlH4, the compound obtained will be (A) CH 3 - CH 2 - CH 2OH
(B) CH 2 = CH - CH 2OH
(C) CH 3 CO C6 H5
(D) CH 3 - CH 2 - CHO
In a set of the given reactions, acetic acid yielded a product C C6 H 6 C2 H5 MgBr CH 3COOH + PCl5 ¾¾ ® A ¾¾¾¾ ® B ¾¾¾¾ ® C Product C Would be anhy Alcl3 ether
75.
76.
77.
(A) CH3-C(OH)-C6H5
(B) CH3-CH(OH)-C2H 5
(D) CH3COC6H5
(D) CH3CH(OH)C6H5
Among the following acids which has the lowest pka vulue (A) CH 3COOH
(B) HCOOH
(C) ( CH 3 )2 CH - COOH
(D) CH 3 CH 2 COOH
One of the following named reaction is an example of “disproportionation reaction”. Identify it. (A)Brich reduction
(B)Aldol condensation
(C)Reimer-Tiemann reaction
(D)Cannizzaro reaction
Acetone and acetaldehyde are differentiated by
(A) NaOH +I2
(B) Ag(NH3)2+
(C) HNO2 185
(D) I2
78.
Which is not true about acetophenone? (A) Reacts to form 2,4-dinitrophenyl hydrazine (B) Reacts with Tollen’s reagent to form silver mirror (C) Reacts with I 2 /NaOH to form iodoform (D) Reacts with alkaline KMnO4
79.
Which of the following pairs can be distinguidhed by sodium hypoiodite (A) CH3CHO and CH3COCH3 (B) CH3CH2CHO and CH3COCH3
(C) CH3CH2OH and CH3CH2CH(OH)CH3
80.
CH 3CHO and C6 H 5CH 2CHO can be distiguished chemically by (A)Bendict test
81.
(D) CH3OH and CH3CH2CHO
(B)Iodoform test (C)Tollen’s test
(D)Fehling solution test
Ethanal is treated with excess of ethanol in the presence of hydrochloric acid. The product is
O || (A) CH 3 - CH 2 - CH 2 - C - CH 3
OH (B) (CH3)2C OC H 2 5
O || (C) CH 3 - CH 2 - CH 2 - C - CH 2 - CH 2 - CH 3
(D) CH 3 C H
82.
OC2H5 OC2H5
Predict the product in the given reaction CHO
50% KOH Cl
(A)
(B)
Cl
OH
OH – COO
CH2OH +
(C)
OH
CH2OH +
Cl
Cl
83.
– CH2COO
CH2OH +
– COO
CH2OH +
(D) OH
Cl
OH
The number of aldol reaction(s) that occurs in the given transformation is CH3CHO + 4HCHO Con. NaOH(aq)
OH HO
(A) 1
(B) 2
OH OH
(C) 3 186
(D) 4
84.
Identify the correct statement. (A)Aldehydes on reduction give secondary alcohols. (B)Ketones on reduction give primary alcohols. (C)Ketones reduce Fehling’s solution and give cuprous oxide. (D)Ketones do not react with monohydric alcohol.
85.
Arrange the following compounds in increasing order of the reactivity in nucleophilic addition reactions Ethanal (I), Propanal(II), Propanone (III), Butanone (IV) (A) III < II < I < IV (B) IV < III < II
86.
Ketones reacts with Mg-Hg over water gives (A)pinacolone
(B)pinacols
(C)alcohols
(D) none of these
(87) In the presence of a dilute base, C6 H 5CHO and CH 3CHO react together to give ______ product.
(A) C6H5CH3
(B) C6H5CH2CH2OH
(C) C6H5CH2OH
(D) C6H5-CH=CH-CHO
H SO
dilute g 4 ® A ¾¾¾ ® B. The compound B is ... (88) CH º CH ¾¾¾¾ dil . H 2SO 4 NAOH
O
(A)
(B) OH
OH
O
(C)
(D) OH
(89)
CH 3
Choose the weakest acid among the following. (A) F3C COOH
(B) (CH3)2CH COOH
(C) CH3CH2COOH
(90) Among the following compounds, the most acidic is (A) p-nitrophenol
(B) p-hydroxybenzoic acid
(C) o-hydroxybenzoic acid
(D) p-toluic acids
187
(D) FCH2COOH
ANSWER KEY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
B A D B D B D B C C A A C D B C B A A C
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
D A D A B C D B D B B C C C D C C A A C
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
B A D A D C D B A D C A B D C A C B B D
188
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
C A C B A C D D B B C D B A B D B B B B
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
D C C D B B D A B C
Unit-24 Organic Compound Containing Nitrogen MCQ 1.
Select the IUPAC name of the folloing :
CH3 | H5C2 – N – C – CH2 – CH3 | | CH3 C2H5
2.
3. 4.
5.
6.
7.
(A) N - Methyl, N - Ethyl - 3 - Methyl - Pentan - 3 - amine (B) N - Ethyl, N - Methyl - 3 - Ethyl - 3 - Methyl - propan - 1 - amine (C) N - Ethyl, N - Methyl - 3 - Methyl - Pentan - 3 - amine (D) N - Methyl, N - Ethyl - 3 - Methyl - 3 Ethyl - Propan - 1 - amine Which of the Following reactions does not yield an amine ? (A)
R - X + NH 3 ®
(C)
H R - CN + H 2 O ¾¾®
+
Na
(B)
C2 H5 OH R - CH = N.OH + [ H ] ¾¾¾¾ ®
(D)
4 R - CONH2 ¾¾¾¾®
LiAlH
Which of the following amides will not undergo Hofmann bromamide reaction ? (A) Ethanamide (B) Propanamide (C) Benzenamide (D) Acetanilide Which of the following represents the poisonous gas which caused Bhopal tragedy in 1984 ? (A)
CH 3 - N = C = O
(B)
CH 3 - N = C = S
(C)
CH3 - CH = N = S
(D)
CH3 - O - N == S
®
Choose the proer option for given statement on the basis of physical properties Statement : (i) Alkyl isocyanides have bad odours while alkylcyanides have pleasant odours. Statement : (ii) Alkyl cynanides are poisonous compounds. Statement : (iii) The boling points of alkyl cyanides are lower than their isomeric alkyl-isocynides. Statement : (iv) Acetonitrile is soluble in water but methylcarbylamine is not. (A) TTTF (B) TFTF (C) TFFF (D) TFFT Phenyl isocyanide is prepared by which of the Following reaction ? (A) Hoffmann reaction (B) Carbylamine reaction (C) Reimer-Tiemann reaction (D) Wurtz reaction What is the end product (B) in the following reaction sequence ? P2O5 LiAlH 4 Butanamide ¾¾¾ ® A ¾¾¾ ®B D
(A) (C)
n - butylamine Propyl isocyanide
189
(B) (D)
n - propylcyanide n - Propylamine
8.
Which of the following Structures represents a nitrolic acid ? NO 2
(A)
R 2 C = N.OH
(C)
| R - C = N.OH
(D)
R 2N - N = O
R 2 C - NO 2 (B) 9.
| NO
Identify the compound "X" in the Following reactions. CH 3 NO2
Cl2 / NaOH excess
[´]
HNO
3¾ ¬¾¾¾¾
CHCl3
(A)
ClCH 2 NO 2
(B)
CH 3Cl
(C)
Cl 2 CH NO 2
(D)
Cl 3CNO 2
10.
Which of the following amines can not be Prepared by Gabriel - Phthalimide reaction ? (A) Benzylamine (B) Ethylamine (C) Aniline (D) Methylamine
11.
In (CH 3 )3 N the state of hybridization of N-atom and the Spatial rearrangement of methyl groups around it are respectively.
12.
(A)
SP 3 , Pyramidal
(B)
SP 3 , tetrahedral
(C)
SP 2 , trigonal planar
(D)
SP 3 , trigonal planar
Which of the following Compounds loses optical activity due to nitrogen inversion ?
(A)
CH 3CH 2 – CH – CH 3 | NH 2
(C)
CH 3CH2 – CH2
é ê (B) CH 3CH 2 – N – CH 2 CH 3 (D) ê | êCH 3CH 2 – OH ê ë
13.
N
|
CH
– CH2 CH3 3s
ù ú + N – CH 2 – CH = CH 2 úú I | ú CH 3 û CH 2 C6 H 5 |
The pKa Values of same bases are given below pick out the weakest base. (A) 4.40 (B) 4.00 (C) 2.88 (D) 10.68
190
14.
15.
16.
17.
The correct order of increasing basicity in aqueous solution is. (A)
NH 3 < C 6 H 5 NH 2 < (C 2 H 5 )2 NH < C 2 H 5 NH 2 < (C 2 H 5 )3 N
(B)
C 6 H 5 NH 2 < NH 3 < (C 2 H 5 )3 N < C 2 H 5 NH 2 < (C 2 H 5 )2 NH
(C)
C 6 H 5 NH 2 < NH 3 < C 2 H 5 NH 2 < (C 2 H 5 )3 N < (C 2 H 5 )2 NH
(D) None of the above The order of basic strength among the Following amines in the Vapour phase (non - aqueous) Solution is. (A)
CH 3 NH 2 > (CH 3 )3 N > (CH 3 )2 NH
(B)
(CH 3 )3 N > (CH 3 )2 NH > CH 3 NH 2
(C)
CH 3 NH 2 > (CH 3 )2 NH > (CH 3 )3 N
(D)
(CH 3 )3 N > CH 3 NH 2 > (CH 3 )2 NH
Dye test can be used to distinguish between (A) Ethylamine and acetamide (C) Urea and acetamide Identify 'Z' in the sequence.
(B) Ethylamine and aniline (D) Methylamine and Ethylamine +
NaNO2 + HCl H / H 2O CuCN / KCN C6 H 5 NH 2 ¾¾¾¾¾ ® x ¾¾¾¾® y ¾¾¾¾ ® z 273 K Boil
18.
(A)
C 6 H 5CN
(B)
C 6 H 5CONH 2
(C)
C 6 H 5COOH
(D)
C 6 H 5CH 2 NH 2
Which of the following arylamines is most difficult to diazotize ? (A) O2N (C) Cl
19.
20.
NH2 NH2
(B) CH3O
NH2
(D) CH3
NH2
Deamination of benzenediazonium chloride can be carried out with (A)
H 3 PO 3
(B)
H 3 PO 4
(C)
H 3 PO 2
(D)
HPO 3
Which prouduct will be obtained by the hydrolysis of the product obtained by reaction of butane nitrile with Ethyl magnesium bromide ? (A) Ethyl - n - propyl ether (B) Ethoxy propane (C) Ethyl propanoate (D) Hexan - 3 - One
191
21.
Which of the following daizonium salts when boiled with dil. H 2SO 4 gives the corresponding phenol most difficult ? (A) HO3S
22.
23.
N+ º N
(C) Br N+ º N (D) CH3O N+ º N Arrange the following amines in order of increasing basicity n - pentylamine (I), Sec-pentyl amine (II), iso - pentylamine (III), tert - pentylamine (IV). (A) I < II < III < IV (B) II < III < I < IV (C) IV < III < II < I (D) III < IV < I < II Match the entries of column - I with appro priate entries of column - II and choose the correct option. Column - I (Amine)
24.
25.
26.
N+ º N
(B) CH3
- Cloumn - II
(A) Benzenamine - (P) (B) N - Methyl aniline - (q) (C) N, N - di Methylaniline - (r) (D) N - Ethyleethanamine - (s) (A) A-P, B-q, C-r, D-S (B) (C) A-S, B-P, C-q, D-r (D) Which of the following statement is correct ? (A) P - nitroaniline is a stronger base than aniline. (B) Aniline is a weaker base than O-methoxyanline (C) P - methoxy aniline is a weaker base than aniline (D) Aniline is a weaker base than ethylamine Benzylamine may be preared by.............
( P K a Value)
11.0 5.08 4.30 4.62 A-q, B-p, C-r, D-s A-S, B-r, C-q, D-P
(A)
LiAlH 4 / ether C6 H5CONH 2 ¾¾¾¾¾ ¾ ®
(B)
LiAlH 4 / ether C6 H5CN ¾¾¾¾¾ ¾ ®
(C)
(i) KOH ( ii ) C6H5CH2 Br Phthalimide ¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾ ® ( iii ) Aq NaOH D
(D)
All of the above
AC 2 O Br2 2O (B) ¾H¾ ¾¾® ¾ ® (C) P-toludine ¾¾¾® (A ) CH COOH H+ 3
What would be (C) for the reaction.
COCH3 Br
NH2 COCH3 (A)
(B) CH3
(C)
CH3
NH2 Br CH3
192
(D)
NHCOCH3 Br CH3
27.
28.
29.
The correct order of decreasing basic nature for the bases NH 3 , CH 3 NH 2 and (CH 3 ) NH is.... (A)
CH 3 NH 2 > (CH 3 )2 NH > NH 3
(B)
(CH 3 )2 NH > NH 3 > CH 3 NH 2
(C)
CH 3 NH 2 > NH 3 > (CH 3 )2 NH
(D)
NH 3 > CH 3 NH 2 > (CH 3 )2 NH
When a primary amine reacts with chloroform in ethanolic KOH, then the product is............ (A) an isocyanide (B) an aldehyde (C) a Cyanide (D) an alcohol In the following sequence of reactions, what are suitable for (A) and (B) when (D) is 1 - phenyl propan - 1 - one. Hydrolysis ® D + Mg(NH2)Br A + B ® [ C ] ¾¾¾¾ + H 2O / H +
30.
31.
32.
(A)
A = C6 H5C º N, B = CH3CH 2 MgBr
(B)
A = C6 H5CONH 2 , B = CH3CH 2 MgBr
(C)
A = CH 3CH 2 - C º N, B = C6 H5 MgBr
(D) both (a) and (c) Inter molecular hydrogen bonding is strongest in (A) Methylamine (B) Phenol (C) Methanal (D) Methanol Among the following dissociation constant is highest for (A)
C 6 H 5OH
(B)
CH 3 NH 3+ Cl -
(C)
CH 3 - C º CH
(D)
C 6 H 5CH 2 OH
Each question given below contains statement - 1 (Assertion) and Statement - 2 (Reason). Each queastion has 4 choices (a), (b), (c) and (d). out of which only one is correct choose the correct option as under : (A) Statement - 1 is True; Statement - 2 is True ; Statement - 2 is a correct explanation for Statement - 1 (B) Statement - 1 is True; Statement - 2 is True; Statement - 2 is Not a correct explanation for Statement - 1 (C) Statement - 1 is True; Statement - 2 is False (D) Statement - 1 is False; Statement - 2 is True. Statement - 1 Aniline is less basic than P - toludine. Statement - 2 P - toludine is more basic than Aniline due to electron donating group - CH 3 .
193
33.
34.
35.
36.
Statement - 1 Aniline on reaction with at NaNO2/HCl 273K following by coupling with b-naphthol gives a dark red coloured precipitate. Statement - 2 The colour of the compound formed in the reaction of aniline with NaNO2/HCl at 273K followed by coupling with b-napthol is due to the extended conjugation. Statement - 1 Primary aliphatic amine forms highly stable alkyl diazonium salt. Statement - 2 Benzenediazonium chloride is easily soluble in water while Benzene diazonium fluoroborate is insolubel in water. Statement - 1 Aniline is a weaker base than ammonia Statement - 2 Aniline is resonance stabilized. Statement - 1 P - nitro anline is a weaker base than p-toludine Statement - 2 The electron with drawing - NO 2 group in P-nitroaniline makes it a stronger base.
37.
38.
Statement - 1 "Benzonitrile can not be prepared by nucleophilic substitution of benzene". Statement - 2 " Benzonitrile can be easily prepared via diazonium salt". Statement - 1 " Carboxylic acids are obtained by hydrolysis of Cyanide compounds in presence of sulphyric acid and ammonia is liberated." Statement - 2 " Primary amine is obtained by reduction of cyanide compound in presence of LiAlH4 . "
39.
40.
Statement - 1 "Gabriel Synthesis is used in the preparation of primary alifatic amines." Statement - 2 "Primary aromatic amine can be prepared by Gabriel synthesis's method." Statement - 1 " The boiling points of alkyl isocyanides are lower than their isomeric alkyl cyanides." Statement - 2 "Isocyanide group is polar, so its boiling points is higher than their isomeric alkyl cyanides."
194
41.
42.
An organic compound (A) on reduction gives compound (B) on treatment with CHCl 3 and alcoholic KOH gives (C) on Catalytic reduction gives N - Methyl aniline. The compound (A) is........ (A) Methylamine (B) Aniline (C) Nitrobenzene (D) Nitro methane Which is formed when (CH3)4 – N – OH is heated ? (A)
CH 3 NH 2
(B)
C 2 H 5 NH 2
(C)
(CH 3 )3 N
(D)
(CH 3 )2 NH
43.
Aniline first react with acetyl chloride producing "A". "A" reacts with nitric acid / sulphuric acid mixure and produce compound "B", which hydrolyses to compound "C" what is the identity of "C" ? (A) Acetanilide (B) P - nitro aniline (C) P - Nitroacetanilide (D) Sulphanilic acid
44.
Statement : (1) Sulphonation of aniline with conc. H 2SO 4 at 455 - 475 gives sulphanilic acid
45.
Statement : (2) Sulphanilic acid exists as a zwitterion and is amphoteric in nature. Statement : (3) Sulphanilic acid has high melting point and is practically insolube in water, acidic solutions and organic solvents. Choose the proper option for above statement. (T = True, F = False) (A) TFT (B) TFF (C) FTF (D) TTT Which of the following reactant produced Benzanilide when it treated with aniline ? (A) Acetic anhydride (B) Benzenamide (C) Acetyl chloride (D) Benzoyl choride
CºN 46.
H O + CH3MgBr ® Q ¾¾¾ ® P The procut "P" in the above reaction is ........... OCH3 3
CH
(A) 47.
48.
OH CH3
+
COCH3
CHO (B)
OCH3
(C)
OCH3
OCH3
COOH3
(D)
OCH3
Which of the following is the strongest base in aqueous solution ? (A) Methylamine (B) Aniline (C) Trimethylamine (D) Dimethylamine Identify (x) for the following reaction. ( i ) Sn / HCl ® x Benzonitrile ¾¾¾¾¾ ( ii ) NaNO2 / HCl 273 K ( iii ) H 2O
(A) (C)
Toluene Benzaldehyde
(B) (D) 195
Benzyl alcohol Benzene diazonium chloride
49.
In the following reaction sequence, predict the compound (x) and (y). NH2
( i ) NaNO2 / HCl
Exless Br2 273 K ¾¾¾¾ ® x ¾¾¾¾¾ ® Y ( ii ) H 3 PO2
CH3
NH2 (A)
Br Br and CH 3
(B) Br
CH3
(C)
NH2 Br Br
Br
and
Br
NH2
Br and
(D)
Br
Br CH3
CH3 NH2 Br Br
Br
Br
Br
OH
and CH3
CH3
50.
How many primary amines are possibile with the formula of C 4 H11 N ?
51.
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 Which of the following is not the correct reaction of aryldiazonium salts ?
52.
(A)
HCl C6 H 5 N 2+ Cl - + CuCl ¾¾® C6 H 5 Cl
(B)
D C6 H 5 N 2 + Cl - + HBF4 ¾¾ ® C6 H 5 F
(C)
C6 H 5 N 2+ Cl - + H 3 PO 2 ¾¾ ® C6 H 5 PO 4
(D)
C6 H 5 N 2+ Cl - + SnCl2 / HCl ¾¾ ® C6 H 5 NHNH 2
(D)
4
No. of s and p bonds contains Allyl isocyanide are ____and ____ (A)
9s and 3p
(B)
9s and 9p
(C)
3s and 4p
(D)
5s and 7 p
53.
Identify (A), (B), and (C) for the given reaction. Ethane nitrile (A) A = Ethanol, B = Ethanal, C = Ethanoic acid (B) A = Ethylamine, B = Ethanol, C = Ethanal (C) A = Ethanamide, B = Ethanol, C = Ethanal (D) A = Ethanoic acid, B = Ethanol, C = Ethanal
54.
Gas evolved during the reaction of Na-metal on C 2 H 5 NH 2 is : (A)
55.
Br
N2
(B)
H2
(C)
C2H 2
(D)
CO 2
When primary amine is heated with CS2 in presence of excess of HgCl 2 , it gives isocyanate The reaction is called : (A) Hoffmann's bromamide reaction (B) Perkin's reaction (C) Hoffmann's mustard oil reaction (D) Carbylamine reaction 196
56.
Which of the reactions will not give a primary amine ? (A)
Br2
Acetamide ¾¾ KOH ¾®
(B)
(C) 57.
Methyl isocyanide ¾LiAlH ¾¾4 ® The IUPAC name for
Ethanenitrile ¾LiAlH ¾¾4 ® (D)
Acetamide ¾LiAlH ¾¾4 ®
CH3 - CH = CH - CH2 - CH - CH2 × COOH | NH2
58.
59. 60.
61.
62.
63.
64.
(A) 5 - amino - 2 - heptenoic acid (B) 3 - amino - hept - 5 - enoic acid (C) 5 - amino - hex - 2 - ene - carboxylic acid (D) b - amino - 8 - heptenoic acid The action of nitrous acid on an aliphatic primary amine, gives : _________ (A) alcohol (B) alkyl nitrite (C) secondary amine (D) nitro alkane How many isomeric amines with formula C3H9N are possible ? (A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5 Which one of the following methods is neither meant for the synthesis nor for separation of amines ? (A) Hinsberg method (B) Carbyl amine method (C) Hofmann method (D) Wurtz reaction Which of the following is not correct ? (A) Ethylamine and aniline both have NH2 group. (B) Ethylamine and aniline both dissolve in HCl. (C) Ethylamine and aniline both react with HNO2 to give hydroxy compounds. (D) Ethylamine and aniline both react with CHCl3 and KOH to form unpleasant smell. Which is most basic ? (A) Aniline (B) O-Nitroaniline (C) p-nitro aniline (D) m-nitro aniline Gabriel phthalimide reaction is used for the preparation of (A) 10 aromatic amine (B) 10 aliphatic amine (C) 20 aliphatic amine (D) 20 aromatic amin Which is most basic ? NH2 (A)
65.
CH3
(B)
NH2
NH2
NH2
(C)
CH3
(D)
CH3
Which is most versatile compound in the synthesis of aromatic compounts ? (A) benzene diazonium chloride (B) nitro benzene (C) C6H 5CONH 2 (D) C6H5Cl 197
66.
Identify : C for the following reaction Br2 AC2O H + / H 2O C6H5NH2 ¾¾¾ ® A ¾¾ ® B ¾¾¾¾ ® C
NHCONH2
NHCOCH3
(A)
(B) Br
NH2
OH
(C)
(D) Br
Br
67.
Name the amide which on reduction gives.
68.
(A) Hexanamide (B) (C) Heptanamide (D) Identify A, B, C and D in the following reactions :
Br
NH2 Pentanamide Butanamide
Br2 NaNO2 / HCl H 3 PO2 / H 2O Sn / HCl ¾ ® C ¾¾¾¾ ® B ¾¾¾¾ Nitrobenzene ¾¾¾® ¾ ® D A ¾¾¾ 273 K Excess
(A)
69.
A = aniline, B = 2, 4, 6 - Tribromoniline, C = 2, 4, 6 - tribromo benzene diazonium chloride D = 1, 3, 5 - tribromo benzene (B) A = Benzene, B = 2, 4, 6 tribromo benzene C = 2, 4, 6 - tri chloro benzene D = 2, 4, 6 - tri chloro phenol (C) A = aniline, B = P-bromoaniline, C = P-bromobenzene diazonium chloride. D = P - bromo phenol (D) A = aniline, B = p-bromo aniline, C = p-bromobenzene diazonium chloride. D = Bromo benzene Identify A, B and D in the following reaction : CH3CH2CH2NH2
70.
71.
PCl5 Na1C2 H 5OH KCN HONO D ® B ¾¾¾ ® C ¾¾¾¾® ¾¾¾ ® A ¾¾¾
(A)
[A] = CH 3CHO,
[B] = CH 3Cl,
[D] = CH 3CH 2 NH 2
(B)
[A] = CH 3CH 2OH,
[B] = CH 3CH 2Cl,
[D] = CH 3CH 2CH 2 NH 2
(C)
[ A ] = CH3CH 2CH 2OH,
(D)
[A] = CH 3CHO,
[ B] = CH3CH 2CH 2Cl, [ D] = CH3CH 2CH 2CH 2 NH 2
[B] = CH 3CH 2Cl,
[D] = CH 3CH 2CH 2 NH 2
Out of the following compounds, which is the most basic ? (A) CH3NH 2 (B) (CH3)2NH (C) (CH3)3N (D) CH5NH 2 Aniline on oxidation with Na2Cr2O7 and H2SO4 gives............ (A) benzoic acid (B) m-amino benzoic acid (C) p-benzo quinone (D) schiff's base
198
72.
73.
Hinsberg's reagent is .................. (A) benzene sulphonyl chloride (B) benzene sulphonic acid (C) phenyl isocynide (D) benzene sulphonamide Gabrid phthalimide reaction is used for the preparation of ................
(A) 74. 75. 76.
77.
78.
79.
80.
81.
82.
NH2 (B) CH3-NH-CH3
(D) CH3 – N – CH 3 | CH3 The number of possible structures of amines (C7H9N) having one benzene ring is.......... (A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6 Number of primary amines of the formula C4H11N is ................. (A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 4 (D) 3 The reagents needed to convert is/are : Benzenamide ® Acetanilide (A) KOH/Br2, LiAlH4 (B) KOH/Br2, CH3COCl (C) HONO, Cu2Cl2, (CH3CO)2O (D) KOH/Br2, Ni/H2, CH3COCl The compound C5H13N is optically active and reacts with HNO2 to give C5H11OH. The command is (A) N-methylbutanamine (B) 1-amino pentane (C) 2-Amino pentane (D) N, N-Dimethyl propanamine The amine which does not react with Acetyl chloride is (C)
CH 2.NH2
(A)
CH 3 NH 2
(B)
(CH 3 )2 NH
(C)
(CH 3 )3 N
(D)
None of the above
Among the following, the strongest base is :_______ (A) Aniline (B) (C) m-nitro aniline (D)
P-nitro aniline Benzyl amine
( CH 3CO )2 O Ni / H 2 NaCN Chloro ethane ¾¾¾ z Z in the above sequence is............... ® x ¾¾¾ ® y ¾¾¾¾®
(A)
CH 3CH 2 CH 2 NHCOCH 3
(B)
CH 3CH 2 CH 2 NH 2
(C)
CH 3CH 2 CH 2 CONHCH 3
(D)
CH 3CH 2 CH 2 CONHCOCH 3
Aniline when diazotized in cold and then treated with Aniline gives a coloure product, Its structure would be....... (A) CH3
N=N
NH2
(C) H2N
N=N
NH2
(B) H2N 7
(D)
Which of the following is the strongest base ? (A) 0-methyl aniline (C) N-methyl aniline
199
(B) (D)
N=N N=N
Aniline Benzylamine
83.
Identity the product in the following sequence : (i) Diazotisation ® 3, 4, 5 - Tri bromo aniline ¾¾¾¾¾ (ii) H3PO 2
84.
85.
(A) 3, 4, 5 - Tribromo benzene (B) 3, 4, 5 - Tribromo phenol (C) 1, 2, 3 - Tribromo benzene (D) 1, 2, 6 - Tribromo phenol Aromatic nitriles (ArCN) are not prepared by the reaction : (A) Ar X + KCN (B) ArN+2Cl + CuCN (C) ArCONH2 + P2O5 (D) ArCONH2 + SOCl2 The Following sequence of reactions on A gives CH2CONH2 COOCH3
(A)
O
( i ) Br2 , KOH ¾¾¾¾® ? ( ii ) Heat
O O
O
(B)
( C)
NH
O
O
86.
Presence of a nitro group in a benzene ring ______ (A) renders the ring basic (B) deactivates the ring towards nucleophilic substitution (C) deactiveates the ring towards electrophilic substitution (D) activates the ring towards electrophilic substitution
87.
The reaction of CHCl 3 and alcoholic KOH with p-toluidine gives. (A) H3C
88.
(B) H3C
CNO (C) H3C
NC
(D) H3C
O O
CN
Predict the product : NHCH3
(A) 89.
NCO
(D)
NH
+ NaNO2 + HCl ® Product
CH3 | N – NO2
NHCH3 NO (B)
NHCH 3 +
(C)
OH | N – CH3
(D)
CH3 | N–N=O
NO Suggst a structural formula of a compound having molecular C8 H11 N(A ) Which is optically active dissolves in dil aqueous HCl and releases N 2 with Nitrous acid. NH2
NH2 (A)
(B) CH2CH3
90.
NH2
CH3
(C)
CH3
(D) H3C
CH3
CH – CH3 | NH2
Which is the oxidised product of when benzene diazonium chloride treated with hypo phyosphrous acid ? (A)
H 3 PO 4
(B)
H3PO 3
(C) 200
H 4 P2 O 7
(D)
None of this
91.
Identify (F) from the following reaction : CH3
Re d n
[0] NaNO2 / HCl Br2 H 2O , H 3 PO2 Sn / HCl ® E ¾¾¾¾ ® A ¾¾¾® B ¾¾¾¾® C ¾¾¾¾¾ ® D ¾¾¾ KMnO4 Bromination 273- 278 K
NO2 Soda lim e ¾¾¾¾ ® F D
92.
(A) Benzene (C) Bromobenzene (B) 1,2-dibromobenzene (D) 1,-2 - dibromobenzoicAcid Give the IUPAC name of product (A) and (D) respectively. D ¾¾¾ ® - BF3 +
C 6 H5 N 2 Cl- + HBF4
NaNO2 ( aq ) ¾¾¾¾ ® Cu ,D - NaBF4 - N2
93.
A
- N2
Ni / H 2 AC2 O B ¾¾¾ ® C ¾¾¾¾ ¾ ®D - CH3COOH
(A) Benzene, Acetanilide (B) Fluorobenzene, Acetanilide (C) Toluene, N - acetyl benzenamine (D) Fluoro benzene, Ethanmide Which of the poroducts are same in the following reaction ? Con . HNO /
Reduction
NaNO2 + HCl 3 Zn ÃkkWzh CuCN / KCN Ni/3H 2 Con . H 2 SO4 ® D ¾¾¾¾® C 6H 5OH ¾¾¾® A ¾¾¾¾ E ® C ¾¾¾¾¾ 273 K D ® B ¾¾¾¾
Con . HNO3 /
+
( NaOH + CaO ) H / H 2O Con . H 2 SO4 ® G ¾¾¾¾ ¾¾¾¾ ® F ¾¾¾¾¾ ® H D
94.
(A) (A) and (G) (B) (B) and (H) (C) (C) and (G) (D) both (a) and (b) When benzenediazonium chloride react with substance of column-1 it gives coloured product given in column-II select proper option from the following. Column - I Column - II (A) (B)
95.
OH / NaOH OH / NaOH
(C)
NH2 / HCl
(D)
N
CH3 CH3
/ HCl
(P) P - amino azobenzene (Q) P - N - N - dimethylamino - azobenzene (R) P - hydroxy azobenzene (S) b - Napthyl azobenzene
(A)
A - P, B - Q, C - R , D - S
(C)
A - Q, B - P, C - R , D - S
(B)
A - R , B - S, C - A, D - Q
(D)
A - S, B - Q, C - P, D - R
Which of the following compunds is not prepared by sandmeyer's reaction ? (A) Chloro benzene (B) Bromobenzene (C) Benzene nitrile (D) Iodobenzene 201
96.
97.
Which of the following subsance gives reaction with benzene sulphonyl chloride ? (A) N, N - Dimethyl ethanamine (C) Methyl ethylamine (B) Trimethylamine (D) Dimethyl ethyl amine Identify, (A), (B) and (C) for the reaction given : H 3 PO4 ¾¾¾ ® A + H 3 PO3 + HCl + H 2O
SnCl 2 + HCl ¾¾¾¾ ® B + HCl
C6H5N2+Cl–
dil . H 2 SO4 ¾¾¾¾ ® C + N 2 + HCl > 283 K
NH-NH2 (A) A =
,B=
98.
,C=
(B) A =
,B=
NH-NH2 ,B=
Cl
OH
(C) A =
NO2
OH
OH
,C=
NH-NH2 ,C=
(D) A =
OH
,B=
,C=
Select the IUPAC name of the following : O || C2H5 – N – S – C 6H 5 | || C2H5 O
99.
(A) N, N- diethyl benzene sulphonyl amine (C) N,N- diethyl benzene sulphonamide Which of the following is least basic ?
(B) (D)
(A) H2N
(C) H2N
OCH3
(B) H2N
CH3
N, N- deithyl -Phenyl sulphonamide N,N-diethyl benzene thionyl amine COOH (D)
100. Which of the following reactions is known as "Balz -Schiemann reaction"? (A)
C6 H5 N 2+ Cl - + HBF4 ® C6 H5 N +2 BF4 -
D ¾¾ ® C6 H 5 F
(B)
3 + 3 KOH C 6 H 5 - NH 2 ¾CHCl ¾¾ ¾¾® C 6 H 5 - N + º C -
(C)
C 6 H 5 - N +2 Cl - ¾Cu ¾- Powder ¾¾® C 6 H 5 - X + N 2 + CuCl
(D)
4 NaOH C 6 H 5CONH 2 ¾Br ¾2 +¾ ¾ ¾® C 6 H 5 - NH 2 + Na 2 CO 3 + 2 NaBr + 2H 2 O
D
HX
D
101. Which has highest Kb value? R = CH 3 (A)
R 2 NH
(B)
R 3N
(C)
R - NH 2
(D)
NH 3
202
NH2
CH = CHNO2 102.
Zn / Hg ¾¾¾ ® Product. Here the product is HCl
COCH3 CH = CH.NO2
CH2CH2NH2
CH = CH.NH2
(A)
(B)
CH2CH3
CH2CH2NO2
(C)
(D)
CH2CH3
CH2CH3
CH2CH3
103. Which of the following statement is true regarding the basicity of the following two primary amines ? CH2NH2
CH2NH2 I
(A) (B) (C) (D)
II
Both are equally basic because both are 10 amies I > II because it is an aromatic amine II > I because it is an aliphatic amine I < II because of difference in the nature of B-carbon
O || ..– + .. 104. R – C – CH – N º N ® Intermediate + N 2
What is the nature of its intermediate in this reaction ? (A) Carboniumion (B) (C) Carbene (D) 105. Identify (D) in the given reaction. ( i ) LiAlH ( ii ) PBr3
4 CH 3COOH ¾¾¾¾¾ ®
[A]
( i ) KCN ( ii ) LiAlH 4
¾¾¾¾®
[ B]
Carbanion Freeradical -
CHCl3 / OH ¾¾¾¾¾®
[ C]
LiAlH 4 ¾¾¾¾ ®
(A)
CH 3CH 2 OH
(B)
CH 3CH 2 CH 2 NH CH 3
(C)
CH 3CH 2 CH 2 NH 2
(D)
CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 COOH
106. Which of the following can undergo Hofmann reaction most easily ? CONH2
(A)
(B)
(C)
SO3H
(D) OCH3
107. Which of the following name is correct for CH 2 = CH - CN ? (A) (C)
CONH2
CONH2
CONH2
Acrylonitrile Prop - 2 -ene nitnle
(B) (D)
203
Vinyl Cyanide All are correct
NO2
108. Which of the following is the correct IUPAC name of CH 3 NC ? (A) (C)
Methyl isocyanide Methyl carbylamine
(B) (D)
ethane isonitrile both (a) and (c)
ANWER KEY
1.c 2.c 3.d 4.a 5.d 6.b 7.a 8.c 9.d 10.C 11.a 12.c 13.c 14.c 15.b 16.b 17.c 18.a 19.c 20.d 21.a 22.c 23.d 24.d 25.d 26.c 27.d 28.a 29.d 30.d 31.b 32.a 33.c 34.d 35.b 36.c 37.b 38.b 39.c 40.a 41.c 42.c 43.b 44.d 45.d 46.c 47.d 48.b 49.b 50.d 51.c 52.a 53.a 54.b 55.b 56.c 57.b 58.a 59.c 60.d 61.c 62.a 63.b 64.d 65.a 66.d 67.a 68.a 69.c 70.b 71.c 72.a 73.c 74.c 75.c 76.b 77.c 78.c 79.d 80a 81.b 82.d 83.c 84.a 85.c 86.c 87.c 88.d 89.d 90.b 91.c 92.d 93.d 94.b 95.d 96.c 97.a 98.c 99.c 100.a 101.a 102.b 103.d 104.c 105.b 106.c 107.d 108.d 204
Hints 8.
HONO ® R – C – NO2 R - CH2NO2 ¾¾¾ - H 2O || Nitro NOH Compound
Nitrolic acid 9.
C Cl 3 NO 2 Known as "Chloropicrin" (X)
10.
Primary aromatic amine can not be prepared by this method because nucleophile aryl halide, does not become favouable anion for phthalimide.
12.
Due to nitrogen inversion 3o - amines with three different alkyl groups undergo racemization hence lose optical activity i.e, option (C) is correct.
13.
Higher value of K b (or lower value of P K b ) Shows more basicity of amine. P Ka
+
P
Kb = 14
P Kb
= - log Kb
For, option (C) P K b = 2.88 hence, P K b =14 - 2.88 P Kb
14.
= 11.12
15.
C 6 H 5 NH 2 is weaker than NH 3 and basicity of amines in aqueous sloution is 2 o > 3o > 1o In non aqueous solvents the base strength increases as the magnitude of + 1 - effect increases,
16.
3 > 2o > 1o Only aromatic primary amines gives dye test.
18.
Due to strong electron -withdrawing effect of the - NO 2 group, the nucleophilicity of the
o
- NH 2 is reduced and hence diazotisation becomes difficult. 21.
Aromatic 1o amines containing electron donating groups at O- and P- positions undergo diazotisation much more readily than aniline while those containing electron with drawing groups such as - NO 2 ,-SO 3 H,-COOH, etc.are difficult to diazotise.
22.
As the steric hindrance increases from (I ) + (IV ) the basicity decreases, so, increasing order of basicity becomes IV < III < II < I.
31.
CH 3 NH 3+ Cl - being asalt, undergoes almost complete dissociation, therefore, it has a high dissociation constant.
NO2 41. (A) Nitrobenzene
Re d
n
NH2
CHCl3/ KOH
(B)
+ NC º
(C)
205
–
H 2 Catalyst
Re d n
NH – CH3
N - methylaniline
42.
D [ (CH 3 )3 (CH 3 )4 . N. OH ¾¾®
NH2 43.
N ] + CH 3OH
NHCOC6H5
CH3COCl – HCl
Aniline
HNO3 + Conc.H2SO4
288 K
Acetanilide NH2
NH 2
+ NO2 p - Nitro aniline
NH2 45.
NHCOCH3 NO2
NHCOCH3 +
o - Nitroace tanilide
NO2 p - Nitroace tanilide
H+ / H2 O
NO2
– CH3COOH
o - Nitro aniline
NHCOC6H5
C6H5COCl – HCl
Aniline
Benzanilide
50.
Four (n - butylamine, isobutylamine, sec-butylamine, ter-butylamine)
52.
CH 2 = CH - CH 2 - N + º C - (allyl isocyanide)
54.
2C 2 H 5 NH 2 + 2 Na ® 2C 2 H 5 NHNa + H 2
55.
CH 3CH 2 NH 2 + CS2 + H g Cl 2 ® CH 3CH 2 NCS + H gS + 2HCl
It is known as Hoffmann's mustard oil reaction. 56.
CH 3 NC on reduction will give a secondary amine.
58.
R - NH 2 + HNO 2 ® R - OH + N 2 + H 2 O
59.
Aliphatic amine
Alcohol
(i)
( ii )
CH 3CH 2 CH 2 NH 2
Propan -1-amine (iv)
CH3 - CH - CH3 | NH 2
Propan - 2 - amine
( iii )
C2 H5 - NH - CH3
N-mthyl ethanamine
(CH 3 )3 N N, N - dimethyl Methanamine
62.
- NO 2 ,group is electron with drawing group.
73.
Gabriel phthalimide reaction is used for the preparation of primary aliphatic amines only. 206
74.
NH2 CH3
NH2 CH3
(i)
75.
(ii)
NH2
CH3 (iii)
NHCH3
CH2NH2
(iv)
(v)
CH3 – CH2 – CH – CH3 , | NH2
CH 3CH 2CH 2CH 2NH 2,
CH3 | CH3 – C – CH3 , | NH2
CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – NH 2 | CH3 (i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
77. It has chiral carbon So, it is optically active. 78.
3o - amines do not react with acetyl chloride because they do not have replaceable H atom. 79. Benzylamine is stranger base because the lone pair on N atom is not de localised over the benzene ring. 88. Secondary aliphatic and aromatic amines react with nitrous acid to form N - nitroso amine. 102. Amalgamated Zn and HCl reduces carbonyl group to methylene group without affecting double bond.
ì - Co - ® - CH 2 -ü ý So, (b) option is correct í î - NO 2 ® - NH 2 þ CH2NH2
103. II
b-Carbon 3 SP hybridisation
O || ..– + .. 104. R – C – CH – N º N
CH2NH2 b-Carbon 2 SP hybridisation
– N2
O || .. – R – C – CH Carbene
106. - OCH 3 is more electron - releasing hence when the migrating aryl group has - OCH 3 in the para position, its migrated is accelerated.
207
Unit-25 - POLYMER §
IMPORTANT POINTS INTRODUCTION Polymer : Polymer (poly = many ; meros = parts) : is defined a material which is made by linking together a large number of small recurring units called monomers. For example, polythene (–CH2 – CH2 –)n is formed by linking together a large number of ethene (C2H4) molecules.
·
Difference between Polymer and Macromolecule. Both polymer and macromolecules are very big molecules. In a polymer there must be repeating units. But in a macromolecule, the repeating unit may or may not be present. For example, polyethene containing the repeating unit – CH2 – CH2 - , is regararded as both a polymer and a macromolecule. But chlorophyll having formula C55H72O5N4Mg does not have any repeating unit and hence it is known as a macromolecule but not a polymer.
§
CIASSIFICATION OF POLYMERS (i) Cassification Based on Source Natural and Synthetic polymers. The polymers found in nature are known as natural polymers which control the life process in plants and animals and known as biopolymers, e.g., starch, cellulose, proteins and nucleic acids. The polymers which are made in the laboratories are known as synthetic polymers e.g., polythene, nylon, dacron etc. Semi-synthetic polymers. Semi synthetic polymers are chemically modifiend naturally occurring polymers. e.g., semi synthetic cellulose diacetate fibers are obtained by acetylation of nautural celllose whith acetic anhydride in persence of sulphuric acid. An explosive cellulose nitrate obtained obtained on nitration of cellulose is another example of semi-synthetic polymer Vulcanised rubber used for making rubber tyres is also a semi-synthetic polymer. (ii) Classification based on Polymerisation reaction
·
Polymerisation. I is the union of two or more of smaller molecules of similar or different type with or without elimination of a small molecule like water, HCl etc., resulting in the formation of a new C – C bond.
·
The number of repeating units (n) which link together to forma molecule is known as the degree of polymerisation. (iii) Classification Based on Mode of Polymerisation
·
(a) Chain growth and step growth polymers
·
Chain growth polymers. These polymers are formed by successive addition of monomer units to the growing chain having a reaction intermediate (free radical, carbocation or carbanions) at one end of the chain. Chain growth polymers are formed by a process which involves chain reactions and the process is called chain gorwth polymerisation.
·
Step growth polymers. These polymers are formed through a series of independent steps (reactions). Each step involves the condensation (bond fromation) between two bifunctional units (monomers) leading to the formation of a dimer, trimer, tetramer etc. Since the polymer is formed in a stepwise manner, the process is called step growth polymerisation. 208
·
· ·
·
· · ·
· ·
·
Some important differences between chain growht and step growth polymerisaion are given below : Sr. Chain growth polymerisation Step growth polymerisation No. (i) Addution polymerisation. Condensation polymerisation. (ii) Monomers add to growing chain. Monomers add in steps to from dimers, timers. (iii) Takes place through chain reactions Takes place through condensation reaction in the presence of initiators. (iv) Fast reaction Slow reaction. (b) Homopolymer and copolymer Homopolyme. If a polymer is made up of identical monomers, it is a called a homopolymer (......M-M-M-M.......). For example, polythene, polyvinyl chloride and neoprene. Copolymers. If a polymer is made of monomers of different chemical structures, it is caled a copolymer (...... –M1 – M2 – M1 – M2 – .......). For example Buna-S, butyl rubber and nitrile rubber. Copolymerisation is the polymerisation of two or more different monomer species resulting in high molecular mass compounds called copolymerisation. (c) Addition and condensation polymers Addition Polymerisation. In this process, the simple monomers are joined together without loss of molecules like H2O, NH3, etc. Polythene is one example. Condensation Polymerisation. In this process, the simple monomers are combined together whith the loss of simple molecules like H2O, NH3, etc., e.g., nylon. Some important differences between Additon and Condensation polymers are given below : Sr. Addition polymers Condensation polymers No. 1. Formed by addition reaction. Formed by condensation process with elimination of small molecule like H2O. 2. Mol. mass is whole number multiple Mol. Mass is not whole number multiple of of Monomer. the monomer units. 3. Generally involve one monomer Unit Involve more than one monomer unit. 4. Monomers are unsaturated molecules. Monomer units must have two active functional groups. 5. They are generally chain growth They are generally step growth polymers. polymers. (iv) Classification Based on Structure Linear Polymers. In these polymers there are straight chains of polymer molecules. For example, nylon and polyester. Linear polymers possess high melting points and high density. Branched Chain Polymers. In these polymers there are braches along the chains of polymer molecules. For example, amylopectin. Branched chain polymers possess low melting point and low density. Cross Linked polymers. In these polymers the linear chains are joinded together by a suitable cross link and as a result a three dimentional network structure is formed. For example, polystyrene – butadiene polymer and urea formaldehyde polymer. The cross linking the mechanical strength also increases. 209
· ·
· · · ·
·
§
(v) Cassification Based on Molecular Forces. Elastomers are polymers which possess elastic properties in excess of 300 percent. The elastic property arises from the fact that in a elastomer the monomer units are nct linked in a straight chain but are arranged in the form of a coil and hence it can be stretched like a spring. When the deforming stress is released, the chains go back to their original coiled state. For example, natural rubber, styrene butadiene rubber. Elastomers are cross linked to some extent. However, extensive cross-linking reduces the elastic property. Fibres are polymers in which the chains are held by intermolecular forces e.g., hydrogen bonding or dipole-dipole interactions. For example, nylon and polyacrylonitrile. Thermosetting polymers are polymers which harden irreversibly on application of sufficient heat. For example bakelite, urea-formaldehyde and melamine-formaldehyde. Thermoplastic are polymers which soften on heating and harden on cooling reversibly. For example, polyvinyl chloride, polythene, teflon and polystyrene. Plastics possess plasticity but no elasticity but rubbers possess elasticity and no plasticity. Plasticity is the property to get deformed on application of force and elasticity is the property to regain the original shape when the deforming force is removed. Some important differences between thermosetting and thermoplastic polymers are given below : Sr. Addition polymers Condensation polymers No. (1) Formed by condensation Formed by addition polymerisation polymerisation. (2) Once hardened, they cannot be Soften on heating and harden on cooling reversibly. remelted. On prolonged heating they are charred. (3) Cannot be reshaped and reused on Can be softened, reshaped and reused. heating (retain their structure and shape). (4) Possess three dimensional network Possess linear structure with negligble cross links structure containing cross links. (5) These are strong, hard and more brittle. These polymers are weak, soft and less brittle (6) These polymers can be reclaimed (7) These polymers cannot be reclaimed. These polymers are soluble in certain orgnic These are insoluble in common orgnic solvents solvents. PROPERTIES OF POLYMRE SUBSTANCE The properties of polymer substances depend upon (i) the structure of the macro molecules contained in them and (ii) Their avenger molecular mass. Larger the number of molecules with higher molecular mass contained in it, the greater will be its density, melting point, hardness. Smaller the number of molecules with lower molecular mass contained in it, lower will be its density, melting point, hardness etc. The properties with high degree of polymerisation called high degree polymers (HDP) and the polymers with low degree of polymerisation are called low degree polymers (LDP). Hard and 210
durable materials are made from high degree polymers while lower degree polymers are used to obtain soft and cheaper materials. Modification in properties of polymer substances The properties of the polymer substances can be modified to make them more useful by adding certain substances to them. For example ; (i) Inorganic substance like TiO2, BaSO4, CaCO3, SiO2, are added to the polymers to abrasion. These additives are called fillers. (ii) Organic substances like tricresyl phosphate, glyeryl phthalate, tertiary butyl phthalate, oleic acid are added to some polymers to introduce softness. These additives are called plasticizers. (iii) Organic substances like phenol, cresol, and quinol and carbon black are added to check the effect of sun light on the polymers and to avoid their decomposition. There additives are called. antiocidants. Characteristics of polymer substances (i) They are light in weight and many types of material can be made out of them. (ii) They are not affected by atmosphere and moisture unlike wood, metal, leather, cotton clothes. (iii) They are insulators and possess heat resisting property. (iv) They are no affected by the germs and most of the chemicals. (v) Their properties can be easily modified to meet the requirement. (vi) Their raw materials are easily and cheaply available.
§
GENRAL METHODS OF POLYMERISATION They are obtained either by addition polymerisation or by condensation polymerisation. (i) Addition polymerisation. Addition polymerisation involves the combination of a large number of monomers of one or two types having one or more double bonds. Through chemical bond formation this type of polymerisation is carried out by the formation of reactive intermediates such as free radical or carbocation/carbanion with monomers like ethene, propene, styrene, 1, 3-butadiene, isobutylene, vinyl chloride, vinyl nitrile etc. When a large number of two types of different monomers carrying double bonds add on alternatively with each other, the reaction is called copolymerisation. Styrene butadiene rubber alternatively with each other, the reaction is called copolymerisation. Styrene butadiene rubber (SBR) obtained from styrene and butadiene monomers is copolymer. (a) Free redical addition polymerisation. Various types of unsturated compounds such as alkeness or dienes and their derivatives undergo polymerisation via free radical reactive intermediates. Free redical generated by primary initiator like tertiary butyl peroxide at proper temperature and pressure. The free radical joins the double bond of monomer ethene forming a new free radical. This new free radical joins many other molecules one by one forming everytime bigger and bigger and bigger chain type new free radical. Finally depending upon the reaction conditions, two bigger long chain type of free radicals join each other to form a polymer molecule.
211
M.C.Q. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
(6)
(7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
(12) (13) (14)
(15) (16) (17)
A high molecular weight molecule built from a large number of simple molecules is called a (A) Monomer (B) Isomer (C) Polymer (D) Tautomer. A high molicular wieht molicule which does not contain repeating structural units is called a (A) Polymer (B) Macromolecule (C) Both (A) and (B) (D) None of the above The simple molecules from which a polymer is made are called (A) Monomers (B) Metamers (C) Rotamers (D) Eantiomers. Which of the following is not a biopolymer ? (A) Proteins (B) Nucleic (C) Cellulose (D) Neoprene. What is not true about polymers ? (A) Polymers do not carry any charge (B) Polymers hgave hig viscosity (C) Polymers scatter light (D) Polymers have low molecular weights. On the bases of the mode of their formation the polymers can be classified (A) as addition polymers only (B) as condensation polymers only (C) as copolymers (D) Both as addition and condensation polymers Natural rubber is a polymer of (A) Butadiene (B) Ethyne (C) Styrene (D) Isoprene Terylene is a condensation polymer of ethylene glycol and (A) Benzoic acid (B) Phthalic acid (C) Sakucylic acid (D) Terephthalic acid. Which one of the following is not an example of chain growth polymer ? (A) Neopreme (B) Buna-S (C) PMMA (D) Glyptal. Which of the following is a synthetic polymer ? (A) Starch (B) Silk (C) Protein (D) Polystyrene. Homopolymers are made from (A) Only one type of monomers (B) Two different of monomers (C) Three different types of monomers (D) Several different types of monomers. Amongst the following, a homopolymer is (A) PMMA (B) Bakelite (C) Glyptal (D) Dacron Which of the following is a copolymer. (A) Buna-S (B) PAN (C) Polythene (D) PTFE Which of the following is a linear polymer ? (A) Nylon (B) Bakelite (C) Alkyd resin (D) Melamine-formaldehyde polymer. Amongst the following, the branched chain polymer is (A) PVC (B) Polyester (C) Low density polythene (D) Nylon-66 A copolymer of acrylonitrile and 1, 3-butadine is called. (A) Buna-N (B) Polystyrene (C) Neoprene (D) Buna-S. Which of the following is wrong ? (A) PMMA is called plexiglass (B) PTFE is called teflon (C) SBR is natural rubber (D) LDPE is called low density polythene. 212
(18)
(19)
(20) (21) (21) (22) (23)
(24)
(25)
(26)
(27)
(28)
(29) (30)
Which of the following statement/s is /are correct? (A) Vinyon is a copolymer of vinyl chloride and vinyl acetae (B) Saran is a copolymer of vinyl chloride and vinydiene chloride (C) Butyl rubber in a copolymer of isobutylidene and isoprene (D) All are correct Mark the correct statement about thiokol rubber (A) It is a synthetic polysulphide rubber (B) It is obtained by condensation of ethylene chloride with sodium tetrasulphide (C) It is resistant to oils and abrasion (D) All are correct Which of the following is an addition ( chain growth) polymer? (A) Nylon-66 (B) Polyester (C) PVC (D) Glyptal Which of the following is not an addition polymer? (A)Polystyrene (B) PVC (C) Polypropylene (D) Nylon An example of addition copolymer is (A) Polythene (B) Butyl rubber (C) Neoprene (D) Natural rubber Which of the following is an addition homopolymer? (A) ploythene (B) Teflon (C) PVC (D) All the three above Which of the following sets cotain only addition homopolymer? (A) Polythenem natural rubber, cellulose (B) Starch, nylon, polyester (C) Teflon, bakelite, orlon (D) Necoprene, PVC, polythene Which of the following is not a condensation (step growth) polymer? (A) Melamine-formaldehyde resin (B) Bakelite (C) Polythene (D) Polyester An example of a condensation homopolymer is (A) Bakelite (B) Melamine-formaldehyde resin (C) Alkyd resin (D) perlon or Nylon-6 A polymer formed by coordination polymerization is (A) Low density polythene (B) High density polythene (C) Nylon-6 (D) Dacron Low density polythene is prepared by (A) Free radical polymerization (B) Cationic polymerization (C) Anionic polymerization (D) Zeigler-Natta polymerization The best eay to prepare polyisobutylene is (A) Coordination polymerization (B) Free radical polymerization (C) Cationic Polymerization (D) Anionic polymerization Natural rubber is a polymer of (A) Ethylene (B) Vibyl chloride (C) Phenol (D) Isoprene Isoprene is (A) 1,3-butadiene (B) 2-methyl-1,3-butadiene (C) 2-mithoxy-1,3-butadiene (D) 2-chloro-1,3-butadiene 213
(31) (32)
(33) (34) (35) (36)
(37)
(38)
(39) (40)
(41)
(42) (43)
(44) (45)
Natural rubber is (A) Polyvinyl chloride (B) cis-Polyisoprene (C) trans- Polyisoprene (D) Polychloropene Gutta percha is (A) trans- Polyisoprene (B) a synthetic polymer (C) a very hard material (D) All statement are correct Natural silk is a (A) Polypeptide (B) polysaccharide (C) polychloropene (D) polyacrylonitrile artificial silk is a (A) Polypeptide (B) polysaccharide (C) polythene (D) Polyvinyl Chloride Which of the followin is not a polyamide? (A) Wool (B) Leather (C) Nylon (D) Natural rubber Among the following polymer, the strongest intermolecular forces of attraction are present in (A) Elastomers (B) Fibres (C) Thermoplastics (D) Thermosetting polymers Among the following the weakest interparticle forces of attraction present in (A) Thermosetting polymers (B) Thermoplastics polymers (C) Fibers (D) Elastomers Thermoplastics are (A) Linear polymers (B) Soften or melt on heating (C) Molten polymer can be moulded in desired shape (D) All the correct Which of the following is not a thermosetting polymer? (A) Alkyd resin (B) Bakelite (C) Melmac (D) SBR Which of the following can be remelted time and again without producing any change (A) Thermosetting polymers (B) Thermoplastics polymers (C) Bakelite (D) Melamine-formaldehyde polymer The tensile strength, elasticity and resistance to abrasion can be increased by a process called ........ (A) Diazotisation (B) Vulcanization (C) Isomerization (D) Polymerization The process of vulcanization was introduced by (A) Charles’ goodyear (B) Kolbe (C) Wohler (D) Zeigler Vulcanized rubber resists ........ (A) Wear and tear due to friction (B) Cryogenic temperature (C) High temperature (D) Action of acids The polymer obtained by condensation of sevacic acid and hexamethylenediamine is called ......... (A) Nylon-66 (B) Nylon-6 (C) Nylon-610 (D) Decron The liner chains in nylon are held together by (A) H-bonds (B) Covalent (C) Ionic bonds 214
(D) van der waal’s forces
(46)
(47)
(48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55)
(56) (57) (58) (59)
(60) (61) (62)
Caprolactam needed for manufacture of nylon-6 is obtained by beckmann rearrangement of ........... (A) Benzophenone oxime (B) Acetophenone oxime (C) Cyclohexanone oxime (D) Cyclopentanone oxime The repeating structural unit in neoprene is (A) Chloroprene (B) Chloropicrin (C) Chloroethene (D) Chlorotrifluoroethylene Chloroprene is obtained by addition of HCL to (A) Acetylene (B) Vinylacetylene (C) Divinylacetylene (D) Phenylacetylene To make PVC a flexible plastic, the additive used is called (A) Filler (B) Antionxidant (C) Stabilizer (D) Plasticizer A polymer of prop-2-enenitrile is called (A) Saran (B) Orlon (C) Dacron (D) Teflon Starch is the condenstion polymer of (A) α-Glucose (B) β-Glucose (C) α-Fructose (D) β-Fructose Repeating disaccharide unit of starch is (A) Lactose (B) Sucrose (C) Maltose (D) Cellobiose The repeating disaccharide unit of cellulose is (A) cellobiose (B) Maltose (C) Lactose (D) Sucrose A polymer which has bette light transmission properties tha even glass is (A) Perspex (B) Bakelite (C) Buna-S (D) Poly(ethyl acrylate) The polymer used in manufacture of electrical goods such as switches ,plugs etc. is (A) Polythene (B) Bakelite (C) Melamine-formaldehyde resin (D) Neoprene The polymer used for coating electrical wires, cables etc. is (A) Natural rubber (B) Neoprene (C) Nitrile rubber (D) PVC A polymer which is commonly used as a packing material (A) Polythene (B) Polypropylene (C) PVC (D) Bakelite A synthetic rubber which is resistant to the action of oils, gasoline and other solvents is (A) Buna-S (B) Polyisoprene (C) Neoprene (D) Polystyrene The abbreviation Pdi refers to (A) Name of the polumer (B) Poly dispersity index (C) Planck’s disposal index (D) Polydiagonal index PDI for natural polymers is generally close to (A) Zero (B) 100 (C) 1 (D) 10 Nylon-66 is made by using (A) Phenol (B) Benzaldehyde (C) Adipic acid (D) Succinic acid The process involving heating of rubber with sulphur is called (A) Galvanisation (B) Vulcanization (C) Bessemerisatiom 215
(D) Sulphonation
(63) (64)
(65)
(66) (67) (68) (69) (70) (71) (72)
(73)
(74) (75)
(78) (79) (80) (81)
Terylene is made by polymerization of terephthalic acid with (A) Ethylene glycol (B) Phenol (C) Ethanol (D) Catechol Teflon, styron and neoprene are all (A) copolymers (B) Condensation polymers (C) homopolymers (D) monomers Interparticle forces present in Nylon-66 are (A) van der waals (B) Hydrogen bonding (C) Dipole-dipole interactions (D) None of the above Soft drinks and baby feeding bottles are generally made up of (A) polyester (B) polyurethane (C) Polyurea (D) Polyamide Polymer used in bullet proof glass is (A) PMMA (B) Lexan (C) Nomex (D) Kevlar Which of the following is a constituent of nylon? (A) Adipic acid (B) Styrene (C) Teflon (D) None of these Caprolactam polymerises to give (A) Terylene (B) Teflon (C) Glyptal (D) Nylon-6 Which of the following is a polyamide molecule? (A) Terylene (B) Rayon (C) Nylon-6 (D) Polystrene A condensation polymer among the following is (A) Dacron (B) PVC (C) Polystyrene (D) Teflon The catayst used for the polymerrization of olefins is (A) Ziegler-natta catalyst (B) Wilkinson’s catalyst (C) Pd- catalyst (D) Zeise’s salt complex Cellulose acetate is a (A) natural polymer (B) semisynthetic polymer (C) synthetic polymer (D) plasticier Teflon is a polymer of (A) tetrafluoroethylene (B) tetraiodoethylene (C) tetrabromoethylene (D) tetrachloroethylene Natural rubber is which type of polymer? (A) condensation of polymer (B) addition polymer (C) co-ordination polymer (D) none of these Which is a protein? (A) Nylon (B) Rayon (C) Natural silk (D) Terylene Natural rubber is a polymer of (A) Isoprene (B) Styrene (C) Ethylene (D) Butadiene Which of the following is not an example of addition polymer? (A) Polystyrene (B) Polyethylene (C) Polypropylene (D) Dacron Buna-S is obtained by the copolymerisation of butadiene and (A) chloroprene (B) styrene (C) acrylonitrile (D) adipic acid 216
(82) (83)
(84) (85) (86) (87) (88) (89) (90)
(91) (92) (93)
(94) (95) (96) (97) (98) (99)
Melmac is a polymer of melamine and (A) glycerol (B) formaldehyde (C) cyclohexne (D) caprolactum Which of the following is a condensarion polymer? (A) Polystyrene (B) PAN (C) Neprene (D) Polyethleneglycol terephthalate Which of the following is a natural polymer? (A) Bakelite (B) Cellulose (C) PVC (D) Nylon The monomer unit of PVC is (A) Vinyl chloride (B) ethylene (C) chloroprene (D) acrylonitrile Which one is a synthetic polymer? (A) Starch (B) Silk (C) Protein (D) Neoprene Natural rubber is (A) polyisoprene (B) polyvinyl chloride (C) polychloroprene (D) polyfluoroethylene Which interparticle forces between linear chains in Nylon-66 are (A) H-bonds (B) covalent bonds (C) Dacron (D) Glyptal Which of the following is common example of fibres? (A) Bakelite (B) Buna-S (C) Nylon-66 (D) PVC The weakest interparticle forces are present in (A) Thermosettin polymers (B) Thermoplastic polymers (C) Fibres (D) elastomers Which of the following is an example of co-polymer? (A) Buna-s (B) PAN (C) Polythene (D) PTFE Which of the following represents the example of homopolymer? (A) PMMA (B) Bakelite (C) Glyptal (D) Nylon-66 Polyacrylonitrile is an example of (A) addition polymer (B) condensation polymer (C) natural polymer (D) none of the above Caprolactum is used to prepare which of the following polymer (A) Nylon-66 (B) Malamine (C) Nylon-6 (D) PMMA Artificial silk is (A) nylon-6 (B) rayon (C) nylon-66 (D) none of these Natural silk is a (A) polypeptide (B) polyacrylate (C) polyester (D) polysaccharide The process of vulcanization of rubber was introduced by (A) Zeigler (B) MRF (C) Charles goodyear (D) Wohler A polymer of prop-2-2enenitrile is called (A) Saran (B) Orlon (C) Dacron (D) Tetron copolymer is (A) Nylon-6 (B) Nylon-66 (C) PMMA (D) Dacron 217
(100) Ebonite is (A) Natural rubber (C) Higly vulcanized rubber
(B) Synthetic rubber (D) polypropene
ANSWER KEY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
C B A D D D D D D D A A A A C A C D D C D D D C D
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
B A C D B D D A B D B D D D B B A A C A C A B D B
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
218
A C A A B D A C B C C B A C B D B A D C A A B A B
76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
B D C A D B B D B A D A A C D A A A A B A C B C C
UNIT - 26 - BIOMOLECULE M.C.Q. 1)
is a biomolecule. (A) protein
2)
(B) enzyme (B) nucleic acid (B) 1:1
15)
(C) tetrasaccharide
(D) polysaccharide
(B) 6,2
(C) 5,1
(D) 4,1
(B) soluble
(C) more soluble
(D) soluble in more alcohol
(B) levoratatory
(C) (-)
(D) ail of above
(B) C2
(C) C3
(D) C4
(B) C2
(C) C3
(D) C4
(B) +52.50
(C) +66.50
(D) 1120
what’s the name of phenomenon when rotation of sucrose solution reversed ? (A) conversion
14)
(B) Trisaccharide
what is the specific rotation of aqueous Solution of sucrose ? [before hydrolysis] (A) +19°
13)
(D) melitriose
which carbon is anomeric carbon in cyclic structure of fructose ? (A) Cl
12)
(C) fructose
which carbon is anomeric carbon in cyclic structure of glucose? (A) Cl
11)
(B) dextrin
When rotation of an optically active organic compound is measured as anticlockwise then if is know as (A) lewrotation
10)
(D) none of above
solubility of glucose in alcohol is (A) not soluble
9)
(C) oligosaccharide
Cyclic configuration for glucose is called Glucopyranose , because its cyclic chain contains __________carbons & __________oxygens. (A) 6,1
8)
(D) no certain ratio
general formula for________ carbohydrate is Cn H 2n-6 O n-3 (A) Disaccharide
7)
(C) 1:2
which carbohydrate isn’t soluble in water and tasteless ? (A) lactose
6)
(D) carbohydrate
which carbohydrate isn’t soluble in water and tasteless ? (A) monosaccharide (B) trisaccharide
5)
(C) formic acid
what is the proportion of hydrogen and oxygen in molecule of all member of carbohydrate ? (A) 2:1
4)
(D) all of above
is not a biomolecule. (A) vitamin
3)
(C) lipid
(B) inversion
(C) diversion
(D) reversion
which optical rotation has been obtained by aqueous solution of sucrose mixture , which is produced before hydrolysis of and after hydrolysis of sucrose ? (A) Dextrorotatory , levorotatory
(B) levorotatory , Dextrorotatory
(C) levorotatory , levorotatory
(D) Dextrorotatory , Dextrorotatory
two monosaccharide units of sucrose are linked by which carbon chain ? (A) Cl-O-Cl
(B) C2-O-C2
(C) C1-O-C6 219
(D) C1-O-C2
16)
In sucrose a-D-(+)-glucose and b-D-(-)- Glucose are linked by________ chain (A) glycolipid
17)
(C) C 1-O-C 3
(D) C1-O-C 4
(B) maltose
(C) fructose
(D) all of above
(B)16,173,74
(C) 16,74,173
(D) 173,74,16
(B) maltose
(C) lactose
(D) A & C
(B) maltose
(C) lactose
(D)A&B
(B) sucrose
(C) A&B
(D) none
(B) lactose
(C) A&B
(D) none
(B) maltose
(C) lactose
(D) all of above
(B) maltose
(C) lactose
(D) all of above
(B) maltose
(C)A&B
(D) none
(B) maltose
(C) lactose
(D) B&C
what is the specific rotation of aqueous solution of mixture , which is produced after hydrolysis of sucrose ? (A) -200
33)
(B) C1-O-C 2
which sugar is dextrorotatory and doesn’t indicate mutarotation ? (A) sucrose
32)
(D) all of above
which sugar is dextrorotatory and indicates mutarotation ? (A) sucrose
31)
(C) maltose
which sugar is hydrolyzed by emulsine enzyme ? (A) sucrose
30)
(B) fructose
which sugar doesn’t reduce fehling’s Solution ? (A) sucrose
29)
(D) arneto
which sugar reduces fehling’s solution and makes phenyl hydrazone with phenyl hygrazine ? (A) maltose
28)
(C) caramel
by hydrolysis of which substance, we obtain one molecules of glucose ? (A) lactose
27)
(B) elitem
by hydrolysis of which substance, we obtain two molecules of glucose? (A) sucrose
26)
(D) lactose
which substance is produced before obtaining alcohol from the compound containing starch ? (A) sucrose
25)
(C) fructose
what are the sweetness index of fructose , glucose and lactose respectively (A) 74,173,16
24)
(B) glucose
which is reducing sugar? (A) lactose
23)
(D) A&B both
two monosaccharide units of maltose are linked by which carbon chain ? (A) C l-O-C l
22)
(C) sucrose
which substance is soluble in alcohol ? (A) glucose
21)
(B) fructose
which substance is produced by heating sucrose at 486 K temperature ? (A) sucralose
20)
(D) phosphosidic
which is chosen as standard for Sweetness of sugar? (A) sucrose
19)
(C) phospholipid
which is non-reducing sugar? (A) glucose
18)
(B) glycosidic
(B) -92°
(C) +52.50
(D) +66.50
The specific rotation in inverted sugar during hydrolysis due to specific rotation of glucose solution is_______.(the mixture of glucose and fructose obtained at the end of hydrolysis is called inverted sugar ) (A) -200
(B) -920
(C) +52.50 220
(D) +66.5°
34)
The specific rotation in inverted sugar during hydrolysis due to specific rotation of fructose solution is_________ .(the mixture of glucose and fructose obtained at the end of hydrolysis is called inverted sugar) (A) -20°
35)
39)
(B) starch
(B)sucrose
(C)maltose
(D) lactose
(B) sucrose
(C) maltose
(D) glucose
which substance in animal body can be Converted in glucose and also gives energy when required ? (B) glycogen
49)
(D) starch
(B) lilen
(C) rayon
(D) acetate fibre
(C) antibodies
(D) all of above
protein is/are_________ (B) hormones
what are the names of scientist, who had obtained many amino acid from hydrolysis of protein ? (C) Emil Fischer
(D) all of above
which amino acid is known as C-terminal residue in alanylglycylphenylalanine ? (B) glycine
(C) phenyl alanine
(D) none
(C)upto 20000
(D) upto 1 Crore
(C) upto 10000
(D) >10000
molecular mass of polypeptid is_________ (B) upto 10000
molecular mass of protein _________ (A) upto 1000
48)
(C) cellulose
_____________ is not a cellulose .
(A) 100 47)
(D) nuclic acid
which is not a sugar ?
(A) alanine 46)
(C) protein
which sugar is not present in vegetable ?
(A) Haworth & Hirst (B) Tollens & Tanret 45)
(D)C nH2nO n
(D) alcoholic potassium hydroxide
(A) enzyme 44)
(C)C n+1H 2nO
(C) ammoniacal cupric hydroxide
(A) nylon fibre 43)
(B)C n+2H2nO n
(B)chloroform
(A) sucrose 42)
(D)A&C
(A)water
(A) starch 41)
(C) cellulose
in which solvent, cellulose is soluble ?
(A)glucose 40)
(B)sucrose
___________ is the main component of cell walls of plants. (A) cellulose
38)
(D) +66.5°
general formula for polysaccharide is (A) (C6H10O5)n
37)
(C) +52.5°
example of polysaccharide is (A)starch
36)
(B) -92°
(B) upto 5000
the polypeptide chains run parallel and are held together by _______bonds. (A) disulphide
(B) covalent
(C) co-ordination-covalent bond
(D) none
By which bond the polypeptide chains are held together in fibrous protein ? (A) hydrogen bond (B) covalent bond
(C) disulphide bond 221
(D) A&C
50)
which protein is insoluble in water,which is present in muscle ? (A) myosin
51)
(B) 48
(C) 60
(B) change in pH
55)
56)
(D) none
which is the reason of denaturation of protein ? (C) adding concentrate alkali
(D) all
in certain clynical chemistry tests removal of all protein materials , which chemical is added to sample ? (A) trichloro acetic acid
(B) bezoic acid
(C) ethanoic acid
(D) benzene sulphonic acid
which is called as coenzyme ? (A) protein chain
(B) inorganic component as cofactor
(C) organic component as co-factor
(D) apoenzyme
Which of the following ions may be co-factor ? (A) Zn2+, Cu2+
57)
(D) 72
(C) increase in temperature
(A) organic solvent (B) detergent 54)
(D) insulin
which isn’t true reason of denaturation of protein ? (A) detergent
53)
(C) keratin
in a-helix shaped protein , polypeptide chain is coild in helix shape approximate_______ amino acids are included per turn of helix (A) 3.6
52)
(B) albumin
(B) C4+, Si4+
(C) CI–, Br–
(D) PO43– ,S042–
which of the following is true ? (A) Coenzyme + Apoenzyme ® Enzyme (Active)
(Active)
(Active)
(B) Coenzyme + Apoenzyme ® Enzyme (Active)
(inactive)
(Active)
(C) Coenzyme + Apoenzyme ® Enzyme (inactive)
(Active)
(Active)
(D) Coenzyme + Apoenzyme ® Enzyme (inactive) 58)
(C) emulsin
(D) lipase
(B) A
(C) C
(D) B
haemorrhage disease caused by deficiency of___________vitamin (A) Calciferol
61)
(B) invertaze
fat soluble vitamin is (A) H
60)
(B) phylloquinone
(C) Tocopherol
(D) retinol
which vitamin isn’t synthesizes from vegetable ? (A) Cyanocobalamine
62)
(Active)
sucrose is hydrolyzed by__________enzyme (A) zymase
59)
(inactive)
(B) pyridoxine
(C)thiamine
(D) Tocopherol
(C) B6
(D) all
which vitamin’s source is yeast? (A) B1
(B) H
222
63)
64)
65)
which disease caused by deficiency of vitamin E ? (A) Sterility
(B) skin disease
(C) bone deformation in children
(D) paralysis
which substance isn’t formed by complete hydrolysis of nucleic acid ? (A) hexos sugar
(B) phosphoric acid
(C) hetrocyclic bases which contains nitrogen element
(D) pentose sugar
purine base is (A) G
66)
(C) C
(D) U
(C) U
(D)C
(B) G (B)T (B) C2
(B)C2
(B) Cl, C3
74)
76)
(C)C4
(C) C3, C5
(D) C5,C5
(C) twisted rope
(D) all
(A) luis & pouling
(B) HC crick & JDWatson
(C) howarth & hirst
(D) tallence & tenrate
by which bond , base of one nucleotide and base of another nucleotide are joined together ? (C) coordination covalent bond (D) ionic
which pairs of bases are true for linkage between two chain of polynucleiotide ? (A) adenine-Thymine
(B) adenine- guranine
(C) guanine-thymine
(D) adenine-cytosine
how many hydrogen bonds between base G and Base C are present in structure of DNA ? (A) 1
77)
(C)C3
who proposed that structure of DNA is double helix ?
(A) hydrogen bond (B) covalent bond 75)
(C) C4
structure of DNA is look alike _________ (A) spiral straircase (B) double helix
73)
(C) C3
two nucleosides are joined together by phosphodiester linkage, this linkage is formed between ___________ of one sugar and ________ of other sugar. (A) Cl ,C1
72)
(D) All
unit formed by attachment of which carbon of nucleoside to phosphate ion is known as nucleotide ? (A) Cl
71)
(C) U
a unit formed by attachment of a base to_________ position of sugar is known as nucleoside (A) Cl
70)
(B) T
which base isn’t present in RNA ? (A) G
69)
(D) U
which base isn’t present in DNA ? (A) A
68)
(C) T
pyrimidine base is (A) C
67)
(B) C
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) no certain number
if a person bleeds by his gingiva , so what would you suggest to eat to prevent the disease ? (A) vegetable oil
(B) citrus fruits
(C) cheese
223
(D) milk
78)
which subgroup isn’t possible for vitamin ? (A)B1
79)
(D) viatamine
(B) fructose
(C) maltose
(D) all
(B) lactose
(C) maltose
(D) none
(B) fructose
(C) galactose
(D) all
molecularmassof_________ sugar is 342 gm/mol (A) cellobios
84)
(C) vitmin
molecularmass of_________ carbohydrate is 180 gm/mol (A) glucose
83)
(B) vitamine
whichsugarisn’tindicatingmutarotation? (A) sucrose
82)
(D) B12
which sugar indicates mutarotation ? (A) glucose
81)
(C) B6
_________ term is familiar for vitamin nowdays (A) vitamin
80)
(B) B4
(B) maltose
(C) A&B
(D)none
Glucose is known as glucopyranose because (A) cyclicstructure of glucose contains 6 memberring (B) cyclicstructure of glucose contains 5 carbon atoms and one oxygen atoms (C) glucose is aldohexose (D) glucose is ketohexose
85)
one base present in central part of DNA, it’s joined to another base with 3 hydrogen bond, so what is that base ? (A)A
86)
(C)T
(D) U
one pyrimidine base present in central part of DNA, it’sjoinedtoanotherbase with 2 hydrogen bond, so what is that base ? (A) A
87)
(B) G
(B) G
(C) C
(D) T
which reaction isn’tgiven by glucose ? (A) glucose is oxidized by tollen’s reagent (B) glucose gives violet color with skiff’s reagent (C) Fehling’ssolution is reduced by glucose (D) glucose gives addition product with sodium bisulphite
88)
the crystal of glucose obtained from which solvent are dissolved in water and the specific rotation of this freshly prepared solution of glucose is +112 ? (A) ethyle alcohol
89)
(C) pyridine
(D) A & B
mutarotation for aqueous solution of glucose is_________ (A)+19°
90)
(B) aceticacid (B) +52.5°
(C) +112°
(D) +119°
which type of carbon is called anomeric carbon in cyclic structure of glucose ? (A) it’s joined with aldehyde group in open chain structure (B) it’s carbonyl carbon in open chain structure of glucose (C) it’s joined with carboxylic group in open chain structure (D) none 224
91)
if the solution of glucose shows a specific rotation of +52.5 then mixture of a - D+ glucose ___% and [a - D + glucose_______ % (A) 25,75
92)
(C) aldohexos
(D) ketohexose
(B) sucrose
(C) maltose
(D) lactose
(B) 20,80
(C) 30,70
(D) 80,20
(B) C1-O-C 5
(C) C l-O-C 6
(D) C2-O-C 4
(B) C1-0-C4
(C) C1-0-C3
(D) C1-0-C6
cellulose consist of long chain of__________ (A) a-D+glucose
99)
(B) ketopentose
in structure of amylose a-D+glucose units are joined by__________linkage. (A)Cl-0-C2
98)
(D) ketohexose
in structure of amylopectin a-D+glucose units are joined by C1-0-C4linkage, but some a-D+ glucose units are joined by __________ linkage (A) C l-O-C 2
97)
(C) aldohexos
starch is mixture of amylose______% and amylopectin of______% (A) 10,90
96)
(B) ketopentose
which substance is insoluble in water? (A) starch
95)
(D) 33,67
fructose is known______ (A) aldopentose
94)
(C)64,36
glucose known as______ (A) aldopentose
93)
(B) 36,64
(B) a-D+fructose
(C) b-D+ glucose
(D) b-D-glucose
in cellulose 2 monosaccharide molecule are joined by________linkage (A) C l-O-C 2
(B) C l-O-C 3
(C) C l-O-C 4
(D) C l-O-C 6
100) structure of all a-aminoacid posses ______aminogroup. (A) primary
(B) secondary
(C) tertiary
(D) A&B
101) proline amino acid contains_________amino group (A) primary
(B) secondary
(C) tertiary
(D) A&B
(C)methionine
(D)all
102) essential amino acid is (A) valine
(B)histidine
103) some amino acids are known as none essential aminoacid because (A) they are not necessaryfor normal body reaction (B) they are synthesized in body (C) instead of those another amino acid are obtained through diet (D) they cause disease in body 104) amino acid contains (A) aminogroup
(B) amide group
(C) carboxyl group
(D) A&C
105) in dry solid form the amino acid exists as dipolar molecule in which carboxyl group is present as carboxylate ion & amino group is present as amonium ion this dipolar ion is also known as_______ ion (A) twitterion
(B) zwitterion
(C) carboxeminium 225
(D) all
106) in electric field the pH value at which amino acid doesn’t migrate towards any electrode is called______ (A) neutral point
(B) amphotericpoint
(C) isoelectricpoint
(D) all
107) by which method a mixture of amino acid can be separated (A) breedingArc
(B) electrophoresis
(C) chromatography
(D) B&C
108) which bond is formed to reaction between amino group of 1-amino acid and carboxyl group of another amino acid (A) esterbond
(B) amide bond
(C) peptide bond
(D) B&C
109) three different amino acids joined in different sequence to form different types of tri-peptide (A)23
(B)33
(C)6
(D) 3
110) which ofthe followingsentence is true or false ? (symbol fortrue isT, and forfalse it’s F) (i)
group attached to Cl in cyclicstructure of glucose acts as reducingagent group, this glucose is one monosaccharide unit of sucrose
(ii)
group attached to Cl in cyclicstructure of glucose acts as reducing agent group, this glucose is one monosaccharide unit of maltose
(iii)
in maltose two monosaccharide units are joined to each other
(iv)
group attached to C4 in cyclicstructure of galactose acts as reducing agent group
(A) FFTF
(B) FTTF
(C) TFFT
(D)TTTT
(B) amiloze
(C) amilo pectine
(D) B&C
(C) fructose
(D) A&B
111) starch is mixture of (A) zymez
112) cellulose consist of long chain of (A) a-D+glucose
(B) b-D+glucose
113) Answer, whether the following statements are true of false, & select properchoice ! (i)
Tyrosine got its name because of its sweet taste
(ii)
glycine got its name because it was first obtained from cheese
(iii)
glutamic is acidic amino acid
(iv)
arginine is basicaminoacid
(v)
alanine is neutral amino acid
(vi)
glycin isn’t neutral amino acid
whethergiven statements are true or false (a) (i, ii, iii) -true
(b) (i, ii, vi) -false
(c) (iii, iv, v)-true
Multiple choice(A) a-F,b-T,c-T,d-F
(B) a-T,b-T,c-T,d-F
(C) a-F,b-T,c-F,d-T
(D) a-F,b-T,c-T,d-T
226
(d) (ii)-false,(ii,iv)-true
114) Amino acid is given in Column-1 & its nature is given in Column-ll so match the following Column 1
Column II
i. lysine
a. acidic
ii. glysine
b. basic
iii. arginine
c. nutral
iv. alanine (A) i-b,ii-c,iii-b,iv-c (B) i-b,ii-a,iii-b,iv-c
(C) i-a,ii-a,iii-b,iv-c
(D) i-c,ii-b,iii-a,iv-b
115) Match section 1 & 2 SECTION I
SECTION II
i. N-terminal residu
a.
aminogroup written at right side in peptide chain
ii. C-terminal residue
b.
carboxyl group written at leftside in peptide chain
c.
aminogroup written at leftside in peptide chain
d.
carboxyl group written at rightside in peptide chain
(A) i-a,ii-b
(B) i-c,ii-d
(C) i-b,ii-c
(D) i-b, ii-a
116) carbohydrate given in column I and its example given in column II, select proper choice SECTION I
SECTION II
i. monosaccharide
a.
raffinose
ii. disaccharide
b.
fructose
iii. trisaccharide
c.
stachyose
iv. tetrasaccharide
d.
glycogene
v. polysaccharide
e.
cellobiose
(A) i-b,ii-e,iii-a,iv-d,v-c
(B) i-b,ii-e,iii-a,iv-c,v-d
(C) i-b,ii-d,iii-a,iv-e,v-c
(D) i-a,ii-b,iii-c,iv-d,v-e
117) chemical reactions are given in section I and chain or group present in structure of glucose are given in section II. Match Section-I with Section-II Section-I
Section-II
i.
glucose forms oxime with hydroxyl amine
a. OHC-C-C-C-C-C chain is present
ii.
glucose is oxidized by nitric acid and give saccharic acid
b. carbonyl group is present
iii. glucose is oxidized by bromine water and givegluconicacid
c. OHC-C(OH)-C(OH)-C(OH)-C(OH)-CH2OH chain is present
iv. glucose forms penta-acitile glucose with aceticenhydride in presence of pyridine
d. OHC-C-C-C-C-CH2OH chain is present
(A) i-b,ii-d,iii-a,iv-c (B) i-a,ii-b,iii-c,iv-d
(C) i-d,ii-biii-a,iv-c 227
(D) i-b,ii-a,iii-d,iv-c
118) the observered angle of rotation of 6.25 g of sucrose in 25 ml of aqueous solution in a polarimeter tube 15 cm long is +66.50 what is the specific rotation of solution of sucrose? (A) 13.30
(B) 66.50
(C) 24.90
(D) 26.60
119) the observered angle of rotation of 20g of sucrose in 40 ml of aqueous solution in a polarimeter tube 30cm long is +28.5, what is the specific rotation of solution of glucose ? (A) 19
(B) 52.5
(C) 57
(D) 112
120) which of the followingsentence istrue or false ? (symbol fortrue isT, and forfalse it's F) i.
in maltose anomericcarbon of two monosaccharide units are involved in formation of glycosidicbond
ii.
in sucrose anomericcarbon of one monosaccharide unit is involved in formation of glycosidicbond
iii.
in lactose anomericcarbon of one monosaccharide unit is involved in formation of glycosidicbond
(A) FFT
(B) TTF
(C)TFT
(D) FTT
121) structure of protein given in column I, Shape & example of protein is given in Column II & its bond isgiven in Column III, so match following, COLUMN I
COLUMN II
COLUMN III
i.
primary structure
a. b- platinated
P. hydrogen bond
ii.
secondary structure
b. myoglobin
Q.disulphide bond
iii. tertiary structure
c. insulin
R. ionicbond
iv. quaternary structure
d. hemoglobin
S. vanderwall’s force
(A) i-c-Q, ii-a-P, iii-b-R, iv-d-S
(B) i-c-Q. ii-a-P- iii-b-P,QR,S, iv-d-P,QR
(C) i-b-P, ii-a-S, iii-c-Q iv-d-QR
(D) i-b-P,QR, ii-d-R, iii-a-Q iv-c-P,S
122) which effects are show in denaturation Of protein ? i.
protein forming insoluble form
ii. interference with the hydrophobic interaction in protein iii. interference with the hydrophilic interaction in protein iv. protein maintain their biological activity v. protein loss their biological activity vi. hydrogen bond is increase to adding concentrate acid in protein (A) (ii,iv,v)
(B) (i,ii,iv)
(C) (i,iii,v) 228
(D) (i,ii,iv,vi)
123) solubility of vitamin & sources are given in column-1 and vitamin isgiven in column II COLUMN - I
COULMN II
i.
a. vitamin-A
fat soluble vitamin
ii. watersoluble vitamin
b. vitamin-B
iii. both fat & watersoluble vitamin
c. vitamin-C
iv. synthezisesfrom carotene in human body
d. vitamin-D
v. synthezises in skin with the help of sunlight
e. vitamin-E
vi. formed by microorganism in intestine
f.
vitamin- H
g. vitamin-K (A) (i-b,c) (ii-a,d,e,g) (iii-f) (iv-a) (v-d) (vi-g)
(B) (i-a,d,e,g) (ii-b,c) (iii-f) (iv-a) (v-d) (vi-b,g)
(C) (i-b,a) (ii-c,d,e,g) (iii-f) (iv-c) (v-a,d) (vi-e,g) (D) (i-f) (ii-a,d,e,g) (iii-d)(iv-d) (v-b,c) (vi-a) 124) Symbol of vitamin isgiven in column I, chemical name of vitamin isgiven in column II & disease caused by their deficiency given in Column III, so match the correct answers COLUMN I
COLUMN II
COLUMN III
i.
vitamin B6
a. ascorbic acid
p. bleeding in gingiva
ii.
vitamin A
b. pyridoxine
q. hair losses
iii. vitamin C
c. riboflavin
r. xerophthalmia
iv. vitamin H
d. retinol
s. convulsions
e. calciferol
t. beri-beri
f.
biotin
u. pernicious anemia
(A) (i-c,t) (ii-d,r) (iii-a,p) (iv-f,u)
(B) (i-e,q) (ii-a,u) (iii-bs,) (iv-f,t)
(C) (i-b,s) (ii-d,r) (iii-e,p) (iv-c,s)
(D) (i-bys) (ii-d,r) (iii-a,p) (iv-f,q)
125) which of thefollowingsentence istrue or false ? (symbol for true is T and for false is F) i.
message forthe synthesis of a specific protein is present in DNA
ii.
cytosine base is derivatives of pyrimidine
iii.
b-D ribose sugar present in DNA
iv.
DNA is the exclusively responsible for maintaining the identity of different species of organism upto 100 years
(A) TTFT
(B) FTFF
(C) FTFT 229
(D) FFFF
126) OH CH2OH
H H
CH2OH
O
H O
OH
H
H
H OH
O H
H
H
OH
OH OH
H
Structure P
Structure Q
Structure R is formed by Joining structure P and Q, so give the namesof P, Q, R (A) P = a - D + glucose, Q = b - D + galectose R = a + lactose (B) P = b - D + galectose, Q = a - D + glucose R = a + lactose (C) P = a - D + glucose, Q = a - D + galectose R = a + lactose (D) P = b - D + galectose, Q = b - D + glucose & b - D + glucose ? 127) what are a - D+glucose & b - D + glucose? (A) epimer
(B)anomer
(C) enantiomer
(D) confirmer
128) which statement is appropriate for anomer of glucose ? (A) they are isomers of glucose which contain different structure with C1 & C4 (B)
theyare isomers of glucose which contain different structure with Cl
(C) they are enantiomers of glucose (D) they are mixture of D-glucose&L- glucose 129) from which carbon of sugar, hetrocyclic base and phosphate ester are joined in both DNA & RNA ? (A) base of sugarwith C5 & phosphate of sugar with C2 (B)
base of sugarwith C2 & phosphate of sugar with C5
(C) base of sugarwith C5 & phosphate of sugarwith Cl (D) base of sugarwith Cl & phosphate of sugarwith C5 130) which purine bases are joined in DNA ? (A) cytosine & adenine (B)
cytosine & guanine
(C) adenine &guanine (D) adenine &thymine 131) which pyrimidine bases are joined in DNA ? (A) cytosine & adenine
(B) cytosine & guanine
(C) cytosine & uracil
(D) cytosine & thymine 230
132) which statement is true of false for following structure of sugar?
H
CH2OH H OH
O
HOH2C
OH
OH CH2OH H OH H
O
H
OH H
O
H OH
H
H
OH
CH2OH
O
H O
H
H
CH 2OH
OH
H
O
H OH
H
H
OH
H
H
P is reducing sugar & q is non reducing sugar
ii.
P is non-reducing sugar & q is reducing sugar
iii.
in p and q, glycosidic bond respectively are b & b
iv.
in p and q, glycosidic bond respectively are b & a
v.
p is structure of (+) sucrose
vi.
q is structure of b (+) maltose
133)
(B) FTTFTF
=
(C) TFFTFT
H HO
O
OH H
H OH
HO
H OH
H
Given Structure of carbohydrate is (A) Ketohexos
(B) aldohexos
(C) b-furanose
(D) b-pyranose 231
'P'
OH
i.
(A) FTFFTF
=
'Q'
(D) TFFTTT
134) P is responsible for heredity & P is formed by Qand R. So give the name for P, Q and R. (A) P = chromozomes Q = protein R = nucleicacid (B)
P = chromozomes Q = petrocine R = nucleic acid
(C) P = nucleicacid Q= chromozomes R = chromozomes (D) p = DNA Q = sugar R = adenine 135) Scientists names are given in Column I, their contribution & researches in science is given in Column II, match the correct answer COLUMN I
COLUMN II
i.
Haworth & Hirst
a. proposed a double helix structure of DNA
ii.
Emil Fischer
b. suggested that reaction between amino group of one aminoacid and carboxyl group of anotheraminoacid losses watermolecules and forms amide
iii.
Watson & crick
c. suggested that glucose molecule may contain pyranose ring d. determined the configuration of almost all aldopentose and aldohexose. e. mechanism of enzyme can be explained by the lock& key model
(A) i-c, ii-d,e, iii-b
(B) i-b, ii-d,e, iii-a
(C) i-c, ii-b,d , iii-a
(D) i-a, ii-b,d,e, iii-c
ANSWER KEY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
D C D D B C C A D A B C B A D B A A C B
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
D D D B B C C A C B A A C B D A A C D A
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
B A D C D B D A D A A D D A C A D B B B
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
A D A A A D D B A D C D B A A C B B A D
232
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
A D C B B D B D B B B C D A B C B C C A
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120
B D B D B C D D C B D B D A B B A C A A
121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135
B C B D B B B B D B D B B A C
UNIT : 27 CHEMISTRY IN EVERY DAY LIFE M.C.Q. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Which of the following is not a broad spectrum antibiotic [A] Tetracycline [B] Chloromycetin [C] Penicillin [D] None of these 2-Acetoxy benzoic acid is used as an [A]Antimalarial [B] Antidepressant [C] Antiseptic [D] Antipyretic Which of the following is used as an antibiotic [A] Ciprofloxacin [B] Paracetamol [C] Ibuprofen [D] Tocopherol When salicyclic acid is treated with acetic anhydride we get [A] Aspirin [B] Paracetamol [C] Salol [D]chloramphenicol Amoxillin is semi-synthetic modification of [A]Penicillin [B] Streptomycin [C] Tetracycline [D]Chloroampheniol Which of the following is an antidiabatic drug [A] Insulin [B] Penicillin [C] Chloroquine [D] Aspirin Which of these is a hypnotic [A] Metaldehyde [B] Acetaldehyde [C] Paraldehyde[D] orthoaldehyde The correct structure of the drug paracetamol is
(A)
(B)
(D)
CONH2
[B] Methyl acetate
12.
COCH3
[C] Methyl salicylate
[D] Ethyl benzoate
The use of chemicals for treatment of diseases is called as [A] Homoeotherapy
11.
Cl
An ester used as medicine is [A] Ethyl acetate
10.
(C)
NHCOCH3
CONH2 9.
Cl
OH
OH
[B] Isothermotherapy [C] Angiotherapy O O – C – CH3 The following compound is used as COOH [A]An anti-inflammatory compound
[B] Analgesic
[C] Hypnotic
[D] Antiseptic
[D] Chemotherapy
Arsenic drugs are mainly used in the treatment of [A] Jaundice
[B] Typhoid
[C] Syphilis 233
[D] Cholera
13.
An antipyretic is [A] Quinine
14.
16.
[D] 5-chloro-3, 4-dimethylphenol
Which of the following is an insecticide
22.
[B] Antipyretic
[C] Sedative
[D] Psychedelic
[B] Monouretic
[C] Diuretic
[D] Triuretic
[B] LSD
[C] DDT
[D] TNT
[B] Acts on a specific antigen
[C] Acts on different antigens
[D] Acts on both the antigens and antibodies
Which of the following is not a narcotic[B] Brown Sugar
[C] Diclofenac
[D] Morphine
Which of the following medicine is required for malaria[B] Penicillin
[C] Chloroquine
[D] Paracetamol
[C] Antipyretic
[D] Anaesthetic.
[C] Pethidine
[D Bithional
Streptomycin is an example of [B] Analgesic
Which of the following is not a narcotic drug[B] Heroin
Chloroxylenol is an important component of [B] Antibiotics
[C] Dettol
[D] Pain killing ointments
Which of the following is an antidepressants[A] Chloroxylenol
28.
[D] Birthionol
[A] Kills the antibodies
[A] Soap 27.
[C] Norethindron
An antibiotic with a broad spectrum
[A] Opium 26.
[B] Paludrin
An example of a psychedelic agent is
[A] Antibiotic 25.
[D] Aspirin
A medicine which promotes the secretion of urine is called
[A] Aspirin 24.
[C] BHC
Aspirin is
[A] Codeine 23.
[B] TNT
Which of the following drugs is an antifertility drug
[A] DNA 21.
[D] Sulphadiazine
[C] 4-chloro-2, 5-dimethylphenol
[A] Uretic 20.
[C] Mescaline
[B] 3-chloro-4, 5-dimethylphenol
[A] Antibiotic 19.
[B] Phenelzine
[A] 4-chloro-3, 5-dimethylphenol
[A] Sulphaguanidine 18.
[D] Piperazine
Antiseptic chloroxylenol is
[A] Bakelite 17.
[C] Luminal
The drug used as an antidepressant is [A] Luminol
15.
[B] Paracetamol
[B] Bithional
[C] Cocaine
[D] Penicillin –G
[C] Paracetamol
[D] Ampicillin
Which one is a broad spectrum antibiotic[A]Chloremphenicol
[B] Penicillin 234
29.
The drug used for treatment of typhoid is [A] Chloromycetin
30.
32.
[D] P- Aminobenzenzoic acid
Which of the following can bring down the body temperature-
[D] Antipyretic.
[B] Luminal
[C] Phenol
[D] Tincture iodine
[B] Antiseptic
[C] Analgesic
[D] Insecticide.
[B] Aspirin
[C] Penicillin
[D] Insulin.
[B] Locktic site
[C] reactive site
[D] allostic site
[B] Lansoprazole
[C] Lysol
[D] Al[(OH)3
[C] Naproxin
[D] Diclofenac sodium
[C] Terpineol
[D] Chloroform
Which drug is not analgesic? [B] Ibuprofen
Which of the following is antipyretic? [B] Tarcey
What is the drug called which binds to receptor site and stop communication process of cell? [B] Agonists
[C] pigonists
[D] logistic
Which of the following is a non-narcotic analgesic? [A] ofloxacin
44.
[C] Antiseptic
Which drug is not for acidity?
[A] Antagonists 43.
[B] Sedative
Drug which do not bind to the active site but bind to a different site?What is such site called ?
[A] Ranitidine 42.
[C] Chloremphenicol [D] Streptomycin.
A substance which can act both as an analgesic and antipyretic is
[A] Equanil 41.
[B] Penicillin
Morphine is used then as an
[A] Omeprazole 40.
[D] Quinine
Which of the following is a hypnotic drug-
[A] In active site 39.
[C] Penicillin
Vernol, a barbituric drug is used as a-
[A] Quinine 38.
[B] Chloroquine
Which of the following can be used as an bacteriocidal ?
[A] Antipyretic 37.
[D] Vitamin
[C] Sulphanilamide
[A] Catechol 36.
[C] Hormone [B] Sulphanilic acid
[A] Anaesthetic 35.
[B] Antipyretic
[A] Benzene sulphonic acid
[A] Paracetamol 34.
[D] Quinine
Sulpha drugs are derivatives of
[A] Aspirin 33.
[C] Paracetamol
Halinin is an [A] Antibiotic
31.
[B] Novalgin
[B] meprombamate
[C] amytal
[D] Aspirin
Which of the following substances may be used as antiseptic as well as disinfectant? [A] Formaldehyde
[B] Chlorine
[C] KMnO4 235
[D] Phenol
45.
Which of the following analgesics is not habit-forming? [A] Morphine
46.
[B] Aspirin
[C] Codein
[D] Heroin
Which of the following statements is not correct? [A] Antipyretics are substances which are used to reduce the body temperature [B] Analgesics are substance which are used to relieve pain [C] Antiseptics and disinfectants can be used for the same purposes [D] Antiseptics can be safely applied on living beings whereas disinfectants are not safe to apply.
47.
Which of the following is commonly used as disinfectant? [A] Acriflavin
48.
[D] Phenol
Which is used as a disinfectants drugs? [A] Paracetamol
49.
[B] Mercurochrome [C] Tincture of iodine [B] Soframycin
[C] Lysol
[D] Streptomycin
Dettol is a mixture of [A] Chloroxylenol and terpeneol in a suitable solvent [B] formaldehyde and phenol in the solvent water [C] tincture of iodine and chloroform [D] KMnO4 and iodoform
50.
Which of the following is a general anaesthetics? [A] Procaine
51.
[C] liquid nitrous oxide
[D] morphine
[B] Dysentery
[C] Tuberculosis
[D] Diphtheria
[B] Dysentery
[C] Malaria
[D] Syphilis
[B] Pneumonia
[C] Diphtheria
[D] Malaria
[B] Dysentery
[C] Smallpox
[D] Syphilis
[C] Diphtheria
[D] Influenza
[C] sulphanilamide
[D] para-aminosalicyclic acid
Which of the following is viruses born disease? [A] Pneumonia
58.
[B] divinyl ether
Which of the following diseases is not caused by protozoas? [A] Malaria
57.
[D] Xylocaine
Which of the following diseases is caused by protozoas? [A] Tuberculosis
56.
[C] Procaine
Which of the following diseases is caused by bacteria? [A] Tuberculosis
55.
[B] Cocaine
Which of the following diseases is not caused by bacteria? [A] Pneumonia
54.
[D] Xylocaine
The anaesthetic which is administered by injection is [A] diethyl ether
53.
[C] Nitrous oxide
Which of the following is not a local anaesthetic ? [A] Diethyl ether
52.
[B] Cocainc
[B] Malaria
The drug used to cure tuberculosis is [A] quinine
[B] piperazine 236
59.
60.
The drug used for the treatment of throat infection is [A] quinine
[B] piperazine
[C] sulpha drug like sulphanilamide
[D] isonicotin hydrazide
Which of the following is not tranquilizer? [A] Luminal
61.
[B] Veronal
[C] Reserpine
[D] Piperazine
Which of the following is not true for reserpine? [A] Reserpine is an alkaloid [B] Reserpine is also known as serpasil [C] Reserpine is obtained from the plant Raowolfia serpentina [D] Reserpine is not a tranquilizer.
62.
Which of the following is used for lowering blood pressure? [A] Reserpine
63.
[D] Streptomycin
[B] Chloramphenicol [C] Tetracycline
[D] Streptomycin
[B] Penicillin [C] Sulpha drugs
[D] Chloramphenicol
The substance used in the birth control pills is [A] tetracycline
67.
[B] Chloramphenicol [C]Tetracycline
Which of the following is not regarded as antibiotics in true sense? [A] Tetracycline
66.
[D] Cocaine
Which of the following antibiotics is used to cure tuberculosis? [A] Penicillin
65.
[C] Diethyl ether
Which of the following antibiotics is used to cure typhoid? [A] Penicillin
64.
[B] Morphine
[B] sulphadiazine [C] mifepriston
[D] piperazine
The structure of aspirin is
[A]
OCOCH3 COOH
NHCOCH3
[B]
CH3
[C]
Cl
[D]
CH3
OH OH
68.
The structure of paracetamol is
[A]
OCOCH3 COOH
NHCOCH3
OC2 H5
[B]
[C]
CH3 Cl
[D] OH
OH
NHCOCH3
237
CH3
69.
Which of the following structures is not correct?
OCOCH3
H2C
COOH
NH
[B] Piperazine HN
[A] Aspirin
H2 C
[C] Isonicotin hydrazide N
71.
NHCOCH3
A 16 years old boy came to the doctor with main complaints of frequent sneezing, watering from nose and eyes, intense, itching in eyes. and cold. He has past history of allergy to dost. The doctor prescribes most probably which of the drugs. [A] Norediindrone [B] Lansoprazole The structure given below is known as O H2C
[C] Reserpine
S
NH2
C
[A] Penicilline F
COOH H
[D] Penicillin K
[D] Ampicillin
[B] Saccharin
[C] Sucralose
[D] Alitame
Which compound is used as a preservative in foods? [A] Salt of sorbic acid
74.
[B] Penicillin G
Which synthetic sweetener is 160 times more sweeter than sugar? [A] Aspartame
73.
[D] Chlorpheniramine
CH3 CH3
N O
72.
CH2
NHNH2
[D] Paracetamol C2 H5 O 70.
CH2
[B] Citric acid
[C] Ascorbic acid
[D] Saccharin
Choose the correct statement. [A] Saccharin is 650 times sweeter than sugar
[B] Alitame is 2000 times sweeter than sugar
[C] Sucralose is 1600 times sweeter than sugar [D] Aspartame is 550 times sweeter than sugar 75.
Which compound is antioxident? [A] BHA
76.
[B] DDB
[C] ABS
[D] CFRP
[C] Tetrazine
[D] Alitame
Which is not edible colour from the following? [A] Carotene
[B] Caramel 238
77.
Which of the following substances is added to soap to make it antiseptic? [A] Iodine
78.
83.
[C] Sodium acetate [D] Sodium benzoate [C] –COO–
[D] CH3[CH216
Detergents......the surface tension of water[B] Increases
[C] Keeps constant [D]Slightly increases
Cetyl tri methyl ammonium chloride is which type of detergent ? [A] Anionic
82.
[B] Calcium stearate [B] H+
[A] Reduces 81.
[D] Cl2
The polar head of sodium stearate is[A] Na+
80.
[C] Bithional
Soap is[A]Sodium stearate
79.
[B] KMnO4
[B] Cationic
[C] Non-ionic
[D] Biosoft
Structurally biodegradable detergent should contain [A] Normal alkyl chain
[B] Branched alkyl chain
[C] Phenyl side chain
[D] Cyclohexyl side chain
Which of the following detergent is used as germicide? [A] Cetyl trimethyl ammonium chlorie
[B] p-do decylbenzene sulphonate
[C] sodium lauryl alko sulphonate
[D] Butylated hydroxy toluene.
ANSWER KEY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
C D A A A A C B C D B C B B A
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
C C B C B C C C A D C C A A A
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
C A B B B C B A C A A A D D B
239
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
C D C A C A D B A D C D D C D
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
D A B D C C A B D D B A A B A
76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83
D C A C A B B A
Unit - 28 - CHEMESTRY PRACTICAL Important Points Chemical analysis : Analytical chemistry deals with qualitative and quantitative analysis of substances. Qualitative analysis : A salt consists of two parts known as radicals. The positively charged part of a salt (cation) which has been derived from a base is termed as basic radical and the negatively charged part of salt (anion) which has been derived from an acid is termed as acidic radical. In qualitative inorganic analysis, the given compound is analysed for the basic and acid radicals (i.e., the cations and the anions), that it contains. For example zinc blende is analysed for the Zn 2+ and S 2- ions that it contains. Systematic Procedure for Qualitative Analysis of Inorganic Salts It involves the following steps : (1) Preliminary tests (2) Wet tests for acid radicals and (3) Wet tests for basic radicals. (1)
Peliminary Test
(i)
Physical examination : It involves the study of colour, smell, density etc.
Colour Black Blue Orange
Salt Oxides : MnO2 , FeO, CuO, Co 3 O4 , Ni2O3 Sulphides : Ag 2 S, CuS, Cu2 S, FeS, CoS, NiS , PbS, HgS , Bi2 S3 (blackish brown) Hydrated CuSO4 , anhydrous CoSO4 KO2 ,
some dichromate (K 2 Cr2 O7 ), Sb2 S3 , ferricyanides
Green
Nickel salts, hydrated ferrous salts, potassium permanganate KMnO4 ) , some copper (II) salts
Brownish yellow Dark brown
SnS
Pale brown
MnCO3
PbO2 , Ag 2 O, CdO, Fe 2 O3 , CuCrO4 , FeCl 3
Light pink Reddish pink Red
Hydrated manganese salts Hydrated cobalt (II) salts
Yellow
CdS, PbI 2 , AgBr , AgI ,
(but yellow in aq. solution)
HgI2 , Pb 3O4
chromates
(ii)
Flame test : Characteristic flame colour : Certain metals and their salts impart specific colours to Bunsen burner flame. (a) Pb imparts pale greenish colour to the flame. (b) Cu and Cu salts impart blue or green colour to the flame. (c) Ba and its salts impart apple green colour to the flame. (d) Ca imparts brick red colour to the flame.
(iii)
Borax bead test : The transparent glassy bead ( NaBO2 + B2 O3 ) when heated with inorganic salt and the colour produced gives some idea of cation present in it.
241
(iv)
Colour of bead in oxidising flame
Colour of bead in reducing flame
Basic radical present
Greenish when hot, blue in cold.
Red and opaque
Cu
Yellow when hot
Green
Fe
Brown in cold
Grey or black or opaque
Ni
Charcoal cavity test
(a) Compound fused in cavity directly Nature and colour of bead Cation Pb Yellow, soft bead which marks on paper ZnO White yellow when hot Grey metallic particles attracted by magnet Fe, Ni, CO 2+
(2)
Wet tests for acid radicals : Salt or mixture is treated with dil. H 2 SO4 and also with conc. separately and by observing the types of gases evolved. Confirmatory tests of anions are performed. Observations with Dilute H2SO4 Observations Brisk effervescence with evolution of colourless and odourless gas.
Acid Radical
Confirmatory test Gas turns lime water milky but milkyness disappears on passing gas inexcess,
(carbonate)
Brown fumes
Add KI and starch solution blue colour
(Nitrite)
(colourless);
Smell of rotten eggs smell) on heating
(sulphide)
; (brown)
starch ?? ? blue colour Gas turn lead acetate paper black Sodium carbonate extract + sodium nitroprusside – purple colour,
Observations with concentrated H2SO 4 Observation Colourless pungent gas giving white fumes with aq. NH 4OH Reddish brown fumes
Violet pungent vapours turning starch paper blue. Brown pungent fum es intensified by the addition of Cu - turnigs.
Acid Radical
Confiramatory Test Add MnO2 in the same test tube and heat-pale green Cl 2 gas S.E.+ HNO 3 + AgNO3 solution –white ppt. soluble in aq. NH 3 Chromyl chloride test Add Mn2 O and heat –yellowish brown Br 2 gas S.E.+ HNO 3 + AgNO3 solution –pale yellow ppt. partially soluble aq. NH 3 (vi) Layer test (vii) S.E.+ HNO 3 + AgNO3 ® yellow ppt. insoluble in aq. NH 3 (viii) Layer test
(i) (chloride) (ii) (iii) Br (bromide) (iv) (v) Cl -
I-
(iodide)
NO -3
(nitrate)
(ix) Ring test
242
Reactions Chloride : (i)
KCl + conc.H 2SO4 ¾¾® KHSO4 + HCl
HCl + NH 3 ¾¾® NH 4 Cl
( white fumes)
D 4 HCl + MnO2 ¾¾® MnCl2 + Cl 2 + 2H 2O
(ii)
KCl + AgNO3 ¾¾® AgCl ¯ + KNO3 white ppt.
AgCl + aq. 2 NH 3 ¾¾® [ Ag( NH 3 )2 ] Cl soluble
(iii)
Chromyl- chloride test : heat ¾® reddish brown vapours of chromyl-chloride Chloride + K 2Cr2O7 (solid) + conc. H 2SO4 ¾¾¾
Pass these vapours into NaOH, when yellow Na2CrO4 solution is formed. On adding CH 3COOH and (CH 3COO)2 Pb, yellow ppt. of lead chromate (PbCrO4 ) is formed. Bromide : (CrO2Cl 2 ).
(iv)
D KBr + conc. H 2 SO4 ¾¾® KHSO4 + H
(v)
NaBr + AgNO 3 ¾¾® AgBr ¯ + NaNO 3
D ; 4 HBr + MnO2 ¾¾® Br2 + 2H 2 O + MnBr2
pale yellow ppt.
AgBr + aq. 2 NH 3 ¾¾® [ Ag( NH 3 ) 2 ]Br partially soluble
(vi)
shake Layer Test : S.E. + Cl 2 water + CHCl 3 ¾¾ ¾¾® yellowish orange colour in layer or can be taken instead of CHCl 3 );
2 NaBr + Cl 2 ¾¾® 2 NaCl +
Br2 orange yellow (soluble in CHCl 3 )
In case of I - , violet colour of I 2 in CHCl 3 layer,, 2 NaI + Cl 2 ¾¾® 2 NaCl + I 2 (violet) Iodide : (vii)
D KI + conc. H 2 SO4 ¾¾® KHSO4 + HI
;
2HI + H 2 SO4 ¾ ¾® I 2 + 2H 2 O + SO 2
Nitrate : NaNO 3 + H 2 SO4 ¾¾® NaHSO4 + HNO3
4 HNO3 ¾¾® 4 NO 2 + O 2 2H 2 O brown fumes
;
Cu + 4 HNO3 ¾ ¾® Cu ( NO3 ) 2 + 2 NO 2 + 2H 2 O
(viii) Ring test : To water extract (all NO 3- are water soluble) add freshly prepared FeSO4 solution and then conc. H 2 SO4 carefully by the side of the test- tube. A dark brown ring of [Fe (H 2 O)5 NO] 2+ SO42at the interface between the two liquids is formed. 2 NaNO 3 + H 2 SO4 ¾¾® 2 NaHSO4 + 2HNO3
;
2HNO3 + 6 Fe SO4 + 3 H 2SO4 ¾¾® 3 Fe 2 (SO4 )3 + 2 NO + 4 H 2O [Fe (H 2 O)6 ] SO4 + NO ¾¾®[Fe(H 2 O)5 NO] 2+ SO42- + H 2 O
243
Specific test in solution (i)
Sulphate : S.E. add dil. (to decompose CO32- until reaction ceases). Add BaCl 2 solution. White ppt. insoluble in conc. HNO 3 ,
(ii)
BaCl 2 + NaSO 4 ¾¾® BaSO4 ¯+ 2 NaCl white ppt.
Borate : lgnite the mixture containing borate, conc. H 2 SO4 . And ethanol in a china-dish with a burning splinter –green edged flame of ethyl borate. 2 Na3 BO3 + 3 H 2SO4 ® 2H 3 BO3 + 3 Na2SO4 (conc.)
;
D H 3 BO3 + 3C 2 H 5 OH ¾¾® (C 2 H 5 O) 3 B + 3 H 2 O ethanol
(iii)
burns with green flame (volatile)
In presence of Cu 2+ , perform this test in a test tube since salts are not volatile. S.E. + HNO3 + ammonium molybdate solution. Heat, yellow crystalline ppt. confirms D Na3 PO4 + 12( NH 4 )2 MoO4 + 24 HNO3 ¾¾®
(iv)
( NH 4 )3 PO4 . 12MoO3 + 21NH 4 NO3 + 3 NaNO3 + 12H 2O yellow ppt.
Arsenic also gives this test. Hence presence of phosphate should also be checked after group II. Fluoride : Sand +salt (F –) + conc. H2SO4; heat and bring a water wetted rod in contact with vapours at the mouth of the test tube. A white deposit on the rod shows the presence to F –. D NaF + H 2 SO 4 ¾¾® NaHSO 4 + HF D SiO2 + 4 HF ¾¾® SiF4 + 2H 2 O
3SiF4 4 H 2 O ¾ ¾® 2H 2 SiF6 + H 4 SiO4 white
(3)
Wet tests for basic radicals : Analysis of Basic Radicals
Group I
II
Basic radicals Ag + , Hg 22+ (I), Pb 2+
Cu 2+ , Cd 2+ , Pb 2 + , Hg
2+
(II), Bi 3+ , As 3+,
Sb3 + , Sn 2+
Group reagent dil HCl
Ppt. as
Explanation
Chloride
K SP values of chlorides are low, hence
(AgCl, Hg 2Cl 2 , PbCl 2 )
gas in presence of dil. HCl H 2S
Sulphides (CuS, As 2 S3 etc.)
precipitated. Others have higher K SP values hence not precipitated. K SP values of sulphides are low hence precipitated by low [S2 - ] ion. HCl (with common H + ion) decreases ionization of H 2 S which gives low [S 2- ] . Hence II group is precipitated.
III
Al 3+ , Cr 3 + , Fe 3+
NH 4 OH in presence of
Hydroxide, etc.
Al(OH) 3
NH 4 Cl
IV
Zn 2+ , Ni 2 + , Mn 2+ , Co 2+
in
H 2S
Sulphides ( ZnS etc.)
ammonical medium
Others with higher K SP values not precipitated. K SP values of Al(OH)3 etc. are low. (with common decreases ionization of NH 4 Cl
NH 4+
ion)
NH 4 OH
giving low [OH - ] . Hence group III is precipitated. K SP values of sulphides of group IV are high hence precipitation takes place [S 2 - ] . Basic medium in higher increases ionization of H 2 S increasing [S 2- ] hence precipitation of group IV.
V
Ca 2 + , Ba 2+ , Sr 2+
( NH 4 )2 CO 3 + NH 4 Cl
Carbonates ( CaCO 3 etc.)
244 VI
Mg 2 + , ( Na + , K + also
included) 0
NH 4+
that of group VI (Mg 2+ ) hence precipitation before Mg 2+ .
NH 4 OH White ppt. + Na 2 HPO 4 (MgHPO 4 )
–
K SP values of carbonate are les s than
–
–
Tested independently from original
Group V
VI
Basic radicals
Group reagent
Ppt. as
Explanation
Ca 2 + , Ba 2+ , Sr 2+
( NH 4 )2 CO 3 + NH 4 Cl
Carbonates ( CaCO 3 etc.)
K SP values of carbonate are les s than
Mg 2 + , ( Na + , K + also
included) 0 (Zero)
that of group VI (Mg 2+ ) hence precipitation before Mg 2+ .
NH 4 OH White ppt. + Na 2 HPO 4 (MgHPO 4 )
–
NH 4+
–
–
Tested independently from original solution.
Chemical reactions involved in the tests of basic radicals Group I : When dil. HCl is added to original solution, insoluble chlorides of lead, silver mercurous mercury are precipitated. Pb( NH 3 ) 2 + 2HCl ¾¾® PbCl 2 + 2HNO3 ; AgNO 3 + HCl ¾¾® AgCl + HNO3 Hg( NO 3 ) 2 + 2HCl ¾¾® HgCl 2 + 2HNO3
Pb2+ (lead) (i)
PbCl 2 is soluble in hot water and on cooling white crystals are again formed.
(ii)
The solution of PbCl 2 gives a yellow precipitate with potassium chromate solution which is insoluble in acetic acid but soluble in sodium hydroxide. PbCl 2 + K 2 CrO 4 ¾¾® PbCrO 4 + 2KCl yellow ppt.
;
PbCrO4 + 4 NaOH ¾¾® Na 2 PbO 2 + Na 2 CrO4 + 2H 2 O
(iii)
The solution of PbCl 2 forms a yellow precipitate with potassium iodide solution. PbCl 2 + 2KI ¾¾® PbI 2 + 2KCl Yellow ppt.
(iv)
White precipitate of lead sulphate is formed with dilute H 2 SO4 . The precipitate is soluble in ammonium acetate, PbCl 2 + H 2 SO4 ¾¾® PbSO4 + 2HCl ; PbSO4 + 2CH 3 COONH 4 ¾¾® Pb(CH 3 COO) 2 + ( NH 4 ) 2 SO4
Group II : When hydrogen sulphide is passed in acidified solution, the radicals of second group are precipitated as sulphides. The precipitate is treated with yellow ammonium sulphide. The sulphides of IIB are first oxidised to higher sulphides which then dissolve to form thio-compounds. Ag 2 S3 + 2( NH 4 ) 2 S 2 ¾¾® 2( NH 4 ) 2 S + As 2 S5 Sb 2 S3 + 2( NH 4 ) 2 S 2 ¾¾® 2( NH 4 ) 2 S + Sb 2 S5 SnS + ( NH 4 ) 2 S 2 ¾¾®( NH 4 ) 2 S + SnS2
245
As 2S5 + 3( NH 4 )S ¾¾® 2( NH 4 )3 AsS4 Ammonium thioarsenate
Sb2 S5 + 3( NH 4 )2 S ¾¾® 2( NH 4 )2 SbS4 Ammonium thioantimonate
SnS2 + ( NH 4 )2 S ¾¾® ( NH 4 )2 SnS3 Ammonium thiostannate
All the three are soluble. In case, the precipitate does not dissolve in yellow ammonium sulphide, it may be either HgS or PbS or Bi2 S3 or CuS or CdS. The precipitate is heated with dilute HNO3 . Except , all other sulphides of are soluble. 3 PbS + 8 HNO3 ® 3 Pb( NO3 )2 + 2 NO + 3S + 4 H 2O Bi2 S3 + 8 HNO3 ® 2Bi( NO3 )3 + 2 NO + 3S + 4 H 2O 3CuS + 8 HNO3 ® 3Cu( NO3 )2 + 2 NO + 3S + 4 H 2O 3CdS + 8 HNO3 ® 3Cd( NO3 )2 + 2 NO + 3S + 4 H 2O
Pb2+ (lead) In case the sulphide dissolves in dilute HNO3 , a small part of the solution is taken. Dilute H 2 SO4 is added. If lead is present, a white precipitate of lead sulphate appears, Pb( NO3 )2 + H 2 SO4 ® PbSO4 + 2HNO3 (White ppt.)
In absence of lead, the remaining solution is made alkaline by the addition of excess of NH 4 OH. Bismuth forms a white precipitat of Bi(OH )3 , copper forms a deep blue coloured solution while cadmium forms a colourless soluble complex, Bi( NO3 )3 + 3 NH 4 OH ¾ ¾® Bi(OH )3 + 3 NH 4 NO3 White ppt. Cu( NO3 )2 + 4 NH 4 OH ¾¾®[Cu( NH 3 )4 ] ( NO3 )2 + 4 H 2O; Tetrammine cupric nitrate (deep blue solution) Cd( NO3 )2 + 4 NH 4 OH ¾ ¾®[Cd ( NH 3 )4 ]( NO3 )2 + 4 H 2 O Tetrammine cadmium nitrate (colourless solution)
Cu2+ (copper) : Blue coloured solution is acidified with acetic acid. When potassium ferrocyanide is added a chocolate coloured precipitate is formed, Cu( NH 3 )4 ( NO3 )2 + 4 CH 3 COOH ¾ ¾® Cu( NO3 )2 + 4 CH 4 COONH 4
2Cu( NO3 )2 + K 4 [Fe(CN )6 ] ¾¾® Cu2 [Fe(CN )6 + 4 KNO3 Chocolate ppt.
246
Group III : Hydroxides are precipitated on addition of excess of ammonium hydroxide in presence of ammonium chloride. AlCl3 + 3 NH 4 OH ¾¾® Al(OH )3 + 3 NH 4 Cl Gelatinous ppt.
CrCl 3 + 3 NH 4 OH ¾ ¾® Cr(OH )3 + 3 NH 4 Cl Green ppt.
FeCl 3 + 3 NH 4 OH ¾ ¾® Fe(OH )3 + 3 NH 4 Cl Brownish red ppt.
Fe3+ (iron) : The brownish red precipitate dissolves in dilute HCl. The solution is divided into two parts. Part I : K 4 [Fe(CN )6 ]
solution is added which forms deep blue solution or precipitate.
Fe(OH )3 + 3 HCl ¾¾® FeCl 3 + 3 H 2O 4 FeCl 3 + 3 K 4 [Fe(CN )6 ] ¾¾® Fe 4 [Fe(CN )6 ]3 + 12KCl Prussian blue
Part II : Addition of potassium thiocyanate solution gives a blood red colouration. FeCl 3 + 3 KCNS ¾¾® Fe(CNS)3 + 3 KCl Blood red colour
Al (aluminium) : 3+
The gelatinous precipitate dissolves in NaOH ,
Al(OH )3 + NaOH ¾¾® NaAlO2 + 2H 2 O Soluble
The solution is boiled with ammonium chloride when Al(OH )3 is again formed. NaAlO2 + NH 4 Cl + H 2 O ¾ ¾® Al(OH )3 + NaCl + NH 3
Group IV : On passing H 2 S through the filtrate of the third group, sulphides of fourth group are precipitated. NiS and CoS are black and insoluble in concentrated HCl while MnS (buff coloured), ZnS (colourless) are soluble in conc. HCl. Zn2+ (zinc) : The sulphide dissolves in HCl. ZnS + 2HCl ¾¾® ZnCl 2 + H 2 S When the solution is treated with NaOH, first a white precipitate appears which dissolves in excess of NaOH ZnCl 2 + 2 NaOH ¾ ¾® Zn(OH )2 + 2 NaCl
Zn(OH )2 + 2 NaOH ¾¾® Na 2 ZnO2 + 2H 2O
White ppt.
(Soluble)
On passing H 2 S , white precipitate of zinc sulphide is formed
Na2 ZnO2 + H 2 S ¾¾® ZnS + 2 NaOH
Mn2+ (manganese) : Manganese sulphide dissolves in HCl
MnS + 2HCl ¾¾® MnCl 2 + H 2 S
White ppt.
On heating the solution with NaOH and Br2 -water, manganese dissolve gets precipitated. MnCl 2 + 2 NaOH ¾ ¾® Mn(OH )2 + 2 NaCl
Mn(OH )2 + O ¾ ¾® MnO2 H 2O
The precipitate is treated with excess of nitric acid and PbO2 or Pb3O4 (red lead). The contents are heated. The formation of permanganic acid imparts pink colour to the supernatant liquid. 2MnO2 + 4 HNO3 ¾¾® 2Mn( NO3 )2 +2H 2O + O2 2Mn( NO3 )2 + 5 Pb3 O4 + 26 HNO3 ¾ ¾®
2HMnO4 + 15 Pb (NO3 )2 + 12 H 2 O Permanganic acid (pink)
The above test fails in presence of HCl.
247
Ni2+ (nickel) and Co2+ (cobalt) The black precipitate is dissolved in aqua- regia. 3 NiS + 6 HCl + 2HNO3 ¾ ¾® 2 NiCl 2 + 2 NO + 3S + 2H 2O
3CoS + 6 HCl + 2HNO3 ¾ ¾® 3CoCl 2 + 2 NO + 3S + 4 H 2O
The solution is evaporated to dryness and residue extracted with dilute HCl. It is divided into three parts. Part I : Add NH 4 OH (excess) and dimethyl glyoxime. A rosy red precipitate appears, if nickel is present, CH 3 - C = NOH NiCl 2 + 2 | + 2 NH 4 OH ¾¾® CH 3 - C = NOH
OH | CH 3 - C = N |
O Ni
CH 3 - C = N
N = C - CH 3 | + 2 NH 4 Cl + 2H 2 O N = C - CH 3
¯
|
O
OH
Part II : Add CH 3COOH in excess and KNO2 . The appearance of yellow precipite confirms the presence of cobalt. KNO2 + CH 3 COOH ¾¾® CH 3 COOK + HNO2 CoCl 2 + 2KNO2 ¾¾® Co( NO2 )2 + 2KCl Co( NO2 )2 + 2HNO2 ¾¾® Co( NO2 )3 + NO + H 2O Co( NO2 )3 + 3 KNO2 ¾¾® K 3 [Co( NO2 )6 ]
Part III : Solution containing either nickel or cobalt is treated with NaHCO3 and bromine water. Appearance of apple green colour is observed, the solution is heated when black precipited is formed, which shows the presence of nickel, CoCl 2 + 2 NaHCO3 ¾¾® Co(HCO3 )2 + 2 NaCl Co(HCO3 )2 + 4 NaHCO3 ¾¾® Na4 Co(CO3 )3 + 3 H 2O + 3CO2 Br2 + H 2 O ¾¾® 2HBr + O
2 Na4 Co(CO3 )3 + H 2O + O ¾¾® 2 Na3 Co(CO3 )3 + 2 NaOH sod. cobalti carbonate (Green colouration)
NiCl 2 + 2 NaHCO3 ¾ ¾® NiCO3 + 2 NaCl + H 2O + CO2 2 NiCO3 + [O] ¾¾® Ni2 O3 + 2CO2 (Black)
248
M.C.Q. 1.
In borax bead test, which of the following compound is formed [CBSE PMT 2002] (a) Meta borate
2.
(b) CuI
(c) NaCl
(d) MgCl2
(b) Strontium
(c) Calcium
(d) Magnesium
(b) Ni 2+
(c) Co 2+
(d) Mn 2+
(b) SO3
(c) NO
(d) NO2
Which one of the following salt give green coloured flame when the salt is tested by Pt wire (a) Barium salt
8.
(d) Manganese
When concentrated H2SO4 is added to dry KNO3, brown fumes evolve. These fumes are [CPMT 1988; IIT 1987] (a) SO2
7.
(c) Lead
Which gives violet coloured bead in borax bead test [BHU 1988; MP PET 1997] (a) Fe2+
6.
(b) Nickel
The alkaline earth metal that imparts apple green colour to the bunsen flame when introduced in it in the form of its chloride is [EAMCET 1979] (a) Barium
5.
(d) Ortho borate
Which of the following is coloured compound? [BCECE 2005] (a) CuF2
4.
(c) Double oxide
The metal that does not give the borax-bead test is [MP PMT 1999] (a) Chromium
3.
(b) Tetra borate
(b) Calcium salt
(c) Borate
(d) Lead salt
Sodium sulphite on heating with dilute HCl liberates a gas which [NCERT 1972] (a) Turns lead acetate paper black (b) Turns acidified potassium dichromate paper green (c) Burns with a blue flame (d) Smells like vinegar
9.
Starch-iodide paper is used for the test of (a) Iodine
10.
(b) BaCl2
(c) pbCl2
(d) Cu(NO3)2
(b) SO2 and steam
(c) NH3 and HCl
(d) NH3 and N2O
Blue borax bead is obtained with [MADT Bihar 1982; MP PET 1995] (a) Zn
13.
(d) Reducing agent
Two gases when mixed give white dense fumes, the gases are (a) NH3 and SO2
12.
(c) Oxidising agent
Which of the following salt gives white precipitate with solution and dil. solution and gives green flame test (a) CuCl2
11.
(b) Iodide ion
(b) Cobalt
(c) Chromium
(d) Fe
Which of the following imparts green colour to the burner flame [DCE 2004] (a) B(OMe)3
(b) Na(OMe)
(c) Al(OPr)3 250
(d) Sn(OH)2
14.
A colourless gas with the smell of rotten fish is [AFMC 2005] (a) H2S
15. 16.
17.
18. 19.
20.
21.
22. 23. 24. 25.
(b) PH3
(c) SO2
(d) None of these
MnO2 and H2SO4 added to NaCl, the greenish yellow gas liberated is [Orissa JEE 2005] (a) Cl2 (b) NH3 (c) N2 (d) H2 Which of the following statement(s) is(are) correct when a mixture of NaCl and K2Cr2O7 is gently warmed with conc H2SO4. [IIT 1998; CPMT 1988; AMU 1984; MP PMT 2002] (a) A deep red vapour is evolved (b) The vapour when passed into NaOH solution gives a yellow solution of Na2Cr2O7 (c) Chlorine gas is evolved (d) Chromyl chloride is formed Which of the following combines with Fe (II) ions to form a brown complex [AIIMS 1982, 87; AFMC 1988; CBSE PMT 2000; Pb. PMT 2000; MP PET 2000, 01] (a) N2O (b) NO (c) N2O3 (d) N2O5 Which of the following will not produce a precipitate with AgNO3 solution [MP PMT 1990] – – – – (a) F (b) Br (c) CO32 (d) PO43 Which of the following gives black precipitate when H2S gas is passed through its solution [CPMT 1974] (a) Acidic AgNO3 (b) Mg(NO3)2 (c) Ammonical BaCl2 (d) Copper nitrate A salt gives violet vapours when treated with conc. H2SO4. It contains [DPMT 1981; CPMT 1971] – – – – (a) Cl (b) I (c) Br (d) NO3 When water is added to a salt solution containing chloroform, chloroform layer turns violet. Salt contains [CPMT 1982] – – – – (a) Cl (b) I (c) NO3 (d) S2 Phosphate radical with ammonium molybdate gives precipitate of which colour (a) Violet (b) Pink (c) Canary yellow (d) Green Which compound is soluble in NH4OH [AFMC 1987] (a) PbCl2 (b) PbSO4 (c) AgCl (d) CaCO3 Nitrates of all the metals are [DPMT 1983, 89] (a) Coloured (b) Unstable (c) Soluble in water (d) Insoluble in water Nitrate is confirmed by ring test. The brown colour of the ring is due to the formation of [EAMCET 1979; AFMC 1981, 88, 90; RPET 1999; MP PMT 2000; MP PET 2002; CPMT 2004]
26.
27.
(a) Ferrous nitrite (b) FeSO4NO (c) FeSO2NO2 (d) Ferrous nitrate Aqueous solution of a salt when treated with AgNO3 solution gives a white precipitate, which dissolves in NH4OH. Radical present in the salt is – – – – (a) Cl (b) Br (c) I (d) NO3 When CO2 is passed into lime water it turns milky. When excess of CO2 is passed, milkyness disappears because (a) Reaction is reversed (b) Water soluble Ca(HCO3)2 is formed (c) Vaporisable calcium derivative is formed (d) None of these 251
28. 29.
A mixture when heated with conc. H2SO4 with MnO2 brown fumes are formed due to – – – – (a) Br (b) NO3 (c) Cl (d) I In the test of sulphate radical, the white precipitate of sulphate is soluble in (a) Conc. HCl (b) Conc. H2SO4 (c) Conc. HNO3 (d) None of these –
30.
Which reagent is used to remove SO42– and Cl [Pb. PMT 2002]
31.
(a) BaSO4 (b) NaOH (c) Pb(NO3)2 (d) KOH ........ is formed when potassium iodide is heated with conc. H2SO4 [CPMT 1971] (a) HI
32.
33.
35.
(c) HIO3
(d) KIO3
Chromyl chloride test is performed for the confirmation of the presence of the following in a mixture [CPMT 1990; KCET 1992; RPET 1999] (a) Sulphate (b) Chromium (c) Chloride (d) Chromium and chloride A solution of a salt in dilute sulphuric acid imparts deep blue colour with starch iodine solution it confirms the presence of which of the following [MP PET 2003; NCERT 1974; CPMT 1977] (a) NO2
34.
(b) I2
–
–
(b) I
(c) NO3
–
Ammonia reacts with excess of chlorine to form [DPMT 2000] (a) N2 and HCl (b) NH4Cl and NCl3 (c) NCl3 and HCl
–
(d) CH3 COO
(d) N2 and NH4Cl
Which of the following anions would decolourise acidified KMnO4 solution (a) SO42
–
(b) S2
–
(c) NO3
–
–
(d) CH3 COO
36.
The gas which is absorbed by ferrous sulphate solution giving blackish brown colour is [AMU 1999] (a) NO (b) CO (c) N2 (d) NH2
37.
Which one of the following anions is not easily removed from aqueous solutions by precipitation [IIT 1995] –
38.
–
(a) Cl (b) NO3 (c) CO32 Na2CO3 cannot be used to identify [BVP 2004] (a) CO32
–
(b) SO32
–
(c) S2
–
–
(d) SO42
–
(d) SO42
–
39.
The number of hydroxide ions, produced by one molecule of sodium carbonate (Na2CO3) on hydrolysis is [Pb. CET 2002] (a) 2 (b) 1 (c) 3 (d) 4
40.
By passing KMnO4 gas in acidified H2S solution, we get
[MP PET 1997]
(a) K2S
(d) MnO2
(b) S
(c) K2SO3
41.
Which of the following doesn’t give a ppt. with silver nitrate solution. [J & K 2005] (a) Ethyl bromide (b) Sodium bromide (c)Calcium chloride (d) Sodium chloride
42.
Which sulphide is soluble in (NH4)2 CO3
43.
(a) SnS (b) AS2S3 (c) Sb2S3 (d) CdS When acetic acid and K4[Fe(CN)6] is added to a copper salt, a chocolate precipitate is obtained of the compound (a) Copper cyanide
(b) Copper ferrocyanide
(c) Basic copper sulphate
(d) Basic copper cyanide 252
44.
45. 46. 47. 48.
49.
A precipitate of the following would be obtained when HCl is added to a solution of stannous sulphide (SnS) in yellow ammonium sulphide [CPMT 1977; NCERT 1974] (a) SnS (b) SnS2 (c) Sn2S3 (d) (NH4)2 SnS3 The compound insoluble in acetic acid is [CPMT 1989] (a) Calcium oxide (b) Calcium carbonate (c) Calcium oxalate (d) Calcium hydroxide Which of the following give white precipitate when HCl is added to its aqueous solution (a) Hg+ (b) Mg++ (c) Zn++ (d) Cd++ Reagent used in the qualitative analysis of IVth group is (a) HCl (b) H2S (alkaline) (c) (NH4)2S (d) None of these Which of the following pairs would be expected to form precipitate when solution are mixed [NCERT 1984] (a) K+, SO42–
(b) Na+, S–2
(a) Ca2+
(b) Ca2+, Sr+2
(c) Ag+, NO3
–
–
(d) Al3+, OH
Addition of solution of oxalate to an aqueous solution of mixture of Ba2+, Sr2+ yLku Ca2+ and will precipitate [MP PMT 1985] (c) Ba2+, Sr+2
(d) All the three
50.
Distinguishing reagent between silver and lead salts is [MADT Bihar 1984] (a) H2S gas (b) Hot dilute HCl solution (c) NH4Cl(S) + NH4OH(aq) (solid) + solution (d) NH4Cl(S) (solid) + (NH4)2 CO3(aq) solution
51.
The ion that cannot be precipitated by both HCl and H2S is [IIT 1982; CPMT 1989]
52. 53. 54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
(a) Pb2+ (b) Cu2+ (c) Ag+ (d) Sn2+ Pb(CH3COO)2 gives….colour with H2S [DPMT 2000] (a) Orange (b) Red (c) Black (d) White 2+ 3+ Fe ion can be distinguished by Fe ion by [DPMT 2000] (a) NH4SCN (b) AgNO3 (c) BaCl2 (d) None of these Which of the following change the colour of the aqueous solution of FeCl3 [Roorkee Qualifying 1998] (a) K4[Fe(CN)6] (b) H2S (c) NH4CNS (d) KCNS Which of the following mixture is chromic acid [Pb. PMT 2000] (a) K2Cr2O7 and HCl (b) K2SO4 conc. H2SO4 (c) K2Cr2O7 and conc. H2SO4 (d) H2SO4 and HCl – – If Na+ ion and S2 ion is larger than Cl ion, which of the following will be least soluble in water [AMU (Engg.) 1999] (a) MgS (b) NaCl (c) Na2S (d) MgCl2 Lead sulphate is soluble [MP PET 1999] (a) In conc. nitric acid (b) In conc. hydrochloric acid (c) In a solution of ammonium acetate (d) In water When H2S gas is passed through the HCl containing aqueous solutions of CuCl2, HgCl2, BiCl3 and CoCl2, which does not precipitate out [MP PMT 2002] (a) CuS (b) HgS (c) Bi2S3(d) CoS 253
59.
60. 61.
62. 63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69. 70. 71. 72. 73.
Group reagent for analytic group IV is [Kurukshetra CET 2002] (a) NH4Cl + NH4OH (b) NH4Cl + NH4OH + H2S (c) NH4OH + (NH4)2CO3 (d) HCl + H2S When H2S is passed through Hg2S we get [AIEEE 2002] (a) HgS (b) HgS + Hg2S (c) Hg2S + Hg (d) Hg2S [X] + H2SO4 ® [Y] a colourless gas with irritating smell [Y] + K2Cr2O7 + H2SO4 ® green solution [X] and [Y] is [IIT-JEE (Screening) 2003] – – – – (a) SO32 , SO2 (b) Cl , HCl (c) S 2, H2S (d) CO32 , CO2 Concentrated sodium hydroxide can separate a mixture of [MP PMT 2000] (a) Zn2+ and Pb2+ (b) Al3+ and Zn3+ (c) Cr3+ and Fe3+ (d) Al3+ and Cr3+ What product is formed by mixing the solution of K4[Fe(CN)6] with the solution of FeCl3 [Roorkee 1989] (a) Ferro-ferricyanide (b) Ferric-ferrocyanide (c) Ferri-ferricyanide (d) None of these When H2S is passed through a mixture containing Cu+2, Ni+2, Zn+2 in acidic solution then ion will precipitate [RPMT 2002] (a) Cu+2, Ni+2 (b) Ni+2 (c) Cu+2, Zn+2 (d) Cu+2 Ferric ion forms a prussian blue coloured ppt. due to [CPMT 1980; BHU 1980; MP PET 1995; Kurukshetra CEE 1998; RPET 1999; MP PMT 2001] (a) K4[Fe(CN)6] (b) Fe4[Fe(CN)6] (c) KMnO4 (d) Fe(OH)3 A 0.3 M HCl solution contains the following ions Hg2+, Cd2+, Sr2+, Fe2+ yLku Cu2+. The addition of H2S to above solution will precipitate [CPMT 1973] (a) Cd, Cu and Hg (b) Cd, Fe and Sr (c) Hg, Cu and Fe (d) Cu, Sr and Fe Which of the following gives a ppt. with Pb(NO3)2 but not with Ba(NO3)2 [CPMT 1979; MP PET 1997] (a) NaCl (b) Sodium acetate (c) Sodium nitrate (d) Sodium hydrogen phosphate In the group III radicals, in place of NH4Cl which of the following can be used [AIIMS 1980, 82; MP PMT 1985] (a) NH4NO3 (b) (NH4)2 SO4 (c) (NH4)2 (d) NaCl Which compound does not dissolve in hot dilute HNO3 [IIT 1996] (a) HgS (b) PbS (c) CuS (d) CdS Which of the following sulphate is insoluble in water [MNR 1995] (a) CuSO4 (b) CdSO4 (c) PbSO4 (d) BaSO4 Mark the compound which turns black with NH4OH [AFMC 1981; MP PMT 1995] (a) Lead chloride (b) Mercurous chloride (c) Mercuric chloride (d) Silver chloride Colour of cobalt chloride solution is [AFMC 1981] (a) Pink (b) Black (c) Colourless (d) Green Nessler’s reagent is used to detect [CPMT 1989; AIIMS 1997; MP PET 1999] – – – (a) CrO42 (b) PO43 (c) MnO4 (d) NH4+ 254
74.
75. 76.
77. 78. 79.
80. 81.
82.
83. 84.
85.
Fe(OH)3 can be separated from Al(OH)3 by addition of [BHU 1981] (a) Dil. HCl (b) NaCl solution (c) NaOH solution (d) NH4Cl and NH4OH The reagents NH4Cl and aqueous NH3 will precipitate [IIT 1991] (a) Ca2+ (b) Al3+ (c) Mg2+ (d) Zn2+ Addition of SnCl2 to HgCl2 gives ppt [BVP 2003] (a) White turning to red (b) White turning to gray (c) Black turning to white (d) None of these Heamoglobin is a complex of [CPMT 2003] (a) Fe3+ (b) Fe2+ (c) Fe4+ (d) Cu2+ In Nessler’s reagent for the detection of ammonia the active species is [Kerala (Med.) 2003] – (a) Hg2Cl2 (b) Hg2+ (c) Hg2I2 (d) HgI42 Which one of the following sulphides is only completely precipitated when the acidic solution is made dilute [MP PET 2000] (a) HgS (b) PbS (c) CdS (d) CuS A reagent used to test the presence of ion is [KCET 1998] (a) H2S (b) NH4CNS (c) K4[Fe(CN)6] (d) K3[Fe(CN)6] The following four solutions are kept in separate beakers and copper metal is put in each of them. Which solution will become blue after some time [MP PMT 2003] (a) AgNO3 solution (b) Zn(NO3)2 solution (c) Ba(NO3)2 solution (d) NaNO3 solution In qualitative analysis, in order to detect second group basic radical, H2S gas is passed in the presence of dilute HCl to [KCET 2004] (a) Increase in dissociation of H2S (b) Decrease the dissociation of salt solution (c) Decrease the dissociation of H2S (d) Increase the dissociation of salt solution Sodium nitroprusside when added to an alkaline solution of sulphide ions produce a [AFMC 2005] (a) Red colouration (b) Blue colouration (c) Purple colouration (d) Brown colouration If 20 ml of 0.25 N strong acid and 30 ml of 0.2 N of strong base are mixed, then the resulting solution is [KCET 2002] (a) 0.25 N basic (b) 0.2 N acidic (c) 0.25 N acidic (d) 0.2 N basic 10 ml of 10 M H2SO4 is mixed to 100 ml 1M NaOH solution. The resultant solution will be [NCERT 1971]
86. 87.
88.
(a) Acidic (b) Neutral (c) Weakly alkaline (d) Strongly alkaline The equivalent weight of KMnO4 in alkaline medium will be [MP PMT 2001] (a) 31.60 (b) 52.66 (c) 79.00 (d) 158.00 Phenolphthalein is most suitable indicator for the titration of [MP PMT 2000] (a) CH3COOH and NH4OH (b) CH3COOH and NaOH (c) HCl and NH4OH (d) H2CO3 and NH4OH 20 ml of a N solution of KMnO4 just reacts with 20 ml of a solution of oxalic acid. The weight of oxalic acid crystals in 1N of the solution is [JIPMER 1999] (a) 31.5 g (b) 126 g (c) 63 g (d) 6.3 g 255
ANSWERS KEY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
a c a d d d a b a b c b a b a
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
a,b,d b d a b b c c c b a b a d c
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
b c a c b a b a a b a b b b c
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
256
a b d d b b c a a c a a d b c
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
c c b d b a a a a d b a d c b
76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88
b b d c d a c c d a d d c
NOTES
257
NOTES
258
NOTES
259
NOTES
260
NOTES
261
NOTES
262
NOTES
263
NOTES
264
NOTES
265
NOTES
266
NOTES
267
NOTES
268
